UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


FORM 10-K

 


(Mark One)

x Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007.

 

¨ Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from              to              .

Commission File Number: 000-26926

 


SCAN SOURCE , INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 


 

South Carolina   57-0965380

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(IRS Employer

Identification No.)

 

6 Logue Court

Greenville, South Carolina

  29615
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (864) 288-2432

 


Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, no par value   NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None.

 


Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer   x     Accelerated filer   ¨     Non-accelerated filer   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x

The aggregate market value of the voting common stock of the Registrant held by non-affiliates of the Registrant at December 29, 2006 was $767,218,000, as computed by reference to the closing price of such stock on such date.

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

 

Class

 

Outstanding at August 21, 2007

Common Stock, No par value per share   25,863,024 shares

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Registrant’s Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007 are incorporated by reference into Part II of this Form 10-K, and portions of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement to be furnished in connection with its 2007 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.

 



PART I

 

ITEM 1.

Business.

Scan Source, Inc. (the “Company”), incorporated in 1992, is a leading wholesale distributor of specialty technology products, providing value-added distribution sales to resellers in the specialty technology markets. The Company has two geographic distribution segments: one serving North America from the Memphis, Tennessee distribution center, and an international segment currently serving Latin America (including Mexico) and Europe from distribution centers located in Florida and Mexico, and in Belgium, respectively. The North American distribution segment markets automatic identification and data capture (“AIDC”) and point-of-sale (“POS”) products through its Scan Source sales unit; voice, data and converged communications equipment through its Catalyst Telecom sales unit; voice, data and converged communications products through its Para con sales unit; video conferencing and telephony products through its T2 Supply unit; electronic security products, and wireless infrastructure through its Scan Source Security Distribution unit. The international distribution segment markets AIDC and POS products through its Scan Source sales unit. See Note 12 to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company included in the Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007 for financial information concerning the Company’s reporting segments and the geographic areas in which the Company operates.

North American Distribution Segment

ScanSource Sales Unit

The Scan Source sales unit markets AIDC and POS products which interface with computer systems used to automate the collection, processing and communication of information for commercial and industrial applications, including retail sales, distribution, shipping, inventory control, materials handling and warehouse management. The bar code family of products is referred to as automatic identification and data capture (AIDC) because it includes all types of portable data collection terminals, wireless products and bar code label printers, in addition to scanners. POS products are those PC-based products that have replaced electronic cash registers in retail and hospitality environments and the peripheral products that attach to them. These peripheral devices include such items as cash drawers, pole displays, signature capture units, display monitors and magnetic strip readers. In addition to these peripheral devices, Scan Source also sells products that attach to the POS network in the store, including kiosks, network access points, routers and digital signage displays.

Scan Source sales unit vendors include most of the leading AIDC and POS manufacturers, including APG, Cherry Electrical, Cognitive Solutions, Cisco, Datalogic, Datamax, Elo, Epson America, Hand Held Products, IBM, Intermec, Ithaca Peripherals, Magtek, Metrologic, Microsoft, MMF Cash Drawer, Motorola, NCR, Pioneer, Posiflex, Sato, and Zebra Technologies.

Catalyst Telecom Sales Unit

The Catalyst Telecom sales unit markets voice, data and converged communication systems and is a distributor of Avaya communications solutions, including Avaya Enterprise Communications Group (ECG), Small Market Business Solutions (SMBS) and internet protocol (IP) products. Catalyst Telecom also markets products complementary to the Avaya product line from vendors including Extreme Networks, Juniper Networks, Plantronics, Polycom, and SpectraLink.

Paracon Sales Unit

The Para con sales unit markets business communications products – specifically converged communications solutions. Converged communications solutions combine traditional voice technologies with VoIP and data technologies to deliver business communications solutions that combine computers, telecommunications and the Internet. Para con distributes products such as IP phones, media processing boards and software, gateways and other building block components, from manufacturers including Dialogic, AudioCodes, Envox, Quintum, and Vertical Communications.

T2 Supply Sales Unit

The T2 Supply sales unit, acquired in July 2006, markets video conferencing and telephony products from Polycom, Plantronics, Adtran and AudioCodes. See Note 13 to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company for additional information regarding the acquisition of T2 Supply LLC.

 

2


ScanSource Security Distribution Sales Unit

The Scan Source Security Distribution sales unit focuses on hardware distribution of electronic security equipment using the two-tier distribution model, as described below in “Industry Overview”. The product offering includes identification, access control, video surveillance, intrusion-related, and wireless infrastructure products. Manufacturers include Alvarion, Axis, Datacard, DSC, Fargo, HID, Keyscan, Panasonic, Sony, Tropos and Zebra Card.

International Distribution Segment

The Company’s international distribution segment markets AIDC and POS products exclusively to technology resellers and integrators in the Latin American (including Mexico) and European markets. Key vendors include many of the same vendors that supply the Scan Source sales unit of the North American distribution segment.

See Item 1A.”Risks Factors” below for a discussion of certain risks relating to the Company’s international operations.

Products and Markets

The Company currently markets over 40,000 products from approximately 150 hardware and software vendors to over 19,000 reseller customers primarily from its central warehouses in Tennessee, Florida, Mexico and Belgium.

AIDC technology incorporates the capabilities for electronic identification and data processing without the need for manual input and consists of a wide range of products, including bar code printers, hand-held and fixed-mount laser scanners, mobile and wireless data collection devices, and magnetic stripe readers. As AIDC technology has become more pervasive, applications have evolved from traditional uses such as inventory control, materials handling, distribution, shipping and warehouse management to more advanced applications such as healthcare. POS products include those computer-based systems that have replaced electronic cash registers in grocery, retail, and hospitality environments. POS product lines include computer-based terminals, monitors, receipt printers, pole displays, cash drawers, keyboards, peripheral equipment and fully integrated processing units. Voice and data products include private branch exchanges (PBXs), key systems, and telephone handsets and components used in voice, fax, data, voice recognition, call center management and IP communication applications. Converged communication products combine voice, data, fax, and speech technologies to deliver communications solutions that combine computers, telecommunications and the Internet. Converged communications products include telephone and IP network interfaces, VoIP systems, PBX integration products and carrier-class board systems-level products. Video products include video and voice conferencing and network systems. Electronic security products include identification, access control, video surveillance, intrusion-related, and wireless infrastructure products.

See “Management ‘s Discussion and Analysis” in the Company’s Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007 for a discussion of the amount of the Company’s net sales contributed by product categories.

Industry Overview

The distribution channels for specialty technology products generally consist of manufacturers, wholesale distributors such as Scan Source , resellers and end-users. The typical “sales channel” for specialty technology products typically evolves through a three-stage process: (i) direct sales by manufacturers to end-users; (ii) single-tier distribution in which manufacturers sell to resellers who, in turn, sell directly to end-users; and (iii) two-tier, or wholesale distribution, in which manufacturers sell to wholesale distributors, including Scan Source , who sell only to resellers who, in turn, sell directly to end-users.

Currently, the technology products wholesale distribution channel is served by both broadline and specialty distributors. The broadline distributors are engaged primarily in conventional order fulfillment and typically offer their reseller customers less support and fewer value-added services than do specialty distributors. The specialty distributors that compete with Scan Source are generally smaller, both in terms of size and geographic area covered.

Competition among an expanding number of manufacturers typically causes product prices to decrease and product applications to expand, which has resulted in an increasing number of resellers entering the market in order to support a broader base of potential end-users. As the number of resellers and end-users has grown, competition among manufacturers and within the reseller channel has intensified. Because many specialty technology manufacturers develop products that represent only one part of a total solution, most

 

3


products eventually are developed to provide interoperability among products from multiple manufacturers. As a result of interoperability, a variety of manufacturers’ products are typically configured together to create a system solution. Therefore, both manufacturers and resellers have become more dependent upon value added wholesale distributors such as Scan Source for the aggregation of products and reseller support services, as well as the organization and maintenance of an efficient market structure.

In addition, manufacturers that face declining product prices and rising costs of direct sales increasingly rely upon value-added wholesale distributors by outsourcing certain support functions, such as product assortment, delivery, inventory management, technical assistance, and marketing. At the same time, shortened product life cycles and the introduction of new products and applications have caused resellers increasingly to rely on wholesale distributors for various inventory management, financing, technical support and related functions. The Company believes that as the reseller market grows and becomes more fragmented, and as specialty technology products continue to transition to open systems, the wholesale distribution channel in which the Company operates will become increasingly more important.

Vendors

The Company’s merchandising department recruits vendors and manages important aspects of its vendor relationships, such as purchasing arrangements, cooperative marketing initiatives, vendor sales force relationships, product training and the monitoring of rebate programs and various contract terms and conditions. The Company generally enters into non-exclusive distribution agreements with vendors. These agreements typically provide the Company with stock rotation and price protection provisions that may mitigate the risk of loss from slow moving inventory, vendor price reductions, product updates or obsolescence. Some of these distribution agreements contain minimum purchase requirements that the Company must meet in order to receive preferential prices. The distribution agreements are generally terminable on 30 to 120 days notice by either party.

Customers

The Company’s reseller customers currently include over 19,000 active value-added reseller accounts (“VARs”) located in the United States, Canada, Mexico, Latin America and Europe. No single customer accounted for more than 6% of the Company’s total net sales for fiscal 2007. The Company generally targets two types of reseller customers:

Specialty Technology VARs.

These resellers focus on selling specialty technology products as tailored software or integrated hardware solutions for their end-users’ existing applications or incorporating specialty technology products into customized technology solutions for their end-users. Primary industries served by these resellers include manufacturing, distribution, health care, pharmaceutical, hospitality, government, convenience, grocery, financial, and other retail markets.

Networking or PC VARs.

These resellers develop computer solutions and networking for their end-users’ microcomputer needs. They typically have well-established relationships with end-user management information system directors and are seeking additional revenue and profit opportunities in related technology markets, such as AIDC, POS, security, or communications.

Sales and Electronic Commerce

The Company’s 259-member sales department consists primarily of inside sales representatives located in the United States, Canada, Mexico, Belgium, France, Germany, the United Kingdom, and the Netherlands. In order to build strong customer relationships, most active resellers are assigned to a sales representative. Each sales representative negotiates pricing directly with his assigned customers. The Company also employs business development representatives who are responsible for developing technical expertise within broad product markets, recruiting customers, creating demand, and reviewing overall product and service requirements of resellers. Each sales representative and business development representative receives comprehensive training with respect to the technical characteristics of each vendor’s products. This training is supplemented by frequent product seminars conducted by vendors’ representatives and bi-weekly meetings among product, marketing and sales managers.

Increasingly, customers rely upon the Company’s electronic ordering and information systems, in addition to its product catalogs and frequent mailings, as sources for product information, including availability and price. Through the Company’s website, most customers can gain remote access to the Company’s information systems to check real-time product availability, see their customized pricing and place orders. Customers can also follow the status of their orders and obtain UPS and FedEx package tracking numbers from this site.

 

4


Marketing

The Company provides a range of marketing services, including cooperative advertising with vendors through trade publications and direct mail, product catalogs for each of the North American, European and Latin American markets, periodic newsletters, management of sales leads, trade shows with hardware and software companies and vendors, direct mail and sales promotions. In addition, the Company organizes and operates its own seminars teaming with top vendors to recruit prospective resellers and introduce new applications for the specialty technology products it distributes. The Company frequently customizes its marketing services for vendors and resellers.

Value-Added Services

In addition to the basic order fulfillment and credit services that conventional wholesale distributors typically provide to resellers, the Company differentiates itself by providing an array of value-added services and business tools that assist resellers to provide more complete solutions and improve customer service. Such services include system integration, professional services, and technical support.

Operations

Information System

The Company’s information system is a scalable, centralized processing system capable of supporting numerous operational functions including purchasing, receiving, order processing, shipping, inventory management and accounting. Sales representatives rely on the information system for on-line, real-time information on product pricing, inventory availability and reservation, and order status. The Company’s warehouse operations use bar code technology for receiving and shipping, and automated UPS and FedEx systems for freight processing and shipment tracking, each of which is integrated with the Company’s information system. The customer service and technical support departments employ the system for documentation and faster processing of customer product returns. To ensure that adequate inventory levels are maintained, the Company’s buyers depend on the system’s purchasing and receiving functions to track inventory on a continual basis.

Central Warehouse and Shipping

The Company’s 367,000 square foot warehouse facility, located near the FedEx hub facility in Memphis, Tennessee, serves all of North America. During fiscal year 2008, this facility will be replaced when the Company relocates to a 600,000 square foot facility in Southaven, Mississippi. See Item 2 “Properties” below for additional information. The Company utilizes a third party warehouse located in Liege, Belgium that serves all of Europe, including the United Kingdom. The Company has additional warehouse facilities in Florida and Mexico, which serve Latin America (including Mexico). The Company believes that its centralized distribution creates several advantages, including: (i) a reduced amount of “safety stock” inventory which, in turn, reduces the Company’s working capital borrowings; (ii) an increased turnover rate through tighter controls over inventory; (iii) maintenance of a consistent order-fill rate; (iv) improved personnel productivity; (v) improved delivery time; (vi) simplified purchasing and tracking; (vii) decreased demand for management personnel; and (viii) flexibility to meet customer needs for systems integration. The Company’s objective is to ship all orders on the same day, using bar code technology to expedite shipments and minimize shipping errors. The Company offers reduced freight rates and flexible delivery options to minimize a reseller’s need for inventory.

Financial Services

The Company routinely offers competitive credit terms relative to the specific geographic area for qualified resellers and facilitates various third party financing options, including leasing, flooring, and other secured financing. The Company believes this policy reduces the customer’s need to establish multiple credit relationships with a large number of manufacturers.

Competition

The markets in which the Company operates, as identified above, are highly competitive. Competition is based primarily on factors such as price, product availability, speed and accuracy of delivery, effectiveness of sales and marketing programs, credit availability, ability to tailor specific solutions to customer needs, quality and breadth of product lines and services, and availability of technical and product information. The Company’s competitors include regional and national wholesale distributors, as well as

 

5


hardware manufacturers (including most of the Company’s vendors) that sell directly to resellers and to end-users. In addition, the Company competes with master resellers that sell to franchisees, third-party dealers and end-users. Certain of the Company’s current and potential competitors have greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than the Company and may be able to respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements. Certain smaller regional competitors, who are specialty two-tier or mixed model master resellers, may also be able to respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements. Such competition could also result in price reductions, reduced margins and loss of market share by the Company.

Competition has increased for our sales units in the last four years as broadline and other value added distributors have entered into the specialty technology markets.

Employees

As of June 30, 2007, the Company had 992 employees located in North America, Latin America (including Mexico) and Europe, none of whom was a member of an industry trade union or collective bargaining unit. The Company considers its employee relations to be good.

Service Marks

The Company conducts its business under the trademarks and service marks “Scan Source ”, “Catalyst Telecom ”, “Para con ”, “Partner Services ”, “T2 Supply” and “Scan Source Security Distribution”. The Company has been issued registrations for the service marks “Scan Source ” and “Catalyst Telecom ” in countries in its principal markets. These trademarks and service marks do not have value assigned to them and have a designated indefinite life. The Company does not believe that its operations are dependent upon any of its trademarks or service marks. The Company also sells products and provides services under various trademarks, service marks and trade names to which reference is made in this report that are the property of owners other than the Company. Such owners have reserved all rights with respect to their respective trademarks, service marks and trade names.

Risks Attendant to Forward Looking Statements

Certain of the statements contained in this PART I, Item 1 “Business” and, incorporated by reference, in PART II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Item 7A “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risks” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the other documents and information incorporated herein that are not historical facts are “forward-looking statements” as described in the “safe harbor” provision of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements involve a number of risks of uncertainties and actual results could differ materially from those projected. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially include the factors discussed in Item 1A “Risk Factors” below.

Additional Information

The Company’s principal internet address is www.scansource.com. The Company provides its annual and quarterly reports free of charge on www.scansource.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed, or furnished to, the SEC. We provide a link to all Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) filings where current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to previously filed reports may be accessed, free of charge on our website.

 

ITEM 1A.

Risk Factors.

It is not reasonably possible to itemize all of the many factors and specific events that could affect the Company and/or the specialty technology logistics industry as a whole. The following risk factors (in addition to other possible factors not listed) could affect our actual results and cause such results to differ materially from those projected, forecasted, estimated, budgeted or otherwise expressed in forward-looking statements made by us.

Matters relating to the investigation by the Special Committee of the Board of Directors and the restatement of the Company’s consolidated financial statements may result in additional litigation and governmental enforcement actions and may have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

Matters related to the investigation by the Special Committee, and related activities, as described in more detail in Note 1A to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of amended Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the fiscal

 

6


year ended June 30, 2006, have required the Company to incur substantial expenses for legal, accounting, tax and other professional services, have to some extent taken management’s time and attention, and could in the future harm the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

These matters and the restatement of prior financial statements have also exposed the Company to greater risks associated with litigation, regulatory proceedings and government enforcement actions. As described in Part I, Item 3, “Legal Proceedings”, two derivative complaints have been filed against certain current and former officers and directors of the Company and nominally against the Company pertaining to allegations relating to stock option grants. The Company has also voluntarily provided the information concerning the Special Committee review to the SEC and the Department of Justice, and in that regard the Company has responded to informal requests for documents and additional information. The Company intends to continue full cooperation with these inquiries. No assurance can be given regarding the outcomes from litigation, or regulatory or governmental proceedings relating to the Company’s past stock option grant practices. The resolution of these matters will be time consuming and expensive, and may distract management from the conduct of the Company’s business. If the Company is subject to adverse findings in litigation or regulatory proceedings or governmental proceedings, it could be required to pay damages or penalties or have other remedies imposed, which could harm its business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We believe the Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006, and the quarterly reports on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended September 30, 2006, December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007, corrected the accounting errors arising from our past stock option practices. However, if the SEC disagrees with the accounting methods we used, objects to the manner in which we disclosed the restated financial information or related qualitative information, or otherwise imposes additional requirements with respect to our restated financial statements or stock option restatements in general, we could be required to further amend these filings. Further restatement could also be required if new facts become available as a result of the SEC inquiry, the derivative litigation or through other means. A further revision of our financial statements could result in delays in filing subsequent SEC reports, which could in turn subject the Company to a delisting of its common stock from The NASDAQ Stock Market.

Our success is highly dependent on our relationships with vendors and on product supply and availability.

Our future success is highly dependent on our relationships with vendors. Sales of products from our ten largest vendors accounted for approximately 88% of net sales for fiscal 2007. From time to time, we experience shortages in availability of some products from vendors. Our business is largely dependent upon the terms provided by our vendors. Our vendor agreements generally contain provisions for periodic renewals and for termination by the vendor without cause and typically upon short notice. Some of our vendor agreements require minimum purchase amounts or the maintenance of a representative assortment of the vendor’s full line of products. Such contract provisions could increase our working capital requirements.

As is typical in our industry, we receive volume discounts and certain credits for market development from most of our vendors. Any change in the availability of these discounts or credits or our failure to obtain vendor financing on satisfactory terms and conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Although we believe our vendor relationships are good, there can be no assurance that our vendor relationships will continue as currently in effect. The loss or deterioration of our relationship with a major vendor, the authorization by vendors of additional wholesale distributors, a change in their strategy (such as increasing direct sales), the merging of significant manufacturers or change of control of a major vendor, the deterioration of a major vendor’s financial condition, the insolvency or bankruptcy of a vendor, the inability of a vendor to continue support of its products, or the failure by us to establish good relationships with major new vendors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

7


Our ability to compete successfully in a highly competitive market could affect our results of operation.

Please see the discussion regarding competition in Item 1 “Business” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Our net sales and operating results may fluctuate quarterly.

Our net sales and operating results may fluctuate quarterly as a result of fluctuations in demand for our products and services, the introduction of new hardware and software technologies, the introduction of new services by us and our competitors, changes in manufacturers’ prices or price protection policies, changes in freight rates, disruption of warehousing or shipping channels, changes in the level of operating expenses, the timing of major marketing or other service projects, product supply shortages, inventory adjustments, changes in product mix, entry into new product markets, difficulty in maintaining margins, the economic position of our customers, and general competitive and economic conditions. In addition, a substantial portion of our net sales in each quarter results from orders booked in that quarter. Accordingly, we believe that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.

The value of our inventory may be adversely affected by market demands and our ability to manage our inventories.

Our business, like that of other wholesale distributors, is subject to the risk that the value of our inventory will be adversely affected by price reductions by manufacturers or by technological changes affecting the usefulness or desirability of our products inventory. Under the terms of most of our agreements and the policy of most manufacturers of specialty technology products, we have some price protection and stock rotation opportunities with respect to slow moving or obsolete inventory items. There can be no assurance, however, that, in every instance, we will be able to comply with all necessary conditions or successfully manage such price protection or stock rotation opportunities, if available. Also, these industry practices are sometimes not included in written agreements and do not protect us in all cases from declines in inventory value, excess inventory, or product obsolescence. There can be no assurance that manufacturers will continue such practices or that we will be able to successfully manage our existing and future inventories. Significant declines in inventory value in excess of established inventory reserves or dramatic changes in prevailing technology could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our business is affected by our ability to manage growth to enter new markets.

The growth of our business has required us to hire additional personnel and has increased our working capital requirements. Such growth has resulted in new and increased responsibilities for our management, operating, financial, and technical resources. We may also in the future require additional equity or debt financing to support our increased working capital needs in connection with any expansion of our business. Such financing may not be available on terms that are favorable to us, if at all. Also crucial to our success is our ability to achieve additional economies of scale in order to sustain our operating margins. There can be no assurance that we will be able to attract or retain competent personnel and improve our operational status, obtain adequate working capital or achieve the needed economies of scale. The failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our growth strategy continues to anticipate the entry into new product markets. Expansion of our existing product markets or entry into new product markets could divert the use of our resources and systems, require additional resources that might not be available, result in new or more intense competition, require longer implementation times or greater start-up expenditures than anticipated, or otherwise fail to achieve the desired results in a timely fashion, if at all. Our ability to successfully manage our growth will require continued enhancement of our operational, management and financial resources and controls. Our failure to effectively manage our growth could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We have made and expect to continue to make strategic acquisitions which could disrupt our business and have an adverse effect on our operating results.

We have in the past pursued, and may pursue in the future, from time to time, strategic or opportunistic acquisitions of companies that either complement or expand our existing business. As a result, we may evaluate potential acquisition opportunities, which may be material in size and scope. Acquisitions involve a number of risks and uncertainties, including expansion into new geographic markets and business areas, the requirement to understand local business practices, the diversion of management’s attention to the assimilation of the operations and personnel of the acquired companies, the possible requirement to upgrade the acquired companies’ management information systems to our standards, the logistical difficulties inherent in expanding into new geographic markets and business areas, potential adverse short-term effects on our operating results and the amortization or impairment of any acquired intangible assets.

 

8


We are subject to risks relating to our centralized functions.

We currently distribute products in North America from a single warehouse (with corresponding arrangements for our Latin American and European markets) and manage most of our operations through a single information system based in Greenville, South Carolina. Repair, replacement, or relocation of such centralized functions could be costly or untimely. Although we have business interruption insurance, an uninsurable loss from electrical or telephone failure, fire or other casualty, or other disruption could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Our use of single warehouses to serve North America, Latin America, and Europe also makes us more vulnerable to dramatic changes in freight rates than a competitor with multiple, geographically dispersed warehouse sites. Losses in excess of insurance coverage, an uninsurable loss, or changes in freight rates could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We are highly dependent on our internal information systems and a failure of these systems could disrupt our business.

We are highly dependent upon a variety of internal computer and telecommunication systems to operate our business. There can be no assurance that our information systems will not fail or experience disruptions, that we will be able to attract and retain qualified personnel necessary for the operation of such systems, that we will be able to expand and improve our information systems, that we will be able to convert to new systems efficiently, that we will be able to integrate new programs effectively with our existing programs, or that the information systems of acquired companies will be sufficient to meet our standards or can be successfully converted into an acceptable information system on a timely and cost-effective basis. Any of such problems could have an adverse effect on our business.

The success of our business is largely dependent on our senior management.

Our success is largely dependent on the skills, experience and efforts of our senior management, particularly including, but not limited to, Michael L. Baur, our Chief Executive Officer. We have obtained a “key person” insurance policy on the life of Mr. Baur in the amount of $10 million. The loss of services of Mr. Baur or one or more members of our senior management team could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We are dependent on third-party shippers for the delivery of a majority of our products.

We presently ship the majority of our products from our centralized warehouses by FedEx, United Parcel Service and certain other shipping companies. We also receive the majority of our products by commercial carriers, FedEx, DHL, United Parcel Service and certain other shipping companies. Changes in shipping terms, or the inability of these third-party shippers to perform effectively (whether as a result of mechanical failure, casualty loss, labor stoppage, other disruption, or any other reason), could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. There can be no assurance that we can maintain favorable shipping terms or replace such shipping services on a timely or cost-effective basis.

We have credit exposure to our reseller customers and negative trends in their businesses could increase our credit risk.

As a marketing enhancement, we offer unsecured and secured credit terms for qualified resellers. Historically, we have not experienced losses from write-offs materially in excess of established reserves. As we grow our international and communications businesses, typical customer credit terms tend to be longer, and therefore may create more credit risk. While we evaluate resellers’ qualifications for credit and monitor our extensions of credit, defaults by resellers in timely repayment of these extensions of credit could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our global operations expose us to risks associated with international activities.

Our international operations are subject to a variety of risks such as the imposition of governmental controls, currency devaluations, export license requirements, restrictions on the export of certain technology, dependence on third party freight forwarders and the third party warehouse in Europe, political instability, trade restrictions, tariff changes, difficulties in staffing and managing international operations, changes in the interpretation and enforcement of laws (in particular related to items such as duty and taxation), difficulties in collecting accounts receivable, longer collection periods and the impact of local economic conditions and practices. As we continue to expand our international business, our success will be dependent, in part, on our ability to anticipate and effectively manage these and other risks. These factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

9


Because we conduct business in countries outside of the United States, we are exposed to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. Exchange rate fluctuations may cause our international revenues to fluctuate significantly when reflected in U.S. dollar terms.

Our stock price could be volatile.

The market price of our common stock may be subject to wide fluctuations in response to quarterly variations in operating results, general market movements, and other events or factors. In addition, in recent years the stock markets in general, and technology-related stocks in particular, have experienced price and volume fluctuations that often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of companies. These fluctuations, as well as general economic and market conditions, may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

The inability to make accurate forecasts could adversely affect our results of operations.

The forecasts of volume and timing of orders are based on many factors and subjective judgments, and we cannot assure that the forecasts are accurate. We make many management decisions on the basis of our forecasts, including the hiring and training of personnel, which represents a significant portion of our overall expenses. Thus, the failure to generate revenue according to expectations could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Changes in accounting rules could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. These principles are subject to interpretation by various governing bodies, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board, and the SEC, who create and interpret appropriate accounting standards. When new accounting rules are issued, we may need to implement changes to our accounting policies. A change from current accounting standards could have a significant adverse effect on our results of operations.

Exposure to terrorist attacks, military actions, and war could negatively affect our operations.

Future terrorist or military actions, in the U.S. or abroad, could result in destruction or seizure of our assets or suspension or disruption of our operations. Additionally, such actions could affect the operations of our suppliers or customers, resulting in loss of access to products, potential losses on supplier programs, loss of business, higher losses on receivables or inventory, and/or other disruptions in our business, which could directly, or indirectly through reduced demand, adversely affect our operations.

 

ITEM 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments.

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 2.

Properties.

The Company owns a 70,000 square foot building in Greenville, South Carolina, which is the site of its principal executive and sales offices, and a 103,000 square foot building on adjacent property which it sublets. The Company owns a 231,000 square foot portion of the distribution center in Memphis, Tennessee, and leases another 136,000 square foot portion. The Company has entered into a new lease agreement for approximately 600,000 square feet for relocation of the distribution center to Southaven, Mississippi, which is anticipated to occur by October 1, 2007. In connection with the new lease, the Company obtained a “put option” for the purchase of the owned Memphis, Tennessee facility should the Company not sell the facility prior to April 30, 2008.

The Company leases 22,000 square feet of office and distribution center space in Miami, Florida, 11,000 square feet of office and distribution center space in Mexico City, Mexico, 17,000 square feet of office space in Brussels, Belgium, and 1,000 square feet of office space in Eagan, Minnesota. The Company leases approximately 38,000 square feet of third party warehouse space in Liege, Belgium.

The Company has additional sales offices, each of 10,000 square feet or less, in leased facilities in Norcross, Georgia; Williamsville, New York; Bellingham, Washington; Tempe, Arizona; Lenexa, Kansas; Toronto, Canada; Vancouver, Canada; Bad Homburg, Germany; Hull, England; Olivet, France; and Eindhoven, Netherlands, and in it’s owned facility in Crawley, England.

 

10


Management believes the Company’s office and warehouse facilities are adequate to support its operations at their current levels and for the foreseeable future.

 

ITEM 3.

Legal Proceedings.

On November 21, 2006, a purported stockholder filed a derivative lawsuit in the United States District Court for the District of South Carolina in Greenville, South Carolina against certain current and former officers and directors of the Company and against the Company, as a nominal defendant, asserting causes of action based on alleged violations of securities laws (including alleged violations of Section 10(b), 14(a) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 of the SEC) and other common law claims including, breach of fiduciary duty, aiding and abetting and unjust enrichment relating to allegations concerning certain of the Company’s prior stock option grants. The lawsuit seeks relief in the form of an accounting, rescission, unspecified money damages, disgorgement, attorneys’ fees, fees and expenses and other relief. On April 2, 2007, the Court appointed the plaintiff as lead plaintiff and ordered that any later actions filed in the same court and that relate to the same facts shall be consolidated. Our response, including a motion to dismiss the lawsuit, is currently due on September 10, 2007.

On April 11, 2007, another purported stockholder filed a substantially similar derivative lawsuit also related to the Company’s prior grants of stock options. This action was also filed in the United States District Court for the District of South Carolina in Greenville, South Carolina against certain current and former officers and directors of the Company and against the Company, as a nominal defendant, and asserts substantially similar causes of action and claims for relief. The plaintiff in this second action has filed a motion to consolidate the two actions and appoint the plaintiff as a co-lead plaintiff. Our response, including a motion to dismiss the lawsuit, is currently due on September 10, 2007. The derivative lawsuits are in a preliminary stage and the Company believes that it is taking appropriate actions regarding both derivative lawsuits.

The Company is also continuing voluntarily to provide information to the SEC and the Department of Justice in connection with the Special Committee’s review.

On March 12, 2007 the Company’s insurance carrier, subject to a reservation of rights, provided a preliminary position on coverage for the first derivative claim in which the carrier indicated that the lawsuit allegations appear to constitute a claim within coverage of the Company’s insurance policy. The carrier continues to assess coverage of this matter.

On April 13, 2007, the Company provided notice to the insurance carrier of the second action. The insurance carrier is reviewing the second action and assessing coverage for the matter. The carrier has indicated, however, that its coverage position with regard to the second action will be consistent with the first; i.e., that the allegations of the second derivative lawsuit appear to constitute a claim within the coverage of the Company’s insurance policy. The carrier has not recognized as within coverage the costs, fees and expenses incurred for the work related to the Special Committee at this stage. The Company is evaluating its alternatives to address its coverage claim position.

The Company or its subsidiaries are, from time to time, parties to other lawsuits arising out of operations. Although there can be no assurance in this regard, based upon information known to the Company, the Company does not believe that any liability resulting from an adverse determination of such other lawsuits would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

ITEM 4.

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

There have been no matters submitted to a vote of security holders during the last quarter of the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007.

PART II

 

ITEM 5.

Market For Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters.

The information called for by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the sections entitled “Market for the Registrant’s Common Stock and Related Shareholder Matters ” in the Company’s Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007.

 

11


ITEM 6.

Selected Financial Data.

The information called for by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled “ Selected Financial Data ” in the Company’s Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007.

 

ITEM 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

The information called for by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis ” in the Company’s Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007.

 

ITEM 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

The information called for by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risks ” in the Company’s Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007.

 

ITEM 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

The financial statements listed in Item 15(a)(1) of this Form 10-K are incorporated herein by reference to the corresponding sections of the Company’s Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007. The financial statement schedule listed in Item 15(a)(2) of this Form 10-K and related Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are included in this report on pages F-1 and F-2.

 

ITEM 9.

Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 9A.

Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of Controls and Procedures

The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed or submitted under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) evaluated, with the participation of management, the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report as required by Rule 13a-15 or 15d-15 of the Exchange Act.

Based on this evaluation, which included the findings and recommendations of the Special Committee’s investigation and the restatement described herein, our CEO and CFO concluded that disclosure controls and procedures were effective at a reasonable assurance level on June 30, 2007, the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on form 10-K.

Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls

The Company maintains a system of internal accounting controls to provide reasonable assurance that assets are safeguarded and that transactions are executed in accordance with management’s authorization and recorded properly to permit the preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. However, the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that the Company’s disclosure controls or internal controls will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty. Breakdowns in the control systems can occur because of a simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by

 

12


management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

Management’s Report

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework set forth in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Management’s report and the report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm on internal control over financial reporting are incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, which is attached as Exhibit 13.1 hereto.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

As previously reported in the Company’s amended Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006, filed with the SEC on June 18, 2007, our management concluded that there was a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting on June 30, 2006, with regard to our accounting for, and disclosure of, share-based compensation and related payroll taxes. Specifically, we lacked adequate controls to ensure that all actions necessary for the grant of stock options had been completed as of the stated grant date.

In addition to the corrective actions disclosed in our Form 10-K/A for the year ended June 30, 2006, and in our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended September 30, 2006, December 31, 2006, and March 31, 2007, each of which was filed on June 18, 2007, management has initiated or completed the following additional corrective actions during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007:

 

   

Obtained Board approval of the Equity Award Grant Policy, which establishes formal policies and procedures related to the issuance and accounting for share-based awards. The objective of this policy is to ensure that all share-based awards are documented and accounted for in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Many of these changes were implemented during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007.

 

   

Engaged an independent third-party specializing in stock option administration to provide administrative services for the Company’s stock option plans. Prior to engaging this third party, management determined that the internal controls in place at the service provider were effectively designed and operating effectively to ensure the objectives of the Equity Award Grant Policy could be achieved.

Other than the corrective actions noted above, there has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of 2007 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

ITEM 9B.

Other Information.

Not applicable.

PART III

Information called for by Part III (Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14) of this report on Form 10-K has been omitted as the Company intends to file with the SEC not later than 120 days after the close of its fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, a definitive Proxy Statement relating to the 2007 Annual Meeting of Shareholders pursuant to Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act. Such information will be set forth in such Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

13


ITEM 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

Incorporated by reference to the information presented under the heading “Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant” in the Company’s 2007 Proxy Statement, which will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after June 30, 2007.

 

ITEM 11.

Executive Compensation.

Incorporated by reference to the information presented under the heading “ Executive Compensation ” and “Compensation Committee Report” in the Company’s 2007 Proxy Statement, which will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after June 30, 2007.

 

ITEM 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

Incorporated by reference to the information presented under the heading “ Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management ” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in the Company’s 2007 Proxy Statement, which will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after June 30, 2007.

 

ITEM 13.

Certain Relationships, Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

Incorporated by reference to the information presented under the heading “ Certain Relationships and Related Transactions ” and “Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant” in the Company’s 2007 Proxy Statement, which will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after June 30, 2007.

 

ITEM 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

Incorporated by reference to the information presented under the heading “ Principal Accounting Fees and Services ” in the Company’s 2007 Proxy Statement, which will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after June 30, 2007.

PART IV

 

ITEM 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

(a)(1)

 

Consolidated Financial Statements : The following financial statements of Scan Source , Inc. and Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm’s Reports are incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007:

 

 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2007 and 2006

 

 

Consolidated Income Statements for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

14


 

(a)(2)

 

 

Financial Statement Schedule : The following financial statement schedule of Scan Source , Inc. and related Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005 are presented on pages F-1 and F-2.

 

 

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

 

All other financial statement schedules are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.

 

(a)(3)

 

 

Exhibits : The Exhibits listed on the accompanying Index to Exhibits on pages E-1 to E-3 are filed, or incorporated by reference, as part of this report.

 

15


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

August 29, 2007

 

SCAN SOURCE , INC.

By:

 

/s/ MICHAEL L. BAUR

 

Michael L. Baur

 

Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

      

Title

     

Date

/s/ JAMES G. FOODY

    

Chairman of the Board

    August 29, 2007

James G. Foody

        

/s/ MICHAEL L. BAUR

    

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(principal executive officer)

    August 29, 2007

Michael L. Baur

        

/s/ RICHARD P. CLEYS

    

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer,

(principal financial and accounting officer)

    August 29, 2007

Richard P. Cleys

        

/s/ STEVEN R. FISCHER

    

Director

    August 29, 2007

Steven R. Fischer

        

/s/ MICHAEL J. GRAINGER

    

Director

    August 29, 2007

Michael J. Grainger

        

/s/ JOHN P. REILLY

    

Director

    August 29, 2007

John P. Reilly

        

 

16


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Scan Source , Inc.

We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Scan Source , Inc. as of June 30, 2007 and 2006, and for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2007, and have issued our report thereon dated August 27, 2007; such financial statements and report are included in the 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders and are incorporated herein by reference. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in Item 15(a) of this Form 10-K. This schedule is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits.

In our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Greenville, South Carolina

August 27, 2007

 

F-1


SCHEDULE II

SCAN SOURCE , INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

(In thousands)

 

Description

  

Balance at

Beginning

of Period

  

Amounts

Charged to

Expense

   Reductions (A)    

Recoveries

And

Other

Additions

  

Balance at

End of

Period

Valuation account for trade and notes receivable:

             

Year ended June 30, 2005

   $ 11,693    1,556    (2,974 )   699    $ 10,974
                             

Trade and current note receivable allowance

              $ 10,923
                 

Long-term note allowance

              $ 51
                 

Year ended June 30, 2006

   $ 10,974    2,702    (3,395 )   1,244    $ 11,525
                             

Trade and current note receivable allowance

              $ 11,508
                 

Long-term note allowance

              $ 17
                 

Year ended June 30, 2007

   $ 11,525    8,858    (7,392 )   1,629    $ 14,620
                             

Trade and current note receivable allowance

              $ 13,342
                 

Long-term note allowance

              $ 1,278
                 

(A)

Reductions amounts represent write-offs for the years indicated. For the years ended June 30, 2005, reductions also includes approximately $.9 million reclassified to other liabilities. For the year ended June 30, 2006, reductions includes approximately $2.8 million payables to customers which was reclassified to other liabilities, net of returns allowance of $2.0 million reclassified from inventory.

 

F-2


INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit

Number

  

Description

  3.1

  

Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant and Articles of Amendment Amending the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant. (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2004).

  3.2

  

Bylaws of the Registrant (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Registrant’s Form SB-2 filed with the Commission on February 7, 1994, Registration No. 33-75026-A).

  4.1

  

Form of Common Stock Certificate (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Registrant’s Form SB-2 filed with the Commission on February 7, 1994, Registration No. 33-75026-A).

10.1 †

  

1993 Incentive Stock Option Plan, as amended, of the Registrant and Form of Stock Option Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Registrant’s Form S-1 filed with the Commission on January 23, 1997, Registration No. 333-20231).

10.2 †

  

1997 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, of the Registrant and Form of Stock Option Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999).

10.3 †

  

Stock Option Agreement dated March 19, 1997 covering options granted to Paige Rosamond. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2002).

10.4 †

  

2002 Long Term Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, of the Registrant and Form of Stock Option Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006).

10.5 †

  

Amended and Restated Director’s Equity Compensation Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Annex A to Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed October 26, 2006).

10.6 †

  

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 11, 2005).

10.7 †

  

Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 2004 between the Registrant and Robert S. McLain, Jr. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004).

10.8 †

  

Employment Agreement Addendum dated as of January 1, 2005 between the Registrant and Jeffery A. Bryson. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005).

10.9 †

  

Employment Agreement Addendum dated as of January 1, 2005 between the Registrant and Robert S. McLain, Jr. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005).

10.10 †

  

Employment Agreement dated as of October 13, 2005 between the Registrant and Richard P. Cleys. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005).

 

E-1


10.11 †

  

Employment Agreement dated as of October 13, 2005 between the Registrant and Michael L. Baur. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005).

10.12 †

  

Employment Agreement dated as of October 12, 2006 between the Registrant and Jeffery A. Bryson. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on October 17, 2006).

10.13 †

  

Employment Agreement Addendum dated as of January 1, 2006 between the Registrant and Robert S. McLain, Jr. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006).

10.14 †

  

Employment Agreement Addendum dated as of March 31, 2006 between the Registrant and Steven H. Owings. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006).

10.15*†

  

Employment Agreement dated as of June 20, 2007 between the Registrant and R. Scott Benbenek.

10.16*†

  

Employment Agreement dated as of June 20, 2007 between the Registrant and Andrea D. Meade.

10.17 †

  

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan effective July 1, 2004. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004).

10.18

  

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 16, 2004 among Scan Source , Inc., Netpoint International, Inc., 4100 Quest, LLC, and Partner Services, Inc., ScanSource Europe SPRL, ScanSource Europe Limited and ScanSource UK Limited, Branch Banking and Trust Company of South Carolina, as Administrative Agent and a Bank, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Syndication Agent and an Other Currency Lender, and Fifth Third Bank, First Tennessee Bank National Association and Hibernia National Bank as Banks. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004).

10.19

  

First Amendment dated as of May 13, 2005 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 16, 2004 among Scan Source , Inc., Netpoint International, Inc., 4100 Quest, LLC and Partner Services, Inc., ScanSource Europe SPRL, ScanSource Europe Limited and ScanSource UK Limited, Branch Banking and Trust Company of South Carolina, as Administrative Agent and a Bank, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Syndication Agent and an Other Currency Lender, and Fifth Third Bank, First Tennessee Bank National Association and Hibernia National Bank as Banks. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005).

10.20

  

Agreement for Purchase and Sale dated as of September 22, 2005 between the Registrant’s wholly owned subsidiary, Logue Court Properties, LLC, and Robert W. Bruce, and Camperdown Company, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005).

10.21

  

Letter Agreement and Consent dated July 3, 2006 amending the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 16, 2004 among Scan Source , Inc., Netpoint International, Inc., 4100 Quest, LLC, and Partner Services, Inc., ScanSource Europe SPRL, ScanSource Europe Limited and ScanSource UK Limited, Branch Banking and Trust Company of South Carolina, as Administrative Agent and a Bank, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Syndication Agent and an Other Currency Lender, and Fifth Third Bank, First Tennessee Bank National Association and Capital One, N.A. (formerly Hibernia National Bank) as Banks. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006).

10.22

  

Waivers dated as of November 9, 2006 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 16, 2004, as amended, among Scan Source , Inc., Netpoint International, Inc., Scansource Europe Limited, Scansource UK Limited, 4100 Quest, LLC, Partner Services, Inc. and T2 Supply, Inc., Branch Banking and Trust Company of South Carolina, Wachovia Bank, National Association, Fifth Third Bank, First Tennessee Bank National Association and Capital One, N.A. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2006).

10.23

  

Amendment dated as of February 14, 2007 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 16, 2004, as amended, among Scan Source , Inc., Netpoint International, Inc., Scansource Europe Limited, Scansource UK Limited, 4100 Quest, LLC, Partner Services, Inc. and T2 Supply, Inc., Branch Banking and Trust Company of South Carolina, Wachovia Bank, National Association, Fifth Third Bank, First Tennessee Bank National Association and Capital One, N.A. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007).

 

E-2


10.24

  

Waivers dated as of February 14, 2007 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 16, 2004, as amended, among Scan Source , Inc., Netpoint International, Inc., Scansource Europe Limited, Scansource UK Limited, 4100 Quest, LLC, Partner Services, Inc. and T2 Supply, Inc., Branch Banking and Trust Company of South Carolina, Wachovia Bank, National Association, Fifth Third Bank, First Tennessee Bank National Association and Capital One, N.A. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007).

10.25*

  

Third Amendment dated as of April 20, 2007 to its Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 16, 2004, as amended, among Scan Source , Inc., Netpoint International, Inc., Scansource Europe Limited, Scansource UK Limited, 4100 Quest, LLC, Partner Services, Inc. and T2 Supply, Inc., Branch Banking and Trust Company of South Carolina, Wachovia Bank, National Association, Fifth Third Bank, First Tennessee Bank National Association and Capital One, N.A. (formerly Hibernia National Bank) as Banks.

10.26*+

  

Industrial Lease Agreement dated April 27, 2007 between the Registrant and Industrial Developments International, Inc.

10.27*+

  

Sale Agreement dated April 27, 2007 between the Registrant and Industrial Developments International, Inc.

10.28*

  

Waivers dated as of May 14, 2007 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 16, 2004, as amended, among Scan Source , Inc., Netpoint International, Inc., Scansource Europe Limited, Scansource UK Limited, 4100 Quest, LLC, Partner Services, Inc. and T2 Supply, Inc., Branch Banking and Trust Company of South Carolina, Wachovia Bank, National Association, Fifth Third Bank, First Tennessee Bank National Association and Capital One, N.A.

13.1*

  

The Registrant’s Annual Report to Shareholders for the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2007.

21.1*

  

Subsidiaries of the Company.

23.1*

  

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.

31.1*

  

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

31.2*

  

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.1*

  

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer of Scan Source , Inc. Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.2*

  

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer of Scan Source , Inc. Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.


* Filed herewith.

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

+

Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to certain information in these exhibits pursuant to a confidential treatment request.

 

E-3

Exhibit 10.15

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (hereinafter the “Agreement”) between ScanSource, Inc., a South Carolina corporation (hereinafter, the “Company”), and Scott Benbenek (hereinafter, “Executive”) is effective as of June 20, 2007 (hereinafter the “Effective Date”).

BACKGROUND

The Company desires to employ Executive in the position stated on Exhibit A, and Executive is willing to serve in such capacity, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment . On the Effective Date, Executive shall hereby be employed in the capacity indicated above and shall have the responsibilities commensurate with such position as shall be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or the CEO of the Company.

2. Employment Period . Unless earlier terminated herein in accordance with Section 5 hereof, Executive’s employment shall be for a term (the “Employment Period”), beginning on the Effective Date and ending on June 30, 2009, the Employment Period End Date.

3. Extent of Service . During the Employment Period, and excluding any periods of vacation and sick leave to which Executive is entitled, Executive agrees to devote his business time, attention, skill and efforts exclusively to the faithful performance of his duties hereunder; provided, however , that it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for Executive to (i) devote reasonable periods of time to charitable and community activities and, with the approval of the Company, industry or professional activities, and/or (ii) manage personal business interests and investments, so long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of Executive’s responsibilities under this Agreement.

4. Compensation and Benefits .

(a) Base Salary . During the Employment Period, the Company will pay to Executive a base salary at the rate specified on Exhibit A to this Agreement (“Base Salary”), less normal withholdings, payable in equal monthly or more frequent installments as are customary under the Company’s payroll practices from time to time . The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company shall review Executive’s Base Salary annually and in its sole discretion, subject to approval of the Board of Directors of the Company, may increase Executive’s Base Salary from year to year. The annual review of Executive’s Base Salary by the Board of Directors of the Company will consider, among other things, Executive’s own


performance and the Company’s performance. In the event Executive becomes eligible during the Employment Period to receive benefits under the Company’s short-term disability policy, the Company shall continue to pay Executive’s Base Salary, provided , however , that Executive’s Base Salary during such period shall be reduced by any amounts Executive receives under the short-term disability policy.

(b) Incentive Compensation, Savings and Retirement Plans . During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to participate in all deferred compensation, savings and retirement plans, practices, policies and programs applicable to staff officers of the Company (“Peer Executives”). Without limiting the foregoing, during the Employment Period, Executive will be eligible to receive certain incentive compensation (“Incentive Compensation”) based on financial and/or performance criteria established from year to year by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company, as specified on Exhibit A to this Agreement.

(c) Welfare Benefit Plans . During the Employment Period, Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents shall be eligible for participation in the welfare benefit plans, practices, policies and programs provided by the Company which may include medical prescription, dental, disability, employee life, group life, accidental death and travel accident insurance plans and programs) (“Welfare Plans”) to the extent applicable generally to Peer Executives. Bi-weekly payroll contributions will be required by Executive. The Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion to modify, change, or eliminate its Welfare Plans.

(d) Expenses . During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to receive reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by Executive in accordance with the policies, practices and procedures of the Company to the extent applicable generally to Peer Executives.

(e) Fringe Benefits . During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to fringe benefits in accordance with the plans, practices, programs and policies of the Company in effect for Peer Executives.

(f) Vacation . During each fiscal year during the Employment Period, Executive will be entitled to the number of days of paid vacation specified on Exhibit A to this Agreement. Executive may take such vacation days at the time or times Executive reasonably requests, subject to the prior approval of the person specified on Exhibit A to this Agreement. Unused vacation time does not carry over to the next fiscal year and is not paid upon termination of employment.

5. Termination of Employment .

(a) Death, Retirement or Disability . Executive’s employment shall terminate automatically upon Executive’s death or Retirement during the Employment Period. For purposes of this Agreement, “Retirement” shall mean normal retirement as defined in the Company’s then-current retirement plan, or if there is no such retirement plan, “Retirement” shall

 

- 2 -


mean voluntary termination after age 65 with ten years of service. If the Company determines that the Disability of Executive has occurred during the Employment Period (pursuant to the definition of Disability set forth below), it may give to Executive written notice of its intention to terminate Executive’s employment. In such event, Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate effective on the 30th day after receipt of such written notice by Executive (the “Disability Effective Date”), provided that, within the 30 days after such receipt, Executive shall not have returned to full-time performance of Executive’s duties. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean a mental or physical disability as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in accordance with standards and procedures similar to those under the Company’s employee long-term disability plan, if any. At any time that the Company does not maintain such a long-term disability plan, “Disability” shall mean the inability of Executive, as determined by the Board, to perform the essential functions of his regular duties and responsibilities, with or without reasonable accommodation, due to a medically determinable physical or mental condition which has lasted (or can reasonably be expected to last) for twelve workweeks in any twelve-month period. At the request of Executive or his personal representative, the Board’s determination that the Disability of Executive has occurred shall be certified by two physicians mutually agreed upon by Executive, or his personal representative, and the Company. Failing such independent certification (if so requested by Executive), Executive’s termination shall be deemed a termination by the Company without Cause and not a termination by reason of his Disability.

(b) Termination by the Company . The Company may terminate Executive’s employment during the Employment Period with or without Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean:

(i) The failure of Executive to satisfactorily perform Executive’s duties with the Company (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after a written demand for satisfactory performance is delivered to Executive by the Board of Directors or CEO of the Company, which specifically identifies the manner in which the Board or the CEO believes that Executive has not satisfactorily performed Executive’s duties. The decision of whether Executive has satisfactorily performed his duties with the Company is in the discretion of the Company; or

(ii) Engaging in unethical or illegal conduct or gross misconduct that is materially injurious to the Company, whether financially or otherwise.

(c) Termination by Executive . Executive’s employment may be terminated by Executive for Good Reason or no reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean:

(i) without the consent of Executive, the assignment to Executive of any duties materially inconsistent for a member of the management team, excluding for this purpose an isolated, insubstantial, and inadvertent action not taken in bad faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by Executive;

 

- 3 -


(ii) a reduction by the Company in Executive’s Base Salary as in effect on the Effective Date or as the same may be increased from time to time;

(iii) the failure by the Company (a) to continue in effect any compensation plan in which Executive participates as of the Effective Date that is material to Executive’s total compensation, unless an equitable arrangement (embodied in an ongoing substitute or alternative plan) has been made with respect to such plan, or (b) to continue Executive’s participation therein (or in such substitute or alternative plan) on a basis not materially less favorable in terms of the amount of benefits provided;

(iv) the Company’s requiring Executive, without his consent, to be based at any office or location other than in Greenville County, South Carolina;

(v) any failure by the Company to comply with and satisfy Section 12(c) of this Agreement;

(vi) the material breach of this Agreement by the Company; or

(vii) if no new employment agreement has been entered into by Executive and the Company or its successor after or in contemplation of a Change in Control, termination by Executive for any reason or no reason during the 60-day period beginning on the six-month anniversary of a Change in Control.

Good Reason shall not include Executive’s death or Disability. The Company shall have an opportunity to cure any claimed event of Good Reason (other than under clauses (v) or (vii) above) within 30 days of notice from Executive and the Board’s good faith determination of cure shall be binding. The Company shall notify Executive of the timely cure of any claimed event of Good Reason and the manner in which such cure was effected, and any Notice of Termination delivered by Executive based on such claimed Good Reason shall be deemed withdrawn and shall not be effective to terminate the Agreement.

(d) Notice of Termination . Any termination of Executive’s employment by the Company or by Executive shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 13(f) of this Agreement . For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, including whether such termination is for Cause or Good Reason, (ii) if such termination is for Cause or Good Reason, sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated, and (iii) specifies the termination date. The failure by Executive or the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not waive any right of Executive or the Company, respectively, hereunder or preclude Executive or the Company, respectively, from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing Executive’s or the Company’s rights hereunder.

 

- 4 -


(e) Date of Termination . “Date of Termination” means the date specified in the Notice of Termination or, if Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of death, Retirement or Disability, the date of death or Retirement or the Disability Effective Date, as the case may be.

6. Obligations of the Company upon Termination .

(a) Termination by Executive for Good Reason; Termination by Company Other Than for Cause, Disability or In Connection with Change of Control. If, during the Employment Period, the Company shall terminate Executive’s employment: (i) for other than for Cause or Disability; (ii) Executive shall terminate employment for Good Reason within a period of 30 days after the occurrence of the event giving rise to Good Reason; (iii) if Executive’s employment is terminated within 12 months after, or otherwise in contemplation of, a Change in Control, as defined in Exhibit C, and Executive’s employment is so terminated other than for Cause or Disability; or (iv) if within 60 days after the Employment Period End Date, the Company (for reasons other than Cause or Disability) terminates the employment of Executive, and, with respect to the payments and benefits described in clauses (i)(B) and (ii) below, only if Executive executes a Release in substantially the form of Exhibit B hereto (the “Release”):

(i) within 30 days after the later of (a) Date of Termination or (b) the date Executive executes the Release (or such longer period as may be required for the Company to determine the amount of earned unpaid Incentive Compensation under any program which is dependent on quantifying quarterly financial results), the Company shall pay to Executive in a lump sum in cash the aggregate of the following amounts:

(A) the sum of (1) Executive’s Base Salary earned through the Date of Termination to the extent not theretofore paid, and (2) unpaid Incentive Compensation earned to the Date of Termination; (the sum of the amounts described in clauses (1) and (2) shall be hereinafter referred to as the “Accrued Obligations”). For purposes of determining the amount of unpaid Incentive Compensation earned in the event the Date of Termination is in the middle of a fiscal quarter, the Company shall pro-rate and reduce the amount it determines would have been earned for the complete quarter, based on the ratio of the number of days the Executive was employed in the quarter over the number of actual days in the quarter; and

(B) an amount equal to a multiple (the “Severance Multiple”), times the highest combined annual Base Salary and Incentive Compensation earned by Executive from the Company, including any such amounts earned but deferred, in the last three fiscal years prior to the Date of Termination (the “Severance Benefits”). The Severance Multiple shall be one (1).

(C) for up to 12 months after Date of Termination, the Company will reimburse Executive for COBRA payments made by Executive which are in excess of the monthly rates paid by active employees, with respect to medical and dental insurance benefits, but only until such time as Executive is eligible to receive similar benefits under another employer-provided or group plan (which plan may be the plan of the Executive’s new employer or his spouse’s employer.)

 

- 5 -


(iii) to the extent not theretofore paid or provided, the Company shall timely pay or provide to Executive any other amounts or benefits required to be paid or provided or which Executive is eligible to receive under any plan, program, policy or practice or contract or agreement of the Company (such other amounts and benefits shall be hereinafter referred to as the “Other Benefits”) only if such Other Benefits were earned as of the Date of Termination.

(b) Death . If Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Executive’s death during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive’s legal representatives under this Agreement, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations and the timely payment or provision of Other Benefits. Accrued Obligations shall be paid to Executive’s estate or beneficiary, as applicable, in a lump sum in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination. With respect to the provision of Other Benefits, the term Other Benefits as used in this Section 6(b) shall include, without limitation, and Executive’s estate and/or beneficiaries shall be entitled to receive, benefits under such plans, programs, practices and policies relating to death benefits, if any, as are applicable to Executive on the date of his death.

(c) Disability . If Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Executive’s Disability during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations and the timely payment or provision of Other Benefits. Accrued Obligations shall be paid to Executive in a lump sum in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination. With respect to the provision of Other Benefits, the term Other Benefits as used in this Section 6(c) shall include, without limitation, and Executive shall be entitled after the Disability Effective Date to receive, disability and other benefits under such plans, programs, practices and policies relating to disability, if any, as are applicable to Executive and his family on the Date of Termination.

(d) Retirement . If Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Executive’s Retirement during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations and the timely payment or provision of Other Benefits. Accrued Obligations shall be paid to Executive in a lump sum in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination. With respect to the provision of Other Benefits, the term Other Benefits as used in this Section 6(d) shall include, without limitation, and Executive shall be entitled after the Date of Termination to receive, retirement and other benefits under such plans, programs, practices and policies relating to retirement, if any, as applicable to Executive on the Date of Termination.

(e) Cause or Voluntary Termination without Good Reason . If Executive’s employment is terminated for Cause during the Employment Period, or if Executive voluntarily terminates employment during the Employment Period without Good Reason, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations.

 

- 6.-


(f) Normal Expiration of Employment Period . If Executive’s employment is terminated due to the normal expiration of the Employment Period or is terminated within 60 days after the Employment Period End Date (for reasons other than Cause or Disability), this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations, Severance Benefits and the timely payment or provision of Other Benefits. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company is not required to provide notice if the Agreement will not be renewed or if a new employment agreement will not be offered in a situation where the Executive will remain an employee of the Company in the same position or in a management capacity without an employment agreement but as an at-will employee. In that instance, he or she remains subject to the Restrictions on Conduct described in section 11 herein.

7. Non-exclusivity of Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit Executive’s continuing or future participation in any plan, program, policy or practice provided by the Company and for which Executive may qualify, nor, subject to Section 13(d), shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such rights as Executive may have under any contract or agreement with the Company. Amounts which are vested benefits or which Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan, policy, practice or program or any contract or agreement with the Company at or subsequent to the Date of Termination shall be payable in accordance with such plan, policy, practice or program or contract or agreement except as explicitly modified by this Agreement.

8. Mandatory Reduction of Payments in Certain Events .

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event it shall be determined that any benefit, payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise) (a “Payment”) would be subject to the excise tax (the “Excise Tax”) imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), then, prior to the making of any Payment to Executive, a calculation shall be made comparing (i) the net benefit to Executive of all Payments after payment of the Excise Tax, to (ii) the net benefit to Executive if the Payment had been limited to the extent necessary to avoid being subject to the Excise Tax. If the amount calculated under (i) above is less than the amount calculated under (ii) above, then the Payments shall be limited to the extent necessary to avoid being subject to the Excise Tax (the “Reduced Amount”). In that event, Executive shall direct which Payments are to be modified or reduced.

(b) The determination of whether an Excise Tax would be imposed, the amount of such Excise Tax, and the calculation of the amounts referred to in Section 8(a)(i) and (ii) above shall be made by the Company’s regular independent accounting firm at the expense of the Company or, at the election and expense of Executive, another nationally recognized independent accounting firm (the “Accounting Firm”) which shall provide detailed supporting calculations. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and Executive. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Payments which Executive was entitled to, but did not receive pursuant to Section 8(a), could have been made

 

- 7 -


without the imposition of the Excise Tax (“Underpayment”). In such event, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive.

(c) In the event that the provisions of Code Section 280G and 4999 or any successor provisions are repealed without succession, this Section 8 shall be of no further force or effect.

9. Costs of Enforcement . Subject to Section 8(b), each party hereto shall pay its own costs and expenses incurred in enforcing or establishing its rights hereunder, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, whether the suit be brought or not, and whether or not incurred in trial, bankruptcy, or appellate proceedings.

10. Representations and Warranties . Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that Executive is not a party to, or otherwise subject to, any covenant not to compete with any person or entity, and Executive’s execution of this Agreement and performance of his obligations hereunder will not violate the terms or conditions of any contract or obligation, written or oral, between Executive and any other person or entity.

11. Restrictions on Conduct of Executive .

(a) General . Executive and the Company understand and agree that the purpose of the provisions of this Section 11 is to protect legitimate business interests of the Company, as more fully described below, and is not intended to eliminate Executive’s post-employment competition with the Company per se , nor is it intended to impair or infringe upon Executive’s right to work, earn a living, or acquire and possess property from the fruits of his labor. Executive hereby acknowledges that Executive has received good and valuable consideration for the post-employment restrictions set forth in this Section 11 in the form of compensation and benefits provided herein and the grant of stock options from time to time by the Company. Executive hereby further acknowledges that the post-employment restrictions set forth in this Section 11 are reasonable and that they do not, and will not, unduly impair his ability to earn a living after the termination of this Agreement.

In addition, the parties acknowledge: (A) that Executive’s services under this Agreement require special expertise and talent in the provision of Competitive Services and that Executive will have substantial contacts with customers, suppliers, advertisers and vendors of the Company; (B) that pursuant to this Agreement, Executive will be placed in a position of trust and responsibility and he will have access to a substantial amount of Confidential Information and Trade Secrets and that the Company is placing him in such position and giving him access to such information in reliance upon his agreement not to compete with the Company during the Restricted Period; (C) that due to his management duties, Executive will be the repository of a substantial portion of the goodwill of the Company and would have an unfair advantage in competing with the Company; (D) that due to Executive’s special experience and talent, the loss of Executive’s services to the Company under this Agreement cannot reasonably or adequately be compensated solely by damages in an action at law; (E) that Executive is capable of competing with the Company; and (F) that Executive is capable of obtaining gainful, lucrative and desirable employment that does not violate the restrictions contained in this Agreement.

 

- 8 -


Therefore, subject to the limitations of reasonableness imposed by law, Executive shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in this Section 11.

(b) Definitions . The following capitalized terms used in this Section 11 shall have the meanings assigned to them below, which definitions shall apply to both the singular and the plural forms of such terms:

“Competitive Position” means any employment with a Competitor in which Executive will use or is likely to use any Confidential Information or Trade Secrets, or in which Executive has duties for such Competitor that involve Competitive Services and that are the same or similar to those services actually performed by Executive for the Company;

“Competitive Services” means the distribution of automatic identification, bar-code, point of sale, security, or telephony products and other products the Company begins to distribute during the Employment Period, to resellers of such products, except such term shall not include distribution conducted by a Person whose principal business is the manufacture and sale of such products to resellers and/or end users and which Person does not normally act as a distributor of such products manufactured by others.

“Competitor” means any Person engaged, wholly or in material part, in Competitive Services.

“Confidential Information” means all information regarding the Company, its activities, business or clients that is the subject of reasonable efforts by the Company to maintain its confidentiality and that is not generally disclosed by practice or authority to persons not employed by the Company, but that does not rise to the level of a Trade Secret. “Confidential Information” shall include, but is not limited to, financial plans and data concerning the Company; management planning information; business plans; operational methods; market studies; marketing plans or strategies; product development techniques or plans; customer lists; details of customer contracts; current and anticipated customer requirements; past, current and planned research and development; business acquisition plans; and new personnel acquisition plans. “Confidential Information” shall not include information that has become generally available to the public by the act of one who has the right to disclose such information without violating any right or privilege of the Company. This definition shall not limit any definition of “confidential information” or any equivalent term under state or federal law.

“Determination Date” means the date of termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason whatsoever or any earlier date (during the Employment Period) of an alleged breach of the Restrictive Covenants by Executive.

“Person” means any individual or any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, association or other entity or enterprise.

 

- 9 -


“Principal or Representative” means a principal, owner, partner, shareholder, joint venturer, investor, member, trustee, director, officer, manager, employee, agent, representative or consultant.

“Protected Customers” means any Person to whom the Company has sold its products or services or solicited to sell its products or services during the twelve (12) months prior to the Determination Date.

“Protected Employees” means employees of the Company who were employed by the Company at any time within six (6) months prior to the Determination Date.

“Restricted Period” means the Employment Period and any period of continued employment at the Company after expiration of the Employment Period as provided under this Agreement, and a period of two years following the Date of Termination of employment with the Company.

“Restricted Territory” means North America, Latin America, and Europe.

“Restrictive Covenants” means the restrictive covenants contained in Section 11(c) hereof.

“Trade Secret” means all information, without regard to form, including, but not limited to, technical or nontechnical data, a formula, a pattern, a compilation, a program, a device, a method, a technique, a drawing, a process, financial data, financial plans, product plans, distribution lists or a list of actual or potential customers, advertisers or suppliers which is not commonly known by or available to the public and which information: (A) derives economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily ascertainable by proper means by, other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use; and (B) is the subject of efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain its secrecy. Without limiting the foregoing, Trade Secret means any item of confidential information that constitutes a “trade secret(s)” under the common law or statutory law of the State of South Carolina.

(c) Restrictive Covenants .

(i) Restriction on Disclosure and Use of Confidential Information and Trade Secrets . Executive understands and agrees that the Confidential Information and Trade Secrets constitute valuable assets of the Company and its affiliated entities, and may not be converted to Executive’s own use. Accordingly, Executive hereby agrees that Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, at any time during the Restricted Period reveal, divulge, or disclose to any Person not expressly authorized by the Company any Confidential Information, and Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, at any time during the Restricted Period use or make use of any Confidential Information in connection with any business activity other than that of the Company. Throughout the term of this Agreement and at all times after the date that this

 

- 10 -


Agreement terminates for any reason, Executive shall not directly or indirectly transmit or disclose any Trade Secret of the Company to any Person, and shall not make use of any such Trade Secret, directly or indirectly, for himself or for others, without the prior written consent of the Company. The parties acknowledge and agree that this Agreement is not intended to, and does not, alter either the Company’s rights or Executive’s obligations under any state or federal statutory or common law regarding trade secrets and unfair trade practices.

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, Executive shall not be restricted from disclosing or using Confidential Information that is required to be disclosed by law, court order or other legal process; provided , however , that in the event disclosure is required by law, Executive shall provide the Company with prompt notice of such requirement so that the Company may seek an appropriate protective order prior to any such required disclosure by Executive.

(ii) Nonsolicitation of Protected Employees . Executive understands and agrees that the relationship between the Company and each of its Protected Employees constitutes a valuable asset of the Company and may not be converted to Executive’s own use. Accordingly, Executive hereby agrees that during the Restricted Period Executive shall not directly or indirectly on Executive’s own behalf or as a Principal or Representative of any Person or otherwise solicit or induce any Protected Employee to terminate his or her employment relationship with the Company or to enter into employment with any other Person.

(iii) Restriction on Relationships with Protected Customers . Executive understands and agrees that the relationship between the Company and each of its Protected Customers constitutes a valuable asset of the Company and may not be converted to Executive’s own use. Accordingly, Executive hereby agrees that, during the Restricted Period, Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, on Executive’s own behalf or as a Principal or Representative of any Person, solicit, divert, take away or attempt to solicit, divert or take away a Protected Customer for the purpose of providing or selling Competitive Services; provided , however , that the prohibition of this covenant shall apply only to Protected Customers with whom Executive had material “Contact” on the Company’s behalf during the twelve (12) months immediately preceding the termination of his or her employment at the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, Executive had material “Contact” with a Protected Customer if (a) he had business dealings with the Protected Customer on the Company’s behalf; (b) he was responsible for supervising or coordinating the dealings between the Company and the Protected Customer; or (c) he obtained Trade Secrets or Confidential Information about the customer as a result of his association with the Company.

(iv) Noncompetition with the Company. Executive hereby understands and agrees that, during the Restricted Period, Executive will not, without prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly seek or obtain a Competitive Position in the Restricted Territory with a Competitor; provided , however , that the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed to prohibit the ownership by Executive of any securities of the Company or its affiliated entities of not more than five percent (5%) of any class of securities of any corporation having a class of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Executive

 

- 11 -


acknowledges that in the performance of his duties for the Company he is charged with operating on the Company’s behalf throughout the Restricted Territory and he hereby acknowledges, therefore, that the Restricted Territory is reasonable.

(d) Enforcement of Restrictive Covenants .

(i) Rights and Remedies Upon Breach . In the event Executive breaches, or threatens to commit a breach of, any of the provisions of the Restrictive Covenants, the Company shall have the following rights and remedies, which shall be independent of any others and severally enforceable, and shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available to the Company at law or in equity:

(A) the right and remedy to enjoin, preliminarily and permanently, Executive from violating or threatening to violate the Restrictive Covenants and to have the Restrictive Covenants specifically enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction, it being agreed that any breach or threatened breach of the Restrictive Covenants would cause irreparable injury to the Company and that money damages would not provide an adequate remedy to the Company; and

(B) the right and remedy to require Executive to account for and pay over to the Company all compensation, profits, monies, accruals, increments or other benefits derived or received by Executive as the result of any transactions constituting a breach of the Restrictive Covenants.

(ii) Severability of Covenants . Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Restrictive Covenants are reasonable and valid in time and scope and in all other respects. The covenants set forth in this Agreement shall be considered and construed as separate and independent covenants. Should any part or provision of any covenant be held invalid, void or unenforceable in any court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity, voidness or unenforceability shall not render invalid, void or unenforceable any other part or provision of this Agreement. If any portion of the foregoing provisions is found to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction because its duration, the territory, the definition of activities or the definition of information covered is considered to be invalid or unreasonable in scope, the invalid or unreasonable term shall be redefined, or a new enforceable term provided, such that the intent of the Company and Executive in agreeing to the provisions of this Agreement will not be impaired and the provision in question shall be enforceable to the fullest extent of the applicable laws.

(iii) Reformation . The parties hereunder agree that it is their intention that the Restrictive Covenants be enforced in accordance with their terms to the maximum extent possible under applicable law. The parties further agree that, in the event any court of competent jurisdiction shall find that any provision hereof is not enforceable in accordance with its terms, the court shall reform the Restrictive Covenants such that they shall be enforceable to the maximum extent permissible at law.

 

- 12 -


(iv) Elective Right of the Company . In the event that Executive challenges the enforceability of the Restrictive Covenants (or asserts an affirmative defense to an action seeking to enforce the Restrictive Covenants) based on an argument that the Restrictive Covenants are (x) not enforceable as a matter of law, (y) unreasonable in geographical scope or duration or (z) void as against public policy, the Company shall have the right to cease making the payments required under Section 6 above and, upon demand, to have Executive repay, within 10 business days of any such demand, any such payments already made. Any right afforded to, or exercised by, the Company hereunder shall in no way affect the enforceability of the Restrictive Covenants or any other right of the Company hereunder.

12. Assignment and Successors .

(a) This Agreement is personal to Executive and without the prior written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s legal representatives.

(b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.

(c) The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, “Company” shall mean the Company as herein before defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise.

13. Miscellaneous .

(a) Waiver . Failure of either party to insist, in one or more instances, on performance by the other in strict accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of any right granted in this Agreement or of the future performance of any such term or condition or of any other term or condition of this Agreement, unless such waiver is contained in a writing signed by the party making the waiver.

(b) Severability . If any provision or covenant, or any part thereof, of this Agreement should be held by any court to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, either in whole or in part, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions or covenants, or any part thereof, of this Agreement, all of which shall remain in full force and effect.

(c) Other Agents . Nothing in this Agreement is to be interpreted as limiting the Company from employing other personnel on such terms and conditions as may be satisfactory to it.

 

- 13 -


(d) Entire Agreement . Except as provided herein, this Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Company and Executive with respect to the subject matter hereof and, from and after the Effective Date, this Agreement shall supersede and replace any other agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, including without limitation, the Employment Agreement between the parties effective January 1, 2004, and any and all amendments and addendums thereto (including the Two Year Employment Agreement Addendum effective January 1, 2006), and any prior employment agreements between the parties.

(e) Governing Law and Jurisdiction . Except to the extent preempted by federal law, and without regard to conflict of laws principles, the laws of the State of South Carolina shall govern this Agreement in all respects, whether as to its validity, construction, capacity, performance or otherwise. This Agreement may only be enforced in a court of competent jurisdiction in Greenville County, South Carolina and Executive agrees to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of a court of competent jurisdiction in Greenville County, South Carolina.

(f) Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered or three days after mailing if mailed, first class, certified mail, postage prepaid:

 

To Company:   

ScanSource, Inc.

6 Logue Court

Greenville, SC 29615

Attn: General Counsel

To Executive:    To the address specified on Exhibit A to this Agreement

Any party may change the address to which notices, requests, demands and other communications shall be delivered or mailed by giving notice thereof to the other party in the same manner provided herein.

(g) Amendments and Modifications . This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a writing signed by both parties hereto, which makes specific reference to this Agreement.

 

- 14 -


(h) Construction . Each party and his or its counsel have reviewed this Agreement and have been provided the opportunity to revise this Agreement and accordingly, the normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement. Instead, the language of all parts of this Agreement shall be construed as a whole, and according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against either party.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Employment Agreement as of the dates indicated below.

 

EXECUTIVE:
Name:   /s/ R. Scott Benbenek
Date:   6/26/07
SCANSOURCE, INC.:
By:   /s/ Michael L. Baur
Name:   Michael L. Baur
Title:   CEO
Date:   7/3/07

 

- 15 -


EXHIBIT A to EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

Executive: R. Scott Benbenek

Title: President Worldwide Operations

Base Salary: $300,000.00 annualized

Variable Compensation earned in fiscal year 2008 shall be based on the following:

The amount of variable pay is determined based on ScanSource, Inc. consolidated operating income. The amount earned is 0.35% of operating income (“target variable compensation”). The actual amount may be more or less depending on actual operating income achieved.

The amounts earned will be paid to Executive in monthly installments with each monthly installment being equal to Seventy percent (70%) of the incentive bonus computed using the operating income determined by the financial statement prepared for each month during the term of this Agreement. The balance of the Incentive Bonus shall be paid with respect to each fiscal year immediately following the auditor’s approval of the release of the Company’s year-end earnings. The Company shall have no right of reimbursement in the event the amount advanced in monthly installments exceeds the incentive bonus as finally computed.

The amount of variable compensation will be calculated as follows:

 

   

If return on invested capital (“ROIC”) is greater than or equal to 30%, variable compensation will equal 115% of target variable compensation

 

   

If return on invested capital (“ROIC”) is at or between 25% and 29%, variable compensation will equal 110% of target variable compensation

 

   

If return on invested capital (“ROIC”) is at or between 20% and 24%, variable compensation will equal 100% of target variable compensation

 

   

If return on invested capital (“ROIC”) is less than 20%, variable compensation will equal 90% of target variable compensation

The Company’s calculation of operating income, return on invested capital, and variable compensation shall be conclusive and binding absent fraud or manifest or material error.

An Incentive Compensation plan for fiscal year 2009 shall be determined and communicated in writing no later than July 31, 2008.

 

Initials:   /s/ RSB   /   /s/ MLB


Days of Paid Vacation per Fiscal Year:    Approving Person:
Year 1 – 15 days    CEO
Year 2 – 20 days   

Executive Notice Address:

308 Shadowbrooke Court

Simpsonville, SC 29681

 

Initials:   /s/ RSB   /   /s/ MLB

 

- 2 -


EXHIBIT B to EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

Form of Release

THIS RELEASE (“Release”) is granted effective as of the ____ day of __________, ____, by __________________ (“Executive”) in favor of ScanSource, Inc. (the “Company”). This is the Release referred to in that certain Employment Agreement dated as of June 20, 2007 by and between the Company and Executive (the “Employment Agreement”). Executive gives this Release in consideration of the Company’s promises and covenants as recited in the Employment Agreement, with respect to which this Release is an integral part.

1. Release of the Company . Executive, for himself, his successors, assigns, attorneys, and all those entitled to assert his rights, now and forever hereby releases and discharges the Company and its respective officers, directors, stockholders, trustees, employees, agents, parent corporations, subsidiaries, affiliates, estates, successors, assigns and attorneys (the “Released Parties”), from any and all claims, actions, causes of action, sums of money due, suits, debts, liens, covenants, contracts, obligations, costs, expenses, damages, judgments, agreements, promises, demands, claims for attorney’s fees and costs, or liabilities whatsoever, in law or in equity, which Executive ever had or now has against the Released Parties, including any claims arising by reason of or in any way connected with any employment relationship which existed between the Company or any of its parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, or predecessors, and Executive. It is understood and agreed that this Release is intended to cover all actions, causes of action, claims or demands for any damage, loss or injury, which may be traced either directly or indirectly to the aforesaid employment relationship, or the termination of that relationship, that Executive has, had or purports to have, from the beginning of time to the date of this Release, whether known or unknown, that now exists, no matter how remotely they may be related to the aforesaid employment relationship including but not limited to claims for employment discrimination under federal or state law, except as provided in Paragraph 2; claims arising under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, 42 U.S.C. § 2000(e), et seq. or the Americans With Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. § 12101 et seq. ; claims for statutory or common law wrongful discharge; claims for attorney’s fees, expenses and costs; claims for defamation; claims for wages or vacation pay; claims for benefits, including any claims arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, 29 U.S.C. § 1001, et   seq. ; and provided, however, that nothing herein shall release the Company of its obligations to Executive under the Employment Agreement or any other contractual obligations between the Company or its affiliates and Executive, or any indemnification obligations to Executive under the Company’s bylaws, certificate of incorporation, South Carolina law, or otherwise.

2. Release of Claims Under Age Discrimination in Employment Act . Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Executive agrees that by executing this Release, he has released and waived any and all claims he has or may have as of the date of this Release for age discrimination under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act,


29 U.S.C. § 621, et seq . It is understood that Executive is advised to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Release; that he in fact has consulted a knowledgeable, competent attorney regarding this Release; that he may, before executing this Release, consider this Release for a period of twenty-one (21) calendar days; and that the consideration he receives for this Release is in addition to amounts to which he was already entitled. It is further understood that this Release is not effective until seven (7) calendar days after the execution of this Release and that Executive may revoke this Release within seven (7) calendar days from the date of execution hereof.

Executive agrees that he has carefully read this Release and is signing it voluntarily. Executive acknowledges that he has had twenty one (21) days from receipt of this Release to review it prior to signing or that, if Executive is signing this Release prior to the expiration of such 21-day period, Executive is waiving his right to review the Release for such full 21-day period prior to signing it. Executive has the right to revoke this release within seven (7) days following the date of its execution by him. However, if Executive revokes this Release within such seven (7) day period, no severance benefit will be payable to him under the Employment Agreement and he shall return to the Company any such payment received prior to that date.

EXECUTIVE HAS CAREFULLY READ THIS RELEASE AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT CONSTITUTES A GENERAL RELEASE OF ALL KNOWN AND UNKNOWN CLAIMS AGAINST THE COMPANY UNDER THE AGE DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT ACT, AND ANY AND ALL OTHER STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS, WHETHER STATUTORY OR COMMON LAW. EXECUTIVE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE HAS HAD A FULL OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH AN ATTORNEY OR OTHER ADVISOR OF HIS CHOOSING CONCERNING HIS EXECUTION OF THIS RELEASE AND THAT HE IS SIGNING THIS RELEASE VOLUNTARILY AND WITH THE FULL INTENT OF RELEASING THE COMPANY FROM ALL SUCH CLAIMS.

 

 
Executive
        Date:    


EXHIBIT C to EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

Definition of Change in Control:

For the purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) individuals who, on the Effective Date, constitute the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of such Board, provided that any person becoming a director after the Effective Date and whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board shall be an Incumbent Director; provided , however , that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors (“Election Contest”) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any “person” (such term for purposes of this definition being as defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and as used in Section 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) other than the Board (“Proxy Contest”), including by reason of any agreement intended to avoid or settle any Election Contest or Proxy Contest, shall be deemed an Incumbent Director; or

(ii) any person is or becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of either (A) 35% or more of the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (“Company Common Stock”) or (B) securities of the Company representing 35% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities eligible to vote for the election of directors (the “Company Voting Securities”); provided , however , that for purposes of this subsection (ii), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (w) an acquisition directly from the Company, (x) an acquisition by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, (y) an acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, or (z) an acquisition pursuant to a Non-Qualifying Transaction (as defined in subsection (iii) below); or

(iii) the consummation of a reorganization, merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company or a Subsidiary (a “Reorganization”), or the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (a “Sale”) or the acquisition of assets or stock of another corporation (an “Acquisition”), unless immediately following such Reorganization, Sale or Acquisition: (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the outstanding Company Common Stock and outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Reorganization, Sale or Acquisition


beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 55% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Reorganization, Sale or Acquisition (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or stock either directly or through one or more subsidiaries, the “Surviving Corporation”) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Reorganization, Sale or Acquisition, of the outstanding Company Common Stock and the outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, and (B) no person (other than (x) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (y) the Surviving Corporation or its ultimate parent corporation, or (z) any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by any of the foregoing is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 35% or more of the total common stock or 35% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Surviving Corporation, and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Surviving Corporation were Incumbent Directors at the time of the Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Reorganization, Sale or Acquisition (any Reorganization, Sale or Acquisition which satisfies all of the criteria specified in (A), (B) and (C) above shall be deemed to be a “Non-Qualifying Transaction”); or

(iv) approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

Exhibit 10.16

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (hereinafter the “Agreement”) between ScanSource, Inc., a South Carolina corporation (hereinafter, the “Company”), and Andrea Meade (hereinafter, “Executive”) is effective as of June 20, 2007 (hereinafter the “Effective Date”).

BACKGROUND

The Company desires to employ Executive in the position stated on Exhibit A, and Executive is willing to serve in such capacity, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment . On the Effective Date, Executive shall hereby be employed in the capacity indicated above and shall have the responsibilities commensurate with such position as shall be assigned to her by the Board of Directors or CEO of the Company.

2. Employment Period . Unless earlier terminated herein in accordance with Section 5 hereof, Executive’s employment shall be for a term (the “Employment Period”), beginning on the Effective Date and ending on June 30, 2009, the Employment Period End Date.

3. Extent of Service . During the Employment Period, and excluding any periods of vacation and sick leave to which Executive is entitled, Executive agrees to devote her business time, attention, skill and efforts exclusively to the faithful performance of her duties hereunder; provided, however , that it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for Executive to (i) devote reasonable periods of time to charitable and community activities and, with the approval of the Company, industry or professional activities, and/or (ii) manage personal business interests and investments, so long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of Executive’s responsibilities under this Agreement.

4. Compensation and Benefits .

(a) Base Salary . During the Employment Period, the Company will pay to Executive a base salary at the rate specified on Exhibit A to this Agreement (“Base Salary”), less normal withholdings, payable in equal monthly or more frequent installments as are customary under the Company’s payroll practices from time to time . The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company shall review Executive’s Base Salary annually and in its sole discretion, subject to approval of the Board of Directors of the Company, may increase Executive’s Base Salary from year to year. The annual review of Executive’s Base Salary by the Board of Directors of the Company will consider, among other things, Executive’s own performance and the Company’s performance. In the event Executive becomes eligible during


the Employment Period to receive benefits under the Company’s short-term disability policy, the Company shall continue to pay Executive’s Base Salary, provided , however , that Executive’s Base Salary during such period shall be reduced by any amounts Executive receives under the short-term disability policy.

(b) Incentive Compensation, Savings and Retirement Plans . During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to participate in all deferred compensation, savings and retirement plans, practices, policies and programs applicable to staff officers of the Company (“Peer Executives”). Without limiting the foregoing, during the Employment Period, Executive will be eligible to receive certain incentive compensation (“Incentive Compensation”) based on financial and/or performance criteria established from year to year by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company, as specified on Exhibit A to this Agreement.

(c) Welfare Benefit Plans . During the Employment Period, Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents shall be eligible for participation in the welfare benefit plans, practices, policies and programs provided by the Company which may include medical, prescription, dental, disability, employee life, group life, accidental death and travel accident insurance plans and programs) (“Welfare Plans”) to the extent applicable generally to Peer Executives. Bi-weekly payroll contributions will be required by Executive. The Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion to modify, change, or eliminate its Welfare Plans.

(d) Expenses . During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to receive reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by Executive in accordance with the policies, practices and procedures of the Company to the extent applicable generally to Peer Executives.

(e) Fringe Benefits . During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to fringe benefits in accordance with the plans, practices, programs and policies of the Company in effect for Peer Executives.

(f) Vacation . During each fiscal year during the Employment Period, Executive will be entitled to the number of days of paid vacation specified on Exhibit A to this Agreement. Executive may take such vacation days at the time or times Executive reasonably requests, subject to the prior approval of the person specified on Exhibit A to this Agreement. Unused vacation time does not carry over to the next fiscal year and is not paid upon termination of employment.

5. Termination of Employment .

(a) Death, Retirement or Disability . Executive’s employment shall terminate automatically upon Executive’s death or Retirement during the Employment Period. For purposes of this Agreement, “Retirement” shall mean normal retirement as defined in the Company’s then-current retirement plan, or if there is no such retirement plan, “Retirement” shall mean voluntary termination after age 65 with ten years of service. If the Company determines

 

- 2 -


that the Disability of Executive has occurred during the Employment Period (pursuant to the definition of Disability set forth below), it may give to Executive written notice of its intention to terminate Executive’s employment. In such event, Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate effective on the 30th day after receipt of such written notice by Executive (the “Disability Effective Date”), provided that, within the 30 days after such receipt, Executive shall not have returned to full-time performance of Executive’s duties. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean a mental or physical disability as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in accordance with standards and procedures similar to those under the Company’s employee long-term disability plan, if any. At any time that the Company does not maintain such a long-term disability plan, “Disability” shall mean the inability of Executive, as determined by the Board, to perform the essential functions of her regular duties and responsibilities, with or without reasonable accommodation, due to a medically determinable physical or mental condition which has lasted (or can reasonably be expected to last) for twelve workweeks in any twelve-month period. At the request of Executive or her personal representative, the Board’s determination that the Disability of Executive has occurred shall be certified by two physicians mutually agreed upon by Executive, or her personal representative, and the Company. Failing such independent certification (if so requested by Executive), Executive’s termination shall be deemed a termination by the Company without Cause and not a termination by reason of her Disability.

(b) Termination by the Company . The Company may terminate Executive’s employment during the Employment Period with or without Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean:

(i) The failure of Executive to satisfactorily perform Executive’s duties with the Company (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after a written demand for satisfactory performance is delivered to Executive by the Board of Directors, CEO of the Company or President of the Business Unit to which the Executive is assigned, which specifically identifies the manner in which the Board, the CEO or the President believes that Executive has not satisfactorily performed Executive’s duties. The decision of whether Executive has satisfactorily performed her duties with the Company is in the discretion of the Company; or

(ii) Engaging in unethical or illegal conduct or gross misconduct that is materially injurious to the Company, whether financially or otherwise.

(c) Termination by Executive . Executive’s employment may be terminated by Executive for Good Reason or no reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean:

(i) without the consent of Executive, the assignment to Executive of any duties materially inconsistent for a member of the management team, excluding for this purpose an isolated, insubstantial, and inadvertent action not taken in bad faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by Executive;

 

- 3 -


(ii) a reduction by the Company in Executive’s Base Salary as in effect on the Effective Date or as the same may be increased from time to time;

(iii) the failure by the Company (a) to continue in effect any compensation plan in which Executive participates as of the Effective Date that is material to Executive’s total compensation, unless an equitable arrangement (embodied in an ongoing substitute or alternative plan) has been made with respect to such plan, or (b) to continue Executive’s participation therein (or in such substitute or alternative plan) on a basis not materially less favorable in terms of the amount of benefits provided;

(iv) the Company’s requiring Executive, without her consent, to be based at any office or location other than in Greenville County, South Carolina;

(v) any failure by the Company to comply with and satisfy Section 12(c) of this Agreement;

(vi) the material breach of this Agreement by the Company; or

(vii) if no new employment agreement has been entered into by Executive and the Company or its successor after or in contemplation of a Change in Control, termination by Executive for any reason or no reason during the 60-day period beginning on the six-month anniversary of a Change in Control.

Good Reason shall not include Executive’s death or Disability. The Company shall have an opportunity to cure any claimed event of Good Reason (other than under clauses (v) or (vii) above) within 30 days of notice from Executive and the Board’s good faith determination of cure shall be binding. The Company shall notify Executive of the timely cure of any claimed event of Good Reason and the manner in which such cure was effected, and any Notice of Termination delivered by Executive based on such claimed Good Reason shall be deemed withdrawn and shall not be effective to terminate the Agreement.

(d) Notice of Termination . Any termination of Executive’s employment by the Company or by Executive shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 13(f) of this Agreement . For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, including whether such termination is for Cause or Good Reason, (ii) if such termination is for Cause or Good Reason, sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated, and (iii) specifies the termination date. The failure by Executive or the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not waive any right of Executive or the Company, respectively, hereunder or preclude Executive or the Company, respectively, from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing Executive’s or the Company’s rights hereunder.

 

- 4 -


(e) Date of Termination . “Date of Termination” means the date specified in the Notice of Termination or, if Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of death, Retirement or Disability, the date of death or Retirement or the Disability Effective Date, as the case may be.

6. Obligations of the Company upon Termination .

(a) Termination by Executive for Good Reason; Termination by Company Other Than for Cause, Disability or In Connection with Change of Control. If, during the Employment Period, the Company shall terminate Executive’s employment: (i) for other than for Cause or Disability; (ii) Executive shall terminate employment for Good Reason within a period of 30 days after the occurrence of the event giving rise to Good Reason; (iii) if Executive’s employment is terminated within 12 months after, or otherwise in contemplation of, a Change in Control, as defined in Exhibit C, and Executive’s employment is so terminated other than for Cause or Disability; or (iv) if within 60 days after the Employment Period End Date, the Company (for reasons other than Cause or Disability) terminates the employment of Executive, and, with respect to the payments and benefits described in clauses (i)(B) and (ii) below, only if Executive executes a Release in substantially the form of Exhibit B hereto (the “Release”):

(i) within 30 days after the later of (a) Date of Termination or (b) the date Executive executes the Release (or such longer period as may be required for the Company to determine the amount of earned unpaid Incentive Compensation under any program which is dependent on quantifying quarterly financial results), the Company shall pay to Executive in a lump sum in cash the aggregate of the following amounts:

(A) the sum of (1) Executive’s Base Salary earned through the Date of Termination to the extent not theretofore paid, and (2) unpaid Incentive Compensation earned to the Date of Termination; (the sum of the amounts described in clauses (1) and (2) shall be hereinafter referred to as the “Accrued Obligations”). For purposes of determining the amount of unpaid Incentive Compensation earned in the event the Date of Termination is in the middle of a fiscal quarter, the Company shall pro-rate and reduce the amount it determines would have been earned for the complete quarter, based on the ratio of the number of days the Executive was employed in the quarter over the number of actual days in the quarter; and

(B) an amount equal to a multiple (the “Severance Multiple”), times the highest combined annual Base Salary and Incentive Compensation earned by Executive from the Company, including any such amounts earned but deferred, in the last three fiscal years prior to the Date of Termination (the “Severance Benefits”). The Severance Multiple shall be one (1).

(C) for up to 12 months after Date of Termination, the Company will reimburse Executive for COBRA payments made by Executive which are in excess of the monthly rates paid by active employees, with respect to medical and dental insurance benefits, but only until such time as Executive is eligible to receive similar benefits under another employer-provided or group plan (which plan may be the plan of the Executive’s new employer or his spouse’s employer.)

 

- 5 -


(ii) to the extent not theretofore paid or provided, the Company shall timely pay or provide to Executive any other amounts or benefits required to be paid or provided or which Executive is eligible to receive under any plan, program, policy or practice or contract or agreement of the Company (such other amounts and benefits shall be hereinafter referred to as the “Other Benefits”) only if such Other Benefits were earned as of the Date of Termination.

(b) Death . If Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Executive’s death during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive’s legal representatives under this Agreement, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations and the timely payment or provision of Other Benefits. Accrued Obligations shall be paid to Executive’s estate or beneficiary, as applicable, in a lump sum in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination. With respect to the provision of Other Benefits, the term Other Benefits as used in this Section 6(b) shall include, without limitation, and Executive’s estate and/or beneficiaries shall be entitled to receive, benefits under such plans, programs, practices and policies relating to death benefits, if any, as are applicable to Executive on the date of her death.

(c) Disability . If Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Executive’s Disability during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations and the timely payment or provision of Other Benefits. Accrued Obligations shall be paid to Executive in a lump sum in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination. With respect to the provision of Other Benefits, the term Other Benefits as used in this Section 6(c) shall include, without limitation, and Executive shall be entitled after the Disability Effective Date to receive, disability and other benefits under such plans, programs, practices and policies relating to disability, if any, as are applicable to Executive and her family on the Date of Termination.

(d) Retirement . If Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Executive’s Retirement during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations and the timely payment or provision of Other Benefits. Accrued Obligations shall be paid to Executive in a lump sum in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination. With respect to the provision of Other Benefits, the term Other Benefits as used in this Section 6(d) shall include, without limitation, and Executive shall be entitled after the Date of Termination to receive, retirement and other benefits under such plans, programs, practices and policies relating to retirement, if any, as applicable to Executive on the Date of Termination.

(e) Cause or Voluntary Termination without Good Reason . If Executive’s employment is terminated for Cause during the Employment Period, or if Executive voluntarily terminates employment during the Employment Period without Good Reason, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations.

 

- 6 -


(f) Normal Expiration of Employment Period . If Executive’s employment is terminated due to the normal expiration of the Employment Period or is terminated within 60 days after the Employment Period End Date (for reasons other than Cause or Disability), this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations, Severance Benefits and the timely payment or provision of Other Benefits. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company is not required to provide notice if the Agreement will not be renewed or if a new employment agreement will not be offered in a situation where the Executive will remain an employee of the Company in the same position or in a management capacity without an employment agreement but as an at-will employee. In that instance, he or she remains subject to the Restrictions on Conduct described in section 11 herein.

7. Non-exclusivity of Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit Executive’s continuing or future participation in any plan, program, policy or practice provided by the Company and for which Executive may qualify, nor, subject to Section 13(d), shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such rights as Executive may have under any contract or agreement with the Company. Amounts which are vested benefits or which Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan, policy, practice or program or any contract or agreement with the Company at or subsequent to the Date of Termination shall be payable in accordance with such plan, policy, practice or program or contract or agreement except as explicitly modified by this Agreement.

8. Mandatory Reduction of Payments in Certain Events .

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event it shall be determined that any benefit, payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise) (a “Payment”) would be subject to the excise tax (the “Excise Tax”) imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), then, prior to the making of any Payment to Executive, a calculation shall be made comparing (i) the net benefit to Executive of all Payments after payment of the Excise Tax, to (ii) the net benefit to Executive if the Payment had been limited to the extent necessary to avoid being subject to the Excise Tax. If the amount calculated under (i) above is less than the amount calculated under (ii) above, then the Payments shall be limited to the extent necessary to avoid being subject to the Excise Tax (the “Reduced Amount”). In that event, Executive shall direct which Payments are to be modified or reduced.

(b) The determination of whether an Excise Tax would be imposed, the amount of such Excise Tax, and the calculation of the amounts referred to in Section 8(a)(i) and (ii) above shall be made by the Company’s regular independent accounting firm at the expense of the Company or, at the election and expense of Executive, another nationally recognized independent accounting firm (the “Accounting Firm”) which shall provide detailed supporting calculations. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and Executive. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Payments which Executive was entitled to, but did not receive pursuant to Section 8(a), could have been made

 

- 7 -


without the imposition of the Excise Tax (“Underpayment”). In such event, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive.

(c) In the event that the provisions of Code Section 280G and 4999 or any successor provisions are repealed without succession, this Section 8 shall be of no further force or effect.

9. Costs of Enforcement . Subject to Section 8(b), each party hereto shall pay its own costs and expenses incurred in enforcing or establishing its rights hereunder, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, whether the suit be brought or not, and whether or not incurred in trial, bankruptcy, or appellate proceedings.

10. Representations and Warranties . Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that Executive is not a party to, or otherwise subject to, any covenant not to compete with any person or entity, and Executive’s execution of this Agreement and performance of her obligations hereunder will not violate the terms or conditions of any contract or obligation, written or oral, between Executive and any other person or entity.

11. Restrictions on Conduct of Executive .

(a) General . Executive and the Company understand and agree that the purpose of the provisions of this Section 11 is to protect legitimate business interests of the Company, as more fully described below, and is not intended to eliminate Executive’s post-employment competition with the Company per se , nor is it intended to impair or infringe upon Executive’s right to work, earn a living, or acquire and possess property from the fruits of his labor. Executive hereby acknowledges that Executive has received good and valuable consideration for the post-employment restrictions set forth in this Section 11 in the form of compensation and benefits provided herein and the grant of stock options from time to time by the Company. Executive hereby further acknowledges that the post-employment restrictions set forth in this Section 11 are reasonable and that they do not, and will not, unduly impair her ability to earn a living after the termination of this Agreement.

In addition, the parties acknowledge: (A) that Executive’s services under this Agreement require special expertise and talent in the provision of Competitive Services and that Executive will have substantial contacts with customers, suppliers, advertisers and vendors of the Company; (B) that pursuant to this Agreement, Executive will be placed in a position of trust and responsibility and she will have access to a substantial amount of Confidential Information and Trade Secrets and that the Company is placing her in such position and giving her access to such information in reliance upon her agreement not to compete with the Company during the Restricted Period; (C) that due to her management duties, Executive will be the repository of a substantial portion of the goodwill of the Company and would have an unfair advantage in competing with the Company; (D) that due to Executive’s special experience and talent, the loss of Executive’s services to the Company under this Agreement cannot reasonably or adequately be compensated solely by damages in an action at law; (E) that Executive is capable of competing with the Company; and (F) that Executive is capable of obtaining gainful, lucrative and desirable employment that does not violate the restrictions contained in this Agreement.

 

- 8 -


Therefore, subject to the limitations of reasonableness imposed by law, Executive shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in this Section 11.

(b) Definitions . The following capitalized terms used in this Section 11 shall have the meanings assigned to them below, which definitions shall apply to both the singular and the plural forms of such terms:

“Competitive Position” means any employment with a Competitor in which Executive will use or is likely to use any Confidential Information or Trade Secrets, or in which Executive has duties for such Competitor that involve Competitive Services and that are the same or similar to those services actually performed by Executive for the Company;

“Competitive Services” means the distribution of automatic identification, bar-code, point of sale, security, or telephony products and other products the Company begins to distribute during the Employment Period, to resellers of such products, except such term shall not include distribution conducted by a Person whose principal business is the manufacture and sale of such products to resellers and/or end users and which Person does not normally act as a distributor of such products manufactured by others.

“Competitor” means any Person engaged, wholly or in material part, in Competitive Services.

“Confidential Information” means all information regarding the Company, its activities, business or clients that is the subject of reasonable efforts by the Company to maintain its confidentiality and that is not generally disclosed by practice or authority to persons not employed by the Company, but that does not rise to the level of a Trade Secret. “Confidential Information” shall include, but is not limited to, financial plans and data concerning the Company; management planning information; business plans; operational methods; market studies; marketing plans or strategies; product development techniques or plans; customer lists; details of customer contracts; current and anticipated customer requirements; past, current and planned research and development; business acquisition plans; and new personnel acquisition plans. “Confidential Information” shall not include information that has become generally available to the public by the act of one who has the right to disclose such information without violating any right or privilege of the Company. This definition shall not limit any definition of “confidential information” or any equivalent term under state or federal law.

“Determination Date” means the date of termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason whatsoever or any earlier date (during the Employment Period) of an alleged breach of the Restrictive Covenants by Executive.

“Person” means any individual or any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, association or other entity or enterprise.

 

- 9 -


“Principal or Representative” means a principal, owner, partner, shareholder, joint venturer, investor, member, trustee, director, officer, manager, employee, agent, representative or consultant.

“Protected Customers” means any Person to whom the Company has sold its products or services or solicited to sell its products or services during the twelve (12) months prior to the Determination Date.

“Protected Employees” means employees of the Company who were employed by the Company at any time within six (6) months prior to the Determination Date.

“Restricted Period” means the Employment Period and any period of continued employment at the Company after expiration of the Employment Period as provided under this Agreement, and a period of two years following the Date of Termination of employment with the Company.

“Restricted Territory” means North America, Latin America, and Europe.

“Restrictive Covenants” means the restrictive covenants contained in Section 11(c) hereof.

“Trade Secret” means all information, without regard to form, including, but not limited to, technical or nontechnical data, a formula, a pattern, a compilation, a program, a device, a method, a technique, a drawing, a process, financial data, financial plans, product plans, distribution lists or a list of actual or potential customers, advertisers or suppliers which is not commonly known by or available to the public and which information: (A) derives economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily ascertainable by proper means by, other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use; and (B) is the subject of efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain its secrecy. Without limiting the foregoing, Trade Secret means any item of confidential information that constitutes a “trade secret(s)” under the common law or statutory law of the State of South Carolina.

(c) Restrictive Covenants .

(i) Restriction on Disclosure and Use of Confidential Information and Trade Secrets . Executive understands and agrees that the Confidential Information and Trade Secrets constitute valuable assets of the Company and its affiliated entities, and may not be converted to Executive’s own use. Accordingly, Executive hereby agrees that Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, at any time during the Restricted Period reveal, divulge, or disclose to any Person not expressly authorized by the Company any Confidential Information, and Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, at any time during the Restricted Period use or make use of any Confidential Information in connection with any business activity other than that of the Company. Throughout the term of this Agreement and at all times after the date that this

 

- 10 -


Agreement terminates for any reason, Executive shall not directly or indirectly transmit or disclose any Trade Secret of the Company to any Person, and shall not make use of any such Trade Secret, directly or indirectly, for herself or for others, without the prior written consent of the Company. The parties acknowledge and agree that this Agreement is not intended to, and does not, alter either the Company’s rights or Executive’s obligations under any state or federal statutory or common law regarding trade secrets and unfair trade practices.

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, Executive shall not be restricted from disclosing or using Confidential Information that is required to be disclosed by law, court order or other legal process; provided , however , that in the event disclosure is required by law, Executive shall provide the Company with prompt notice of such requirement so that the Company may seek an appropriate protective order prior to any such required disclosure by Executive.

(ii) Nonsolicitation of Protected Employees . Executive understands and agrees that the relationship between the Company and each of its Protected Employees constitutes a valuable asset of the Company and may not be converted to Executive’s own use. Accordingly, Executive hereby agrees that during the Restricted Period Executive shall not directly or indirectly on Executive’s own behalf or as a Principal or Representative of any Person or otherwise solicit or induce any Protected Employee to terminate his or her employment relationship with the Company or to enter into employment with any other Person.

(iii) Restriction on Relationships with Protected Customers . Executive understands and agrees that the relationship between the Company and each of its Protected Customers constitutes a valuable asset of the Company and may not be converted to Executive’s own use. Accordingly, Executive hereby agrees that, during the Restricted Period, Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, on Executive’s own behalf or as a Principal or Representative of any Person, solicit, divert, take away or attempt to solicit, divert or take away a Protected Customer for the purpose of providing or selling Competitive Services; provided , however , that the prohibition of this covenant shall apply only to Protected Customers with whom Executive had material “Contact” on the Company’s behalf during the twelve (12) months immediately preceding the termination of his or her employment at the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, Executive had material “Contact” with a Protected Customer if (a) she had business dealings with the Protected Customer on the Company’s behalf; (b) she was responsible for supervising or coordinating the dealings between the Company and the Protected Customer; or (c) she obtained Trade Secrets or Confidential Information about the customer as a result of her association with the Company.

(iv) Noncompetition with the Company. Executive hereby understands and agrees that, during the Restricted Period, Executive will not, without prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly seek or obtain a Competitive Position in the Restricted Territory with a Competitor; provided , however , that the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed to prohibit the ownership by Executive of any securities of the Company or its affiliated entities of not more than five percent (5%) of any class of securities of any corporation having a class of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Executive

 

- 11 -


acknowledges that in the performance of her duties for the Company she is charged with operating on the Company’s behalf throughout the Restricted Territory and she hereby acknowledges, therefore, that the Restricted Territory is reasonable.

(d) Enforcement of Restrictive Covenants .

(i) Rights and Remedies Upon Breach . In the event Executive breaches, or threatens to commit a breach of, any of the provisions of the Restrictive Covenants, the Company shall have the following rights and remedies, which shall be independent of any others and severally enforceable, and shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available to the Company at law or in equity:

(A) the right and remedy to enjoin, preliminarily and permanently, Executive from violating or threatening to violate the Restrictive Covenants and to have the Restrictive Covenants specifically enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction, it being agreed that any breach or threatened breach of the Restrictive Covenants would cause irreparable injury to the Company and that money damages would not provide an adequate remedy to the Company; and

(B) the right and remedy to require Executive to account for and pay over to the Company all compensation, profits, monies, accruals, increments or other benefits derived or received by Executive as the result of any transactions constituting a breach of the Restrictive Covenants.

(ii) Severability of Covenants . Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Restrictive Covenants are reasonable and valid in time and scope and in all other respects. The covenants set forth in this Agreement shall be considered and construed as separate and independent covenants. Should any part or provision of any covenant be held invalid, void or unenforceable in any court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity, voidness or unenforceability shall not render invalid, void or unenforceable any other part or provision of this Agreement. If any portion of the foregoing provisions is found to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction because its duration, the territory, the definition of activities or the definition of information covered is considered to be invalid or unreasonable in scope, the invalid or unreasonable term shall be redefined, or a new enforceable term provided, such that the intent of the Company and Executive in agreeing to the provisions of this Agreement will not be impaired and the provision in question shall be enforceable to the fullest extent of the applicable laws.

(iii) Reformation . The parties hereunder agree that it is their intention that the Restrictive Covenants be enforced in accordance with their terms to the maximum extent possible under applicable law. The parties further agree that, in the event any court of competent jurisdiction shall find that any provision hereof is not enforceable in accordance with its terms, the court shall reform the Restrictive Covenants such that they shall be enforceable to the maximum extent permissible at law.

 

- 12 -


(iv) Elective Right of the Company . In the event that Executive challenges the enforceability of the Restrictive Covenants (or asserts an affirmative defense to an action seeking to enforce the Restrictive Covenants) based on an argument that the Restrictive Covenants are (x) not enforceable as a matter of law, (y) unreasonable in geographical scope or duration or (z) void as against public policy, the Company shall have the right to cease making the payments required under Section 6 above and, upon demand, to have Executive repay, within 10 business days of any such demand, any such payments already made. Any right afforded to, or exercised by, the Company hereunder shall in no way affect the enforceability of the Restrictive Covenants or any other right of the Company hereunder.

12. Assignment and Successors .

(a) This Agreement is personal to Executive and without the prior written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s legal representatives.

(b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.

(c) The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, “Company” shall mean the Company as herein before defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise.

13. Miscellaneous .

(a) Waiver . Failure of either party to insist, in one or more instances, on performance by the other in strict accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of any right granted in this Agreement or of the future performance of any such term or condition or of any other term or condition of this Agreement, unless such waiver is contained in a writing signed by the party making the waiver.

(b) Severability . If any provision or covenant, or any part thereof, of this Agreement should be held by any court to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, either in whole or in part, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions or covenants, or any part thereof, of this Agreement, all of which shall remain in full force and effect.

(c) Other Agents . Nothing in this Agreement is to be interpreted as limiting the Company from employing other personnel on such terms and conditions as may be satisfactory to it.

 

- 13 -


(d) Entire Agreement . Except as provided herein, this Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Company and Executive with respect to the subject matter hereof and, from and after the Effective Date, this Agreement shall supersede any other agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, including without limitation, any prior employment agreements between the parties.

(e) Governing Law and Jurisdiction . Except to the extent preempted by federal law, and without regard to conflict of laws principles, the laws of the State of South Carolina shall govern this Agreement in all respects, whether as to its validity, construction, capacity, performance or otherwise. This Agreement may only be enforced in a court of competent jurisdiction in Greenville County, South Carolina and Executive agrees to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of a court of competent jurisdiction in Greenville County, South Carolina.

(f) Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered or three days after mailing if mailed, first class, certified mail, postage prepaid:

 

To Company:   

ScanSource, Inc.

6 Logue Court

Greenville, SC 29615

Attn: General Counsel

To Executive:    To the address specified on Exhibit A to this Agreement

Any party may change the address to which notices, requests, demands and other communications shall be delivered or mailed by giving notice thereof to the other party in the same manner provided herein.

(g) Amendments and Modifications . This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a writing signed by both parties hereto, which makes specific reference to this Agreement.

 

- 14 -


(h) Construction . Each party and her or its counsel have reviewed this Agreement and have been provided the opportunity to revise this Agreement and accordingly, the normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement. Instead, the language of all parts of this Agreement shall be construed as a whole, and according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against either party.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Employment Agreement as of the dates indicated below.

 

EXECUTIVE:
Name:   /s/ Andrea D. Meade
Date:   June 26, 2007

 

SCANSOURCE, INC.:
By:   /s/ Michael L. Baur
Name:   Michael L. Baur
Title:   CEO
Date:   7/3/07

 

- 15 -


EXHIBIT A to EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

Executive:     Andrea Dvorak Meade

Title:     Executive Vice President of Operations and Corporate Development

Base Salary:     $200,000.00 annualized

Variable Compensation earned in fiscal year 2008 shall be based on the following:

The amount of variable pay is determined based on ScanSource, Inc. consolidated operating income. The amount earned is 0.25% of operating income (“target variable compensation”). The actual amount may be more or less depending on actual operating income achieved.

The amounts earned will be paid to Executive in monthly installments with each monthly installment being equal to Seventy percent (70%) of the incentive bonus computed using the operating income determined by the financial statement prepared for each month during the term of this Agreement. The balance of the Incentive Bonus shall be paid with respect to each fiscal year immediately following the auditor’s approval of the release of the Company’s year-end earnings. The Company shall have no right of reimbursement in the event the amount advanced in monthly installments exceeds the incentive bonus as finally computed.

The amount of variable compensation will be calculated as follows:

 

   

If return on invested capital (“ROIC”) is greater than or equal to 30%, variable compensation will equal 115% of target variable compensation

 

   

If return on invested capital (“ROIC”) is at or between 25% and 29%, variable compensation will equal 110% of target variable compensation

 

   

If return on invested capital (“ROIC”) is at or between 20% and 24%, variable compensation will equal 100% of target variable compensation

 

   

If return on invested capital (“ROIC”) is less than 20%, variable compensation will equal 90% of target variable compensation

The Company’s calculation of operating income, return on invested capital, and variable compensation shall be conclusive and binding absent fraud or manifest or material error.

An Incentive Compensation plan for fiscal year 2009 shall be determined and communicated in writing no later than July 31, 2008.

 

Initials:   /s/ ADM   /   /s/ MLB


Days of Paid Vacation per Fiscal Year:    Approving Person:
15 days    CEO
Executive Notice Address:   

3 East Cleveland Bay Court

Greenville, SC 29615

  

 

Initials:   /s/ ADM   /   /s/ MLB

 

- 2 -


EXHIBIT B to EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

Form of Release

THIS RELEASE (“Release”) is granted effective as of the ____ day of __________, ____, by __________________ (“Executive”) in favor of ScanSource, Inc. (the “Company”). This is the Release referred to in that certain Employment Agreement dated as of June 20, 2007 by and between the Company and Executive (the “Employment Agreement”). Executive gives this Release in consideration of the Company’s promises and covenants as recited in the Employment Agreement, with respect to which this Release is an integral part.

1. Release of the Company . Executive, for herself, her successors, assigns, attorneys, and all those entitled to assert her rights, now and forever hereby releases and discharges the Company and its respective officers, directors, stockholders, trustees, employees, agents, parent corporations, subsidiaries, affiliates, estates, successors, assigns and attorneys (the “Released Parties”), from any and all claims, actions, causes of action, sums of money due, suits, debts, liens, covenants, contracts, obligations, costs, expenses, damages, judgments, agreements, promises, demands, claims for attorney’s fees and costs, or liabilities whatsoever, in law or in equity, which Executive ever had or now has against the Released Parties, including any claims arising by reason of or in any way connected with any employment relationship which existed between the Company or any of its parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, or predecessors, and Executive. It is understood and agreed that this Release is intended to cover all actions, causes of action, claims or demands for any damage, loss or injury, which may be traced either directly or indirectly to the aforesaid employment relationship, or the termination of that relationship, that Executive has, had or purports to have, from the beginning of time to the date of this Release, whether known or unknown, that now exists, no matter how remotely they may be related to the aforesaid employment relationship including but not limited to claims for employment discrimination under federal or state law, except as provided in Paragraph 2; claims arising under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, 42 U.S.C. § 2000(e), et seq. or the Americans With Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. § 12101 et seq. ; claims for statutory or common law wrongful discharge; claims for attorney’s fees, expenses and costs; claims for defamation; claims for wages or vacation pay; claims for benefits, including any claims arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, 29 U.S.C. § 1001, et   seq. ; and provided, however, that nothing herein shall release the Company of its obligations to Executive under the Employment Agreement or any other contractual obligations between the Company or its affiliates and Executive, or any indemnification obligations to Executive under the Company’s bylaws, certificate of incorporation, South Carolina law, or otherwise.

2. Release of Claims Under Age Discrimination in Employment Act . Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Executive agrees that by executing this Release, she has released and waived any and all claims she has or may have as of the date of this Release for age discrimination under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act,


29 U.S.C. § 621, et seq . It is understood that Executive is advised to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Release; that she in fact has consulted a knowledgeable, competent attorney regarding this Release; that she may, before executing this Release, consider this Release for a period of twenty-one (21) calendar days; and that the consideration she receives for this Release is in addition to amounts to which she was already entitled. It is further understood that this Release is not effective until seven (7) calendar days after the execution of this Release and that Executive may revoke this Release within seven (7) calendar days from the date of execution hereof.

Executive agrees that she has carefully read this Release and is signing it voluntarily. Executive acknowledges that she has had twenty one (21) days from receipt of this Release to review it prior to signing or that, if Executive is signing this Release prior to the expiration of such 21-day period, Executive is waiving her right to review the Release for such full 21-day period prior to signing it. Executive has the right to revoke this release within seven (7) days following the date of its execution by her. However, if Executive revokes this Release within such seven (7) day period, no severance benefit will be payable to her under the Employment Agreement and she shall return to the Company any such payment received prior to that date.

EXECUTIVE HAS CAREFULLY READ THIS RELEASE AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT CONSTITUTES A GENERAL RELEASE OF ALL KNOWN AND UNKNOWN CLAIMS AGAINST THE COMPANY UNDER THE AGE DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT ACT, AND ANY AND ALL OTHER STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS, WHETHER STATUTORY OR COMMON LAW. EXECUTIVE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT SHE HAS HAD A FULL OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH AN ATTORNEY OR OTHER ADVISOR OF HIS CHOOSING CONCERNING HER EXECUTION OF THIS RELEASE AND THAT SHE IS SIGNING THIS RELEASE VOLUNTARILY AND WITH THE FULL INTENT OF RELEASING THE COMPANY FROM ALL SUCH CLAIMS.

 

 
Executive
Date:    


EXHIBIT C to EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

Definition of Change in Control:

For the purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) individuals who, on the Effective Date, constitute the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of such Board, provided that any person becoming a director after the Effective Date and whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board shall be an Incumbent Director; provided , however , that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors (“Election Contest”) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any “person” (such term for purposes of this definition being as defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and as used in Section 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) other than the Board (“Proxy Contest”), including by reason of any agreement intended to avoid or settle any Election Contest or Proxy Contest, shall be deemed an Incumbent Director; or

(ii) any person is or becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of either (A) 35% or more of the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (“Company Common Stock”) or (B) securities of the Company representing 35% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities eligible to vote for the election of directors (the “Company Voting Securities”); provided , however , that for purposes of this subsection (ii), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (w) an acquisition directly from the Company, (x) an acquisition by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, (y) an acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, or (z) an acquisition pursuant to a Non-Qualifying Transaction (as defined in subsection (iii) below); or

(iii) the consummation of a reorganization, merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company or a Subsidiary (a “Reorganization”), or the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (a “Sale”) or the acquisition of assets or stock of another corporation (an “Acquisition”), unless immediately following such Reorganization, Sale or Acquisition: (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the outstanding Company Common Stock and outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Reorganization, Sale or Acquisition


beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 55% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Reorganization, Sale or Acquisition (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or stock either directly or through one or more subsidiaries, the “Surviving Corporation”) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Reorganization, Sale or Acquisition, of the outstanding Company Common Stock and the outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, and (B) no person (other than (x) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (y) the Surviving Corporation or its ultimate parent corporation, or (z) any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by any of the foregoing is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 35% or more of the total common stock or 35% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Surviving Corporation, and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Surviving Corporation were Incumbent Directors at the time of the Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Reorganization, Sale or Acquisition (any Reorganization, Sale or Acquisition which satisfies all of the criteria specified in (A), (B) and (C) above shall be deemed to be a “Non-Qualifying Transaction”); or

(iv) approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

Exhibit 10.25

THIRD AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is made as of the 20th day of April, 2007, by and among SCANSOURCE, INC., a South Carolina corporation, NETPOINT INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Florida corporation, SCANSOURCE EUROPE LIMITED, SCANSOURCE UK LIMITED, 4100 QUEST, LLC, PARTNER SERVICES, INC. and T2 SUPPLY, INC., BRANCH BANKING AND TRUST COMPANY (successor by merger to Branch Banking and Trust Company of South Carolina), as Administrative Agent and a Bank, WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Syndication Agent, an Other Currency Lender and a Bank, and FIFTH THIRD BANK, FIRST TENNESSEE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION and CAPITAL ONE, N.A. (collectively referred to herein as the “Banks”).

R E C I T A L S :

The Borrowers, the Guarantors, the Administrative Agent and the Banks have entered into a certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 16, 2004, as amended by a First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated May 13, 2005 and a Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated October 6, 2006 (referred to herein as the “Credit Agreement”). Capitalized terms used in this Amendment which are not otherwise defined in this Amendment shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrowers and Guarantors have requested that: (1) Sections 2.01(b) and 2.16(a)(2) of the Credit Agreement be amended as set forth herein; and (2) the Credit Agreement and the Commitments of the respective Banks be amended to reflect the increase in the Commitments of the Banks to $180,000,000 effective April 20, 2007.

The Borrowers and Guarantors have requested the Administrative Agent and the Banks to amend the Credit Agreement to modify certain additional provisions of the Credit Agreement as more fully set forth herein. The Banks, the Administrative Agent, the Guarantors and the Borrowers desire to amend the Credit Agreement upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Recitals and the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Borrowers, the Guarantors, the Administrative Agent and the Banks, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Recitals . The Recitals are incorporated herein by reference and shall be deemed to be a part of this Amendment.

SECTION 2. Amendments . The Credit Agreement is hereby amended as set forth in this Section 2 .


SECTION 2.01. Amendment to Section 2.01(b) . Section 2.01(b) of the Credit Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

(b) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrowers shall have the right, at any time and from time to time from the Restatement Effective Date until the Termination Date, to request an increase to the total Revolving Advance Commitments (together with a corresponding increase in the Facility Commitment and Other Currency Commitment) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $20,000,000 (for a total maximum Revolving Advance Commitment (and Facility Commitment), assuming no reductions, of $200,000,000) in the aggregate; provided, however, that: (x) the amount of each such increase shall be a multiple of $1,000,000; and (y) only two (2) such increases may be made hereunder. The following terms and conditions shall apply to any such increase: (i) any such increase shall be obtained from existing Revolving Advance Lenders or from other banks or other financial institutions, in each case in accordance with the terms set forth below, (ii) the Revolving Advance Commitment of any Revolving Advance Lender may not be increased without the prior written consent of such Revolving Advance Lender, (iii) any increase in the aggregate Revolving Advance Commitments shall be in a minimum principal amount of $10,000,000 (except that the second increase may be in the aggregate amount equal to the difference between $200,000,000 and the amount of the aggregate Revolving Advance Commitments immediately prior to such second increase), (iv) the Loan Parties and Banks shall execute an acknowledgement in form and content satisfactory to the Administrative Agent to reflect the revised Revolving Advance Commitments and compliance with other terms of this Agreement (including, without limitation, Section 2.16(a)(2)) (the Banks do hereby agree to execute such acknowledgement unless the acknowledgement purports to increase the Commitment of a Bank without such Bank’s consent), (v) the Borrowers shall execute such Notes as are necessary to reflect the increase in the Revolving Advance Commitments, (vi) if any Revolving Advances are outstanding at the time of any such increase, the Borrowers shall make such payments and adjustments on the Revolving Advances as necessary to give effect to the revised commitment percentages and outstandings of the Revolving Advance Lenders, (vii) the conditions set forth in Section 3.02 shall be true and correct, (viii) any existing Revolving Advance Lender or other bank or other financial institution which agrees to provide such increase in the Revolving Advance Commitment shall also agree to provide an increased Other Currency Commitment in an amount equal to the increase in the Revolving Advance Commitment, and (ix) the Loan Parties shall satisfy all terms and conditions of Section 2.16(a)(2). The amount of any increase in the Revolving Advance Commitments hereunder may be offered by the Borrowers first to banks and financial institutions that are not a party to this Agreement as a Revolving Advance Lender (a “New Revolving Advance Financial Institution”) so long as such New Revolving Advance Financial Institution is approved by the Administrative Agent (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) and the Revolving Advance Commitment of any such New Revolving Advance Financial Institution (and the amount of the additional commitments requested by the Borrowers which are allocated to the Revolving Advance Lenders then party to this Agreement) shall be acceptable to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent. Any such New Financial Institution shall enter into such joinder agreements to give effect thereto as the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers may reasonably request.

 

2


SECTION 2.02. Amendment to Section 2.16(a)(2) . Section 2.16(a)(2) of the Credit Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

(2) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrowers shall have the right, at any time and from time to time from the Restatement Effective Date until the Termination Date, to request an increase to the total Other Currency Commitments (together with a corresponding increase in the Facility Commitment and Revolving Advance Commitment) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $20,000,000 (for a total maximum Other Currency Commitment (and Facility Commitment), assuming no reductions, of $200,000,000) in the aggregate; provided, however, that (x) the amount of each such increase shall be a multiple of $1,000,000; and (y) only two (2) such increases may be made hereunder. The following terms and conditions shall apply to any such increase: (i) any such increase shall be obtained from existing Other Currency Lenders or from other banks or other financial institutions, in each case in accordance with the terms set forth herein, (ii) the Other Currency Commitment of any Other Currency Lender may not be increased without the prior written consent of such Other Currency Lender and BB&T, (iii) any increase in the aggregate Other Currency Commitments shall be in a minimum principal amount of $10,000,000 (except that the second increase may be in the aggregate amount equal to the difference between $200,000,000 and the amount of the aggregate Other Currency Commitments immediately prior to such second increase), (iv) the Loan Parties, the Banks (including without limitation, the Other Currency Lenders) and the Administrative Agent shall execute an amendment to this Agreement in form and content satisfactory to the Administrative Agent to reflect the revised Other Currency Commitment and to incorporate the terms of any amendment, supplement or modification requested by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.16(b)(5), (the Banks do hereby agree to execute such amendment unless the amendment purports to increase the Facility Commitment, Revolving Advance Commitment or Other Currency Commitment of a Bank without such Bank’s consent), (v) the Borrowers shall execute such Notes as are necessary to reflect the increase in the Facility Commitments and Other Currency Commitment, (vi) if any Advances are outstanding at the time of any such increase, the Borrower shall make such payments and adjustments on the Advances (including payment of any break-funding amount owing under Section 8.05) as necessary to give effect to the revised commitment percentages and outstandings of the Banks, (vii) the conditions set forth in Section 3.02 shall be true and correct; (viii) any existing Other Currency Lender or other bank or other financial institution which agrees to provide such increase in the Other Currency Commitment shall also agree to provide an increased Revolving Advance Commitment in an amount equal to the increase in the Other Currency Commitment; (ix) the Loan Parties shall satisfy all terms and conditions of Section 2.01(b); and (x) the U.S. Borrowers shall have not reduced the Facility Commitments at any time. The amount of any increase in the Other Currency Commitments hereunder may be offered by the Borrowers first to banks and financial institutions that are not a party to this Agreement as an Other Currency Lender (a “New

 

3


Other Currency Financial Institution”) so long as such New Other Currency Financial Institution is approved by the Administrative Agent and the Other Currency Sub-Agent (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) and the Other Currency Commitment of any such New Other Currency Financial Institution (and the additional commitments requested by the Non-U.S. Borrowers and allocated to the Other Currency Lenders then a party to this Agreement) shall be acceptable to the Non-U.S. Borrowers, the Other Currency Sub-Agent and the Administrative Agent. Any such new Other Currency Financial Institution shall enter into such joinder agreements to give effect thereto as the Administrative Agent, the Other Currency Sub-Agent and the Borrowers may reasonably request.

SECTION 2.03. Amendment to Commitments . (a) The Borrowers and Guarantors acknowledge and agree effective April 20, 2007, the total Revolving Advance Commitment and the total Other Currency Commitment shall each be increased pursuant to Sections 2.01(b) and 2.16(a)(2) of the Credit Agreement in an amount equal to $30,000,000 (together with a corresponding increase in the Facility Commitment) for a total maximum Revolving Advance Commitment of $180,000,000, a total Other Currency Commitment of $180,000,000 and a total Facility Commitment of $180,000,000;

(b) The signature page to the Credit Agreement for each of the Banks is hereby amended by deleting the U.S. Dollar Letter of Credit Commitment, the Other Currency Letter of Credit Commitment, and each of the other Commitments of such Bank set forth on such signature page and by substituting therefor the new U.S. Dollar Letter of Credit Commitment, the Other Currency Letter of Credit Commitment, and other Commitments set forth for each such Bank on the signature page to this Amendment with respect to such Bank.

SECTION 3. Conditions to Effectiveness . The effectiveness of this Amendment and the obligations of the Banks hereunder are subject to the following conditions, unless the Required Banks waive such conditions:

(a) receipt by the Administrative Agent from each of the parties hereto of a duly executed counterpart of this Amendment signed by such party;

(b) the Bank shall have received a duly executed Replacement Note for the account of each Bank; and

(c) the fact that the representations and warranties of the Borrowers and Guarantors contained in Section 5 of this Amendment shall be true on and as of the date hereof except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true on and as of such earlier date.

SECTION 4. No Other Amendment . Except for the amendments set forth above, the text of the Credit Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect. This Amendment is not intended to effect, nor shall it be construed as, a novation. The Credit Agreement and this Amendment shall be construed together as a single agreement. Nothing herein contained shall waive, annul, vary or affect any provision, condition, covenant or

 

4


agreement contained in the Credit Agreement, except as herein amended, nor affect nor impair any rights, powers or remedies under the Credit Agreement as hereby amended. The Banks and the Administrative Agent do hereby reserve all of their rights and remedies against all parties who may be or may hereafter become secondarily liable for the repayment of the Notes. The Borrowers and Guarantors promise and agree to perform all of the requirements, conditions, agreements and obligations under the terms of the Credit Agreement, as heretofore and hereby amended, the Credit Agreement, as amended, and the other Loan Documents being hereby ratified and affirmed. The Borrowers and Guarantors hereby expressly agree that the Credit Agreement, as amended, and the other Loan Documents are in full force and effect.

SECTION 5. Representations and Warranties . The Borrowers and Guarantors hereby represent and warrant to each of the Banks as follows:

(a) No Default or Event of Default under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document has occurred and is continuing unwaived by the Banks on the date hereof.

(b) The Borrowers and Guarantors have the power and authority to enter into this Amendment and the Replacement Notes and to do all acts and things as are required or contemplated hereunder to be done, observed and performed by them.

(c) This Amendment and the Replacement Notes have been duly authorized, validly executed and delivered by one or more authorized officers of the Borrowers and Guarantors and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrowers and Guarantors enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, provided that such enforceability is subject to general principles of equity.

(d) The execution and delivery of this Amendment and the Replacement Notes and the performance by the Borrowers and Guarantors hereunder and thereunder do not and will not, as a condition to such execution, delivery and performance, require the consent or approval of any regulatory authority or governmental authority or agency having jurisdiction over the Borrowers, or any Guarantor, nor be in contravention of or in conflict with the articles of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational documents of the Borrowers, or any Guarantor that is a corporation, the articles of organization or operating agreement of 4100 Quest, LLC or the provision of any statute, or any judgment, order or indenture, instrument, agreement or undertaking, to which any Borrower, or any Guarantor is party or by which the assets or properties of the Borrowers, and Guarantors are or may become bound.

SECTION 6. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same agreement.

SECTION 7. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of South Carolina.

 

5


SECTION 8. Effective Date . Section 2.01 of this Amendment shall be effective as of April 20, 2007.

SECTION 9. Consent by Guarantors . The Guarantors consent to the foregoing amendments. The Guarantors promise and agree to perform all of the requirements, conditions, agreements and obligations under the terms of the Credit Agreement as hereby amended, said Credit Agreement, as hereby amended, being hereby ratified and affirmed. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the Guarantors acknowledge and agree that the “Guaranteed Obligations” (as defined in the Credit Agreement) include, without limitation, the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations evidenced by the Replacement Notes and the Loans made and Letters of Credit issued under the Credit Agreement as hereby amended. The Guarantors hereby expressly agree that the Credit Agreement, as hereby amended, is in full force and effect.

SECTION 10. Commitment . The Borrowers shall deliver to each Revolving Advance Lender a replacement Note (in the amount of such Revolving Advance Lender’s Revolving Advance Commitment) (such notes are collectively referred to herein as the “Replacement Notes”), executed by the Borrowers, in exchange for the applicable Notes of such Revolving Advance Lender currently outstanding. All references contained in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to the Notes shall mean and include the Swing Line Note, the Other Currency Notes and the Replacement Notes as supplemented, modified, amended, renewed or extended.

[The remainder of this page intentionally left blank.]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered, or have caused their respective duly authorized officers or representatives to execute and deliver, this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

SCANSOURCE, INC.  
By:   /s/ Richard P. Cleys   (SEAL)
Title:   VP and Chief Financial Officer  
NETPOINT INTERNATIONAL, INC.  
By:   /s/ Linda B. Davis   (SEAL)
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer  

 

4100 QUEST, LLC  
  By:   ScanSource, Inc., its sole member
    By:   /s/ Richard P. Cleys   (SEAL)
    Title:   VP and Chief Financial Officer

 

PARTNER SERVICES, INC.  
By:   /s/ Linda B. Davis   (SEAL)
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer  
SCANSOURCE EUROPE LIMITED  
By:   /s/ Linda B. Davis   (SEAL)
Title:   Director  

 

7


SCANSOURCE UK LIMITED  
By:   /s/ Linda B. Davis   (SEAL)
Title:   Director  
T2 SUPPLY, INC.  
By:   /s/ Richard P. Cleys   (SEAL)
Title:   VP & Chief Financial Officer  

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

8


BRANCH BANKING AND TRUST COMPANY (successor by merger to Branch Banking and Trust Company of South Carolina), as Administrative Agent, U.S. Dollar Issuing Bank, Other Currency Issuing Bank, and as a Bank
By:   /s/ Michael Skorich   (SEAL)
Title:   Vice President  

COMMITMENTS

Facility

    Commitment: $90,000,000

Revolving Advance

    Commitment: $90,000,000

U.S. Dollar Letter of Credit

    Commitment: $12,500,000

Other Currency

    Commitment: $130,500,000

Other Currency Letter of

    Credit Commitment: $10,875,000

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

9


WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as an Other Currency Lender, Other Currency Issuing Bank and a Bank
By:   /s/ Thomas F. Snider   (SEAL)
Title:   Senior Vice President  

COMMITMENTS

Facility

    Commitment: $49,500,000

Revolving Advance

    Commitment: $49,500,000

U.S. Dollar Letter of Credit

    Commitment: $6,875,000

Other Currency

    Commitment: $49,500,000

Other Currency Letter of

    Credit Commitment: $4,125,000

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

10


FIFTH THIRD BANK
By:   /s/ Scott Bacue   (SEAL)
Title:   Vice President  

COMMITMENTS

Facility

    Commitment: $13,500,000

Revolving Advance

    Commitment: $13,500,000

U.S. Dollar Letter of Credit

    Commitment: $1,875,000

Other Currency

    Commitment: $-0-

Other Currency Letter of

    Credit Commitment: $-0-

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

11


FIRST TENNESSEE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:   /s/ Rotcher Watkins   (SEAL)
Title:   Senior Vice President  

COMMITMENTS

Facility

    Commitment: $13,500,000

Revolving Advance

    Commitment: $13,500,000

U.S. Dollar Letter of Credit

    Commitment: $1,875,000

Other Currency

    Commitment: $-0-

Other Currency Letter of

    Credit Commitment: $-0-

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

12


CAPITAL ONE, N.A.
By:   /s/ Lillie Bowman   (SEAL)
Title:   Vice President  

COMMITMENTS

Facility

    Commitment: $13,500,000

Revolving Advance

    Commitment: $13,500,000

U.S. Dollar Letter of Credit

    Commitment: $1,875,000

Other Currency

    Commitment: $-0-

Other Currency Letter of

    Credit Commitment: $-0-

 

13


REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE

 

$90,000,000    Greenville, South Carolina
   April 20, 2007

For value received, SCANSOURCE, INC. and NETPOINT INTERNATIONAL, INC. (collectively the “Borrowers”) jointly and severally promise to pay to the order of BRANCH BANKING AND TRUST COMPANY (successor by merger to Branch Banking and Trust Company of South Carolina) (the “Bank”), for the account of its Lending Office, the principal sum of NINETY MILLION AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($90,000,000), or such lesser amount as shall equal the unpaid principal amount of each Advance made by the Bank to the Borrowers or either of the Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement referred to below, on the dates and in the amounts provided in the Credit Agreement. The Borrowers, jointly and severally, promise to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Revolving Credit Note on the dates and at the rate or rates provided for in the Credit Agreement. Interest on any overdue principal of and, to the extent permitted by law, overdue interest on the principal amount hereof shall bear interest at the Default Rate, as provided for in the Credit Agreement. All such payments of principal and interest shall be made in lawful money of the United States in federal or other immediately available funds at the office of Branch Banking and Trust Company, 301 North Main Street, Greenville, South Carolina 29602 or at such other address as may be specified from time to time pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

All Advances made by the Bank, the interest rates from time to time applicable thereto and all repayments of the principal thereof shall be recorded by the Bank and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed by the Bank on the schedule attached hereto, or on a continuation of such schedule attached to and made a part hereof; provided that the failure of the Bank to make, or any error of the Bank in making, any such recordation or endorsement shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower hereunder or under the Credit Agreement. This Note is secured by, among other security, the Collateral Documents, as the same may be modified or amended from time to time.

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 16, 2004 among the Borrowers, 4100 Quest, LLC, Partner Services, Inc., ScanSource Europe SPRL, ScanSource Europe Limited, ScanSource UK Limited, the banks listed on the signature pages thereof and their successors and assigns, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as an Issuing Bank and Other Currency Lender and Branch Banking and Trust Company of South Carolina, as an Issuing Bank and as Administrative Agent as amended by that certain First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated May 13, 2005, by that certain Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated October 6, 2006, and that certain Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated April 20, 2007 (as the same may be amended or modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”). Terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein with the same meanings. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement for provisions for the prepayment and the repayment hereof and the acceleration of the maturity hereof.


The Borrowers hereby waive presentment, demand, protest, notice of demand, protest and nonpayment and any other notice required by law relative hereto, except to the extent as otherwise may be expressly provided for in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrowers, jointly and severally, agree, in the event that this Note or any portion hereof is collected by law or through an attorney at law, to pay all reasonable costs of collection, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees.

The obligations of the Borrowers under this Note shall be joint and several.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrowers have caused this Revolving Credit Note to be duly executed under seal, by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

SCANSOURCE, INC.  
By:   /s/ Richard P. Cleys   (SEAL)
Title:   VP & Chief Financial Officer  

 

NETPOINT INTERNATIONAL, INC.  
By:   /s/ Linda B. Davis   (SEAL)
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer  

 

2


Revolving Credit Note (cont’d)

ADVANCES AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

 

Date

   Interest
Rate
   Amount
of Loan
   Amount of
Principal
Repaid
   Notation
Made By

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE

 

$49,500,000    Greenville, South Carolina
   April 20, 2007

For value received, SCANSOURCE, INC. and NETPOINT INTERNATIONAL, INC. (collectively the “Borrowers”) jointly and severally promise to pay to the order of WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (the “Bank”), for the account of its Lending Office, the principal sum of FORTY-NINE MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($49,500,000), or such lesser amount as shall equal the unpaid principal amount of each Advance made by the Bank to the Borrowers or either of the Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement referred to below, on the dates and in the amounts provided in the Credit Agreement. The Borrowers, jointly and severally, promise to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Revolving Credit Note on the dates and at the rate or rates provided for in the Credit Agreement. Interest on any overdue principal of and, to the extent permitted by law, overdue interest on the principal amount hereof shall bear interest at the Default Rate, as provided for in the Credit Agreement. All such payments of principal and interest shall be made in lawful money of the United States in federal or other immediately available funds at the office of Branch Banking and Trust Company of South Carolina, 301 North Main Street, Greenville, South Carolina 29602 or at such other address as may be specified from time to time pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

All Advances made by the Bank, the interest rates from time to time applicable thereto and all repayments of the principal thereof shall be recorded by the Bank and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed by the Bank on the schedule attached hereto, or on a continuation of such schedule attached to and made a part hereof; provided that the failure of the Bank to make, or any error of the Bank in making, any such recordation or endorsement shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower hereunder or under the Credit Agreement. This Note is secured by, among other security, the Collateral Documents, as the same may be modified or amended from time to time.

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 16, 2004 among the Borrowers, 4100 Quest, LLC, Partner Services, Inc., ScanSource Europe SPRL, ScanSource Europe Limited, ScanSource UK Limited, the banks listed on the signature pages thereof and their successors and assigns, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as an Issuing Bank and Other Currency Lender and Branch Banking and Trust Company of South Carolina, as an Issuing Bank and as Administrative Agent, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated May 13, 2005, by that certain Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated October 6, 2006 and that certain Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated April 20, 2007 (as the same may be amended or modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”). Terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein with the same meanings. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement for provisions for the prepayment and the repayment hereof and the acceleration of the maturity hereof.

The Borrowers hereby waive presentment, demand, protest, notice of demand, protest and nonpayment and any other notice required by law relative hereto, except to the extent as otherwise may be expressly provided for in the Credit Agreement.


The Borrowers, jointly and severally, agree, in the event that this Note or any portion hereof is collected by law or through an attorney at law, to pay all reasonable costs of collection, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees.

The obligations of the Borrowers under this Note shall be joint and several.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrowers have caused this Revolving Credit Note to be duly executed under seal, by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

SCANSOURCE, INC.  
By:   /s/ Richard P. Cleys   (SEAL)
Title:   VP & Chief Financial Officer  

 

NETPOINT INTERNATIONAL, INC.  
By:   /s/ Linda B. Davis   (SEAL)
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer  

 

2


Revolving Credit Note (cont’d)

ADVANCES AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

 

Date

   Interest
Rate
   Amount
of Loan
   Amount of
Principal
Repaid
   Notation
Made By

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE

 

$13,500,000    Greenville, South Carolina
   April 20, 2007

For value received, SCANSOURCE, INC. and NETPOINT INTERNATIONAL, INC. (collectively the “Borrowers”) jointly and severally promise to pay to the order of FIFTH THIRD BANK (the “Bank”), for the account of its Lending Office, the principal sum of THIRTEEN MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($13,500,000), or such lesser amount as shall equal the unpaid principal amount of each Advance made by the Bank to the Borrowers or either of the Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement referred to below, on the dates and in the amounts provided in the Credit Agreement. The Borrowers, jointly and severally, promise to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Revolving Credit Note on the dates and at the rate or rates provided for in the Credit Agreement. Interest on any overdue principal of and, to the extent permitted by law, overdue interest on the principal amount hereof shall bear interest at the Default Rate, as provided for in the Credit Agreement. All such payments of principal and interest shall be made in lawful money of the United States in federal or other immediately available funds at the office of Branch Banking and Trust Company of South Carolina, 301 North Main Street, Greenville, South Carolina 29602 or at such other address as may be specified from time to time pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

All Advances made by the Bank, the interest rates from time to time applicable thereto and all repayments of the principal thereof shall be recorded by the Bank and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed by the Bank on the schedule attached hereto, or on a continuation of such schedule attached to and made a part hereof; provided that the failure of the Bank to make, or any error of the Bank in making, any such recordation or endorsement shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower hereunder or under the Credit Agreement. This Note is secured by, among other security, the Collateral Documents, as the same may be modified or amended from time to time.

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 16, 2004 among the Borrowers, 4100 Quest, LLC, Partner Services, Inc., ScanSource Europe SPRL, ScanSource Europe Limited, ScanSource UK Limited, the banks listed on the signature pages thereof and their successors and assigns, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as an Issuing Bank and Other Currency Lender and Branch Banking and Trust Company of South Carolina, as an Issuing Bank and as Administrative Agent, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated May 13, 2005, by that certain Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated October 6, 2006 and that certain Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated April 20, 2007 (as the same may be amended or modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”). Terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein with the same meanings. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement for provisions for the prepayment and the repayment hereof and the acceleration of the maturity hereof.

The Borrowers hereby waive presentment, demand, protest, notice of demand, protest and nonpayment and any other notice required by law relative hereto, except to the extent as otherwise may be expressly provided for in the Credit Agreement.


The Borrowers, jointly and severally, agree, in the event that this Note or any portion hereof is collected by law or through an attorney at law, to pay all reasonable costs of collection, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees.

The obligations of the Borrowers under this Note shall be joint and several.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrowers have caused this Revolving Credit Note to be duly executed under seal, by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

SCANSOURCE, INC.  
By:   /s/ Richard P. Cleys   (SEAL)
Title:   VP & Chief Financial Officer  

 

NETPOINT INTERNATIONAL, INC.  
By:   /s/ Linda B. Davis   (SEAL)
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer  

 

2


Revolving Credit Note (cont’d)

ADVANCES AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

 

Date

   Interest
Rate
   Amount
of Loan
   Amount of
Principal
Repaid
   Notation
Made By

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE

 

$13,500,000    Greenville, South Carolina
   April 20, 2007

For value received, SCANSOURCE, INC. and NETPOINT INTERNATIONAL, INC. (collectively the “Borrowers”) jointly and severally promise to pay to the order of FIRST TENNESSEE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (the “Bank”), for the account of its Lending Office, the principal sum of THIRTEEN MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($13,500,000), or such lesser amount as shall equal the unpaid principal amount of each Advance made by the Bank to the Borrowers or either of the Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement referred to below, on the dates and in the amounts provided in the Credit Agreement. The Borrowers, jointly and severally, promise to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Revolving Credit Note on the dates and at the rate or rates provided for in the Credit Agreement. Interest on any overdue principal of and, to the extent permitted by law, overdue interest on the principal amount hereof shall bear interest at the Default Rate, as provided for in the Credit Agreement. All such payments of principal and interest shall be made in lawful money of the United States in federal or other immediately available funds at the office of Branch Banking and Trust Company of South Carolina, 301 North Main Street, Greenville, South Carolina 29602 or at such other address as may be specified from time to time pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

All Advances made by the Bank, the interest rates from time to time applicable thereto and all repayments of the principal thereof shall be recorded by the Bank and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed by the Bank on the schedule attached hereto, or on a continuation of such schedule attached to and made a part hereof; provided that the failure of the Bank to make, or any error of the Bank in making, any such recordation or endorsement shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower hereunder or under the Credit Agreement. This Note is secured by, among other security, the Collateral Documents, as the same may be modified or amended from time to time.

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 16, 2004 among the Borrowers, 4100 Quest, LLC, Partner Services, Inc., ScanSource Europe SPRL, ScanSource Europe Limited, ScanSource UK Limited, the banks listed on the signature pages thereof and their successors and assigns, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as an Issuing Bank and Other Currency Lender and Branch Banking and Trust Company of South Carolina, as an Issuing Bank and as Administrative Agent, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated May 13, 2005, by that certain Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated October 6, 2006 and that certain Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated April 20, 2007 (as the same may be amended or modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”). Terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein with the same meanings. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement for provisions for the prepayment and the repayment hereof and the acceleration of the maturity hereof.

The Borrowers hereby waive presentment, demand, protest, notice of demand, protest and nonpayment and any other notice required by law relative hereto, except to the extent as otherwise may be expressly provided for in the Credit Agreement.


The Borrowers, jointly and severally, agree, in the event that this Note or any portion hereof is collected by law or through an attorney at law, to pay all reasonable costs of collection, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees.

The obligations of the Borrowers under this Note shall be joint and several.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrowers have caused this Revolving Credit Note to be duly executed under seal, by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

SCANSOURCE, INC.  
By:   /s/ Richard P. Cleys   (SEAL)
Title:   VP & Chief Financial Officer  

 

NETPOINT INTERNATIONAL, INC.  
By:   /s/ Linda B. Davis   (SEAL)
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer  

 

2


Revolving Credit Note (cont’d)

ADVANCES AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

 

Date

   Interest
Rate
   Amount
of Loan
   Amount of
Principal
Repaid
   Notation
Made By

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE

 

$13,500,000    Greenville, South Carolina
   April 20, 2007

For value received, SCANSOURCE, INC. and NETPOINT INTERNATIONAL, INC. (collectively the “Borrowers”) jointly and severally promise to pay to the order of CAPITAL ONE, N.A. (the “Bank”), for the account of its Lending Office, the principal sum of THIRTEEN MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($13,500,000), or such lesser amount as shall equal the unpaid principal amount of each Advance made by the Bank to the Borrowers or either of the Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement referred to below, on the dates and in the amounts provided in the Credit Agreement. The Borrowers, jointly and severally, promise to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Revolving Credit Note on the dates and at the rate or rates provided for in the Credit Agreement. Interest on any overdue principal of and, to the extent permitted by law, overdue interest on the principal amount hereof shall bear interest at the Default Rate, as provided for in the Credit Agreement. All such payments of principal and interest shall be made in lawful money of the United States in federal or other immediately available funds at the office of Branch Banking and Trust Company, 301 North Main Street, Greenville, South Carolina 29602 or at such other address as may be specified from time to time pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

All Advances made by the Bank, the interest rates from time to time applicable thereto and all repayments of the principal thereof shall be recorded by the Bank and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed by the Bank on the schedule attached hereto, or on a continuation of such schedule attached to and made a part hereof; provided that the failure of the Bank to make, or any error of the Bank in making, any such recordation or endorsement shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower hereunder or under the Credit Agreement. This Note is secured by, among other security, the Collateral Documents, as the same may be modified or amended from time to time.

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 16, 2004 among the Borrowers, 4100 Quest, LLC, Partner Services, Inc., ScanSource Europe SPRL, ScanSource Europe Limited, ScanSource UK Limited, the banks listed on the signature pages thereof and their successors and assigns, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as an Issuing Bank and Other Currency Lender and Branch Banking and Trust Company, as an Issuing Bank and as Administrative Agent, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated May 13, 2005, by that certain Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated October 6, 2006 and that certain Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated April 20, 2007 (as the same may be amended or modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”). Terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein with the same meanings. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement for provisions for the prepayment and the repayment hereof and the acceleration of the maturity hereof.

The Borrowers hereby waive presentment, demand, protest, notice of demand, protest and nonpayment and any other notice required by law relative hereto, except to the extent as otherwise may be expressly provided for in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrowers, jointly and severally, agree, in the event that this Note or any portion hereof is collected by law or through an attorney at law, to pay all reasonable costs of collection, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees.


The obligations of the Borrowers under this Note shall be joint and several.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrowers have caused this Revolving Credit Note to be duly executed under seal, by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

SCANSOURCE, INC.  
By:   /s/ Richard P. Cleys   (SEAL)
Title:   VP & Chief Financial Officer  

 

NETPOINT INTERNATIONAL, INC.  
By:   /s/ Linda B. Davis   (SEAL)
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer  


Revolving Credit Note (cont’d)

ADVANCES AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

 

Date

   Interest
Rate
   Amount
of Loan
   Amount of
Principal
Repaid
   Notation
Made By

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


EXHIBIT 10.26

CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

INDUSTRIAL LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (the “Lease”) is made as of the “Lease Date” (as defined in Section 37 herein) by and between INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENTS INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Landlord”), and 8650 Commerce Drive, LLC, a Mississippi limited liability company (“Tenant”) (the words “Landlord” and “Tenant” to include their respective legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns where the context requires or permits).

W I T N E S S E T H:

1. Basic Lease Provisions . The following constitute the basic provisions of this Lease:

 

(a)    Demised Premises Address:    8650 Commerce Drive, Suite 100
      Southaven, Mississippi 38671
(b)    Demised Premises Square Footage: approximately 592,956 sq. ft.
(c)    Building Square Footage: approximately 740,844 sq. ft.
(d)    Annual Base Rent:

 

   Lease Year 1:     
  

(Lease Year 1 consists of 12 months plus any Fractional Month)

 

    
   
   (months 1 – [*] )    ($ [*] )
   
   Months [*] – 12)   

$ [*] (plus the prorated amount for any Fractional Month per Section 1(i) hereof, if applicable)

 

  

Based on a rental rate of $ [*] per square foot per annum, [*] .

 

  
   
   Lease Years 2-5:    $ [*]
  

Based on a rental rate of $ [*] per square foot per annum.

 

    
   
   Lease Years 6-10:    $ [*]
  

Based on a rental rate of $ [*] per square foot per annum.

 

    

 

(e)    Monthly Base Rent Installments:

 

  

Lease Year 1 (months 1- [*] ):

 

  

$ [*]

 

   
  

Lease Year 1 (months [*] -12):

 

  

$ [*] (plus the prorated amount for any Fractional Month per Section 1(i) hereof, if applicable)

 

   
  

Lease Years 2-5 (months 13 – 60):

 

  

$ [*]

 

   
  

Lease Years 6-10 (months 61 – 120):

 

  

$ [*]

 

 

(f)    Lease Commencement Date: The date on which Substantial Completion (as defined in Section 17(f) hereof) of the Demised Premises has occurred, which is contemplated to be October 1, 2007 (and Tenant shall not be required to accept a Lease Commencement Date prior to October 1, 2007).
(g)    Base Rent Commencement Date: The ninety-third (93rd) day after the Lease Commencement Date.
(h)    Expiration Date: The last day of the one-hundred twentieth (120th) full calendar month following Lease Commencement Date.
(i)    Primary Term: Ten (10) Lease Years from the Lease Commencement Date plus, in the event the Base Rent Commencement Date does not occur on the first (1st) day of a calendar month, a number of days equal to the period from and including the Base Rent Commencement Date to and including the last day of the calendar month in which the Base Rent Commencement Date occurs (if applicable, the “Fractional Month”).

 

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.


(j)    Tenant’s Operating Expense Percentage: 80.04%.
(k)    Security Deposit: $ [*] .
(l)    Permitted Use: (a) Distribution, warehousing, assembly, systems integration and storage of automatic identification products and telephony and computer telephony integration products, security and conferencing products, software, and any other durable goods, training purposes, and administrative uses reasonably incidental thereto (collectively, the “Primary Use”), and (b) subject to the limitations hereinafter specified, for distribution, warehousing and storage of other products to the extent permissible under applicable Governmental Requirements (as hereinafter defined), the Rules and Regulations (as hereinafter defined) and the protective covenants and other title matters affecting the Building listed on Exhibit A-3 hereto (the “Permitted Exceptions”); provided however, that Tenant’s use of the Demised Premises (i) shall never include the distribution, warehousing and storage of products or any use of the Demised Premises prohibited by any provision contained in this Lease (including, without limitation, Section 16 hereof), (ii) shall never extend to or allow the use, distribution, warehousing or storage of radioactive materials at the Demised Premises, or any use wherein a Hazardous Substance (as hereinabove defined) constitutes the principal or primary product of the business to be conducted at the Demised Premises, and (iii) for distribution, warehousing and storage of any products other than those contemplated by the Primary Use, must not result in a material risk of environmental contamination at the Demised Premises. Tenant shall give written notice to Landlord in the event Tenant changes the use from the Primary Use.
(m)    Address for notice:
   Landlord:    Industrial Developments International, Inc.
      c/o IDI, Inc.
      3424 Peachtree Road, N.E., Suite 1500
      Atlanta, Georgia 30326
      Attn: Manager - Lease Administration
   Tenant:    8650 Commerce Drive, LLC
      6 Logue Court
      Greenville, SC 29615
      Attn: General Counsel
(n)    Address for rental payments:
      Industrial Developments International, Inc.
     

c/o IDI Services Group, LLC

P. O. Box 281464

Atlanta, Georgia 30384-1464

(o)    Broker(s):    Commercial Advisors, LLC
      3175 Lenox Park Blvd., Suite 100
      Memphis, Tennessee 38115
      Attn: Mr. Wyatt Aiken
(p)    Guarantor:    ScanSource, Inc.
      6 Logue Court
      Greenville, SC 29615
      Attn: General Counsel

2. Demised Premises . For and in consideration of the rent hereinafter reserved and the mutual covenants hereinafter contained, Landlord does hereby lease and demise unto Tenant, and Tenant does hereby hire, lease and accept, from Landlord all upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth the following premises, referred to as the “Demised Premises”, as outlined on Exhibit A-1 attached hereto and incorporated herein: approximately 592,956 square feet of space, having an address as set forth in Section 1(a), located within Building F (the “Building”), which contains a total of approximately 740,844 square feet and is located on certain land containing approximately 34.89 acres (more particularly described on Exhibit A-2 attached hereto, the “Land”) within Stateline Business Park (the “Project”), located in DeSoto County, Mississippi. The parties acknowledge that the number of square feet recited above has been conclusively determined and is not subject to contest by either party, subject to the provisions of Section 13 of Exhibit C to this Lease.

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

 

-2-


3. Term . To have and to hold the Demised Premises for a preliminary term (the “Preliminary Term”) commencing on the Lease Date and ending on the day immediately preceding the Lease Commencement Date as set forth in Section 1(f), and a primary term (the “Primary Term”) commencing on the Lease Commencement Date and terminating on the Expiration Date as set forth in Section 1(h), as the Lease Commencement Date and the Expiration Date may be revised pursuant to Section 17 (the Preliminary Term, the Primary Term, and any and all extensions thereof, herein referred to as the “Term”). The term “Lease Year”, as used in this Lease, shall mean the 12-month period commencing on the Lease Commencement Date, and each 12-month period thereafter during the Term; provided, however, that if the Base Rent Commencement Date is a day other than the first day of a calendar month, the first Lease Year shall include the resulting Fractional Month and shall extend through the end of the twelfth (12th) full calendar month following the Lease Commencement Date.

4. Base Rent . Tenant shall pay to Landlord at the address set forth in Section 1(n), as base rent for the Demised Premises, commencing on the Base Rent Commencement Date and continuing throughout the Term in lawful money of the United States, the annual amount set forth in Section 1(d) payable in equal monthly installments as set forth in Section 1(e) (the “Base Rent”), payable in advance, without demand and without abatement, reduction, set-off or deduction, on the first day of each calendar month during the Term. If the Base Rent Commencement Date shall fall on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, the Base Rent shall be apportioned pro rata on a per diem basis for the resulting Fractional Month (which pro rata payment shall be due and payable on the Base Rent Commencement Date). No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of rent hereunder shall be deemed to be other than on account of the amount due, and no endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment of rent shall be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check as payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such installment or payment of rent or pursue any other remedies available to Landlord.

5. Security Deposit . On the date which is six (6) months prior to the expiration of the Term (after giving effect to any extensions of the Term that have been exercised at the time), Tenant shall pay to Landlord within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request the sum set forth in Section 1(k) (the “Security Deposit”) as security for the full and faithful performance by Tenant of each and every term, covenant and condition of this Lease (including, without limitation, those which have accrued prior to such date). The Security Deposit may be commingled with Landlord’s other funds or held by Landlord in a separate interest bearing account, with interest paid to Landlord, as Landlord may elect. In the event that Tenant is in default under this Lease, Landlord may retain the Security Deposit for the payment of any sum due Landlord or which Landlord may expend or be required to expend by reason of Tenant’s default or failure to perform; provided , however , that any such retention by Landlord shall not be or be deemed to be an election of remedies by Landlord or viewed as liquidated damages, it being expressly understood and agreed that Landlord shall have the right to pursue any and all other remedies available to it under the terms of this Lease or otherwise. In the event all or any portion of the Security Deposit is so retained by Landlord, Tenant shall, within five (5) days of demand therefor from Landlord, replenish the Security Deposit to the full amount set forth in Section 1(k). In the event that Tenant shall comply with all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease, the Security Deposit shall be returned to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the later of (a) the Expiration Date or (b) the date that Tenant delivers possession of the Demised Premises to Landlord. In the event of a sale of the Building, Landlord shall transfer the Security Deposit to the purchaser, and upon acceptance by such purchaser, Landlord shall be released from all liability for the return of the Security Deposit. Tenant shall not assign or encumber the money deposited as security, and neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns shall be bound by any such assignment or encumbrance.

6. Operating Expenses and Additional Rent .

(a) Tenant agrees to pay as Additional Rent (as defined in Section 6(b) below) its proportionate share of Operating Expenses (as hereinafter defined). “Operating Expenses” shall be defined as all reasonable expenses for operation, repair, replacement and maintenance as necessary to keep the Building and the common areas, driveways, and parking areas associated therewith (collectively, the “Building Common Area”) fully operational and in good order, condition and repair, including but not limited to, utilities for the Building Common Area, expenses associated with the driveways and parking areas (including sealing and restriping, and trash, snow and ice removal) , roof, security systems, fire detection and prevention systems, lighting facilities, landscaped areas, walkways, painting and caulking, directional signage, curbs, drainage strips, sewer lines, all charges assessed against or attributed to the Building pursuant to any applicable easements, covenants, restrictions, agreements, declaration of protective covenants or development standards, property management fees, all real property taxes and special assessments imposed upon the Building, the Building Common Area and the land on which the Building and the Building Common Area are constructed, all costs of insurance paid by Landlord with respect to the Building and the Building Common Area (including, without limitation, commercially reasonable deductibles), and costs of improvements to the Building and the Building Common Area required by any law, ordinance or regulation applicable to the Building and the Building Common Area generally (and not because of the particular use of the Building or the Building Common Area by a particular tenant), which cost shall be amortized on a straight line basis over the useful life of such improvement, as reasonably determined by Landlord in accordance with generally accepted accounting

 

-3-


principles. Operating Expenses shall not include expenses for the costs of any maintenance and repair required to be performed by Landlord at its own expense under Section (10)(b). Further, Operating Expenses shall not include (i) the costs for capital improvements unless such costs are incurred for the purpose of causing a material decrease in the Operating Expenses of the Building or the Building Common Area or are incurred with respect to improvements made to comply with laws, ordinances or regulations as described above (ii) leasing and brokerage commissions and fees and marketing expenses; (iii) costs of building out or otherwise improving any space to be occupied by a tenant; (iv) legal or court costs (or other professional or advisory costs) associated with leasing any space or addressing disputes with any present, former or potential tenant or purchaser of the property on which the Building is located (the “Property”); (v) fines or penalties imposed on Landlord, the Property or the Building; (vi) costs of special services rendered to particular tenants of the Building rather than to all tenant thereof; (vii) capital expenditures and depreciation of the Building or any other improvements to the Property (except to the extent expressly permitted in this Section 6); (viii) interest and amortization of loans; (ix) ground rent; (x) compensation paid to officers or executives of Landlord higher than the level of Building manager; (xi) franchise, transfer, gains, inheritance, estate and income taxes imposed upon Landlord; (xii) costs and expenses otherwise includable in Operating Expenses, to the extent that Landlord is specifically and separately reimbursed from other sources for such costs and expenses through insurance or condemnation proceeds, direct payment by a tenant of the Building or otherwise; (xiii) that portion of the salaries of Landlord’s employees which does not relate to services performed in and for the Building; (xiv) any damages paid or incurred as a result of any tortious conduct by Landlord or any of its agents or employees, or any breach of any lease of space by Landlord or any of its agents or employees, and any attorneys’ fees actually incurred, disbursements, or other costs paid or incurred in the defense and settlement of claims therefor; (xv) costs relating to liability for a complete or partial withdrawal from any “multi-employer” plans within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended by the Multi-Employer Retirement Income Security Act of 1980; and (xvi) the cost of repairs or construction necessitated by violations of applicable Governmental Requirements in effect as of the Lease Commencement Date, including without limitation, Environmental Laws (as hereinafter defined), including fines, penalties, and interest thereon. The proportionate share of Operating Expenses to be paid by Tenant shall be a percentage of the Operating Expenses based upon the proportion that the square footage of the Demised Premises bears to the total square footage of the Building (such figure referred to as “Tenant’s Operating Expense Percentage” and set forth in Section 1(j)); provided that, as to management fees, Tenant shall pay Landlord the management fees directly attributable to the Rent (as hereinafter defined) payable hereunder with respect to the Demised Premises, and not Tenant’s Operating Expense Percentage of the management fees payable on the entire Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, have the right to adjust Tenant’s proportionate share of individual components of Operating Expenses if Tenant’s Operating Expense Percentage thereof would not equitably allocate to Tenant its share of such component of Operating Expenses in light of Tenant’s particular use of, manner of use of and/or level of tenant improvements in the Demised Premises. Prior to or promptly after the beginning of each calendar year during the Term, Landlord shall estimate the total amount of Operating Expenses to be paid by Tenant during each such calendar year and Tenant shall pay to Landlord one-twelfth (1/12) of such sum on the first day of each calendar month during each such calendar year, or part thereof, during the Term. Within a reasonable time after the end of each calendar year, Landlord shall submit to Tenant a statement of the actual amount of Operating Expenses for such calendar year (Landlord hereby agreeing to submit such statement within one hundred twenty (120) days of the expiration of the calendar year with respect to which such statement applies), and the actual amount owed by Tenant, and within thirty (30) days after receipt of such statement, Tenant shall pay any deficiency between the actual amount owed and the estimates paid during such calendar year, or in the event of overpayment, Landlord shall credit the amount of such overpayment toward the next installment of Operating Expenses owed by Tenant or remit such overpayment to Tenant if the Term has expired or has been terminated and no Event of Default exists hereunder (or, if an Event of Default exists, apply such amount to Tenant’s outstanding obligations hereunder), along with such statement. The obligations in the immediately preceding sentence shall survive the expiration or any earlier termination of this Lease. If the Lease Commencement Date shall fall on other than the first day of the calendar year, and/or if the Expiration Date shall fall on other than the last day of the calendar year, Tenant’s proportionate share of the Operating Expenses for such calendar year shall be apportioned prorata.

(b) Any amounts required to be paid by Tenant hereunder (in addition to Base Rent) and any charges or expenses incurred by Landlord on behalf of Tenant under the terms of this Lease shall be considered “Additional Rent” payable in the same manner and upon the same terms and conditions as the Base Rent reserved hereunder except as set forth herein to the contrary (all such Base Rent and Additional Rent sometimes being referred to collectively herein as “Rent”). Any failure on the part of Tenant to pay such Additional Rent when and as the same shall become due shall entitle Landlord to the remedies available to it for non-payment of Base Rent. Tenant’s obligations for payment of Additional Rent shall begin to accrue on the Lease Commencement Date regardless of the Base Rent Commencement Date.

(c) If applicable in the jurisdiction where the Demised Premises are located, Tenant shall pay and be liable for all rental, sales, use and inventory taxes or other similar taxes, if any, on the amounts payable by Tenant hereunder levied or imposed by any city, state, county or other governmental body having authority, such payments to be in addition to all other payments required to be paid to Landlord by Tenant under the terms of this Lease. Such payment shall be made by Tenant directly to such governmental body if billed to Tenant, or if billed to Landlord, such payment shall be paid concurrently with the payment of the Base Rent, Additional Rent, or such other charge upon which the tax is based, all as set forth herein.

 

-4-


(d) In addition to the provisions of this Section 6, Special Stipulations 5 and 6 on Exhibit C hereto shall be applicable to the determination of Operating Expenses hereunder.

7. Use of Demised Premises .

(a) The Demised Premises shall be used for the Permitted Use set forth in Section 1(l) and for no other purpose.

(b) Tenant will permit no liens to attach or exist against the Demised Premises, and shall not commit any waste.

(c) The Demised Premises shall not be used for any illegal purposes, and Tenant shall not allow, suffer, or permit any vibration, noise, odor, light or other effect to occur within or around the Demised Premises that could constitute a nuisance or trespass for Landlord or any occupant of the Building or an adjoining building, its customers, agents, or invitees. Upon notice by Landlord to Tenant that any of the aforesaid prohibited uses are occurring, Tenant agrees to promptly remove or control the same.

(d) Tenant shall not in any way violate any law, ordinance or restrictive covenant affecting the Demised Premises, and shall not in any manner use the Demised Premises so as to cause cancellation of, prevent the use of, or increase the rate of, the fire and extended coverage insurance policy required hereunder. Landlord makes no (and does hereby expressly disclaim any) covenant, representation or warranty as to the Permitted Use being allowed by or being in compliance with any applicable laws, rules, ordinances or restrictive covenants now or hereafter affecting the Demised Premises, and any zoning letters, copies of zoning ordinances or other information from any governmental agency or other third party provided to Tenant by Landlord or any of Landlord’s agents or employees shall be for informational purposes only, Tenant hereby expressly acknowledging and agreeing that Tenant shall conduct and rely solely on its own due diligence and investigation with respect to the compliance of the Permitted Use with all such applicable laws, rules, ordinances and restrictive covenants and not on any such information provided by Landlord or any of its agents or employees. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Industrial Developments International, Inc. (“IDI”), the initial “Landlord” hereunder, hereby represents that, to IDI’s actual knowledge (i) which for purposes of this clause (i) is based solely on that letter from the Office of Planning and Development of the City of Southaven, Mississippi to Mr. Robert Fischer of IDI dated July 21, 2006, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit H , the land on which the Building lies is currently zoned “Planned Business Park (PBP)” under the City of Southaven, Mississippi zoning ordinance; and (ii) there are no protective or restrictive covenants that encumber the Property other than as may be included in the Permitted Exceptions.

(e) In the event insurance premiums pertaining to the Demised Premises, the Building, or the Building Common Area, whether paid by Landlord or Tenant, are increased over the least hazardous rate available for ordinary office, warehouse, assembly, integration and distribution purposes due to the nature of the use of the Demised Premises by Tenant, Tenant shall pay such additional amount as Additional Rent.

8. Insurance .

(a) Tenant covenants and agrees that from and after the Lease Commencement Date or any earlier date upon which Tenant enters or occupies the Demised Premises or any portion thereof, Tenant will carry and maintain, at its sole cost and expense, the following types of insurance, in the amounts specified and in the form hereinafter provided for:

(i) Commercial General Liability insurance (including Contractual Liability coverage) covering the Demised Premises and Tenant’s use thereof against claims for bodily injury or death, property damage and product liability occurring upon, in or about the Demised Premises, such insurance to be written on an occurrence basis (not a claims made basis), to be in combined single limits amounts not less than $3,000,000.00 per occurrence and to have general aggregate limits of not less than $5,000,000.00.

(ii) Insurance covering (A) all of the items included in the leasehold improvements constructed in the Demised Premises by or at the expense of Landlord (collectively, the “Improvements”), including but not limited to demising walls and the heating, ventilating and air conditioning system and (B) Tenant’s trade fixtures, merchandise and personal property from time to time in, on or upon the Demised Premises, in an amount not less than one hundred percent (100%) of their full replacement value from time to time during the Term (with such replacement value reasonably determined by Landlord by notice to Tenant from time to time during the term), providing protection against perils included within the standard form of “Special Form” fire and casualty insurance policy, together with insurance against sprinkler damage, vandalism, malicious mischief, flood and earthquake, regardless of the flood or earthquake zone. If during the lease term, Tenant is unable to procure earthquake coverage on its merchandise through Tenant’s risk management portfolio, Landlord agrees to allow Tenant to carry earthquake coverage on such merchandise of not less than sixty percent (60%) of the full replacement value

 

-5-


thereof. Any policy proceeds from such insurance relating to the Improvements shall be used solely for the repair, construction and restoration or replacement of the Improvements damaged or destroyed unless this Lease shall cease and terminate under the provisions of Section 20.

(b) All policies of the insurance provided for in Section 8(a) shall be issued in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord by insurance companies with a rating of not less than “A,” and financial size of not less than Class VII, in the most current available “Best’s Insurance Reports”, and licensed to do business in the state in which the Building is located. Each and every such policy:

(i) shall name Landlord, Lender (as defined in Section 24), and any other party reasonably designated by Landlord, as an additional insured. In addition, the coverage described in Section 8(a)(ii)(A) relating to the Improvements shall also name Landlord as “loss payee”;

(ii) shall be delivered to Landlord through a certificate of insurance evidencing the required lines of coverage, insurance limits and coverage endorsements set forth in this Lease, and otherwise in a form acceptable to Landlord, prior to the Lease Commencement Date and thereafter within ten (10) days prior to the expiration of each such policy, and, as often as any such policy shall expire or terminate. Renewal or additional policies shall be procured and maintained by Tenant in like manner and to like extent;

(iii) shall contain a provision that the insurer will give to Landlord and such other parties in interest at least thirty (30) days notice in writing in advance of any cancellation, termination or lapse (provided that no such notice shall be required by virtue of the expiration of such policy in accordance with the terms of the certificate delivered to Landlord as provided herein), or the effective date of any reduction in the amounts of insurance (provided that such policy need only provide ten (10) days notice in writing in advance of any cancellation as a result of failure to pay the premium therefor); and

(iv) shall be written as a primary policy which does not contribute to and is not in excess of coverage which Landlord may carry.

(c) In the event that Tenant shall fail to carry and maintain the insurance coverages set forth in this Section 8, Landlord may upon thirty (30) days notice to Tenant (unless such coverages will lapse in which event no such notice shall be necessary) procure such policies of insurance and Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord therefor.

(d) Landlord and Tenant hereby waive any rights each may have against the other on account of any loss or damage occasioned to Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, their respective property, the Demised Premises, its contents or to the other portions of the Building, arising from any risk covered by the Special Form fire and extended coverage insurance required to be carried hereunder. The parties hereto shall cause their respective insurance companies insuring the property of either Landlord or Tenant against any such loss, to waive any right of subrogation that such insurers may have against Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be.

(e) Landlord agrees to keep in force during the Term, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense (subject to reimbursement therefor by Tenant’s payment of its share of Operating Expenses) (i) a fire and other casualty policy protecting against losses suffered to any portion of the Building by fire and such other risks and hazards as are insurable under present and future terms of “all-risk” insurance policies (or its equivalent), such policy to be issued by an insurance company with a rating of not less than “A”, and financial size of not less than Class VII, in the most current “Best’s Insurance Reports”, and authorized to do business in the State of Mississippi (a “Satisfactory Insurance Company”) in an amount not less than ninety-five percent (95%) of the replacement value of the Building (exclusive of footing and foundations), and shall be on such other terms and conditions as insurance policies then generally being carried by other owners of similar buildings in the greater Memphis, Tennessee area carrying such insurance, and (ii) a Commercial General Liability Insurance policy written by a Satisfactory Insurance Company insuring Landlord against bodily injury (including death) and property damage occasioned by an occurrence in or about the Building for which Landlord would be responsible pursuant to the terms hereof. The limits of liability for such liability policy shall be not less than that required of Tenant hereinabove. Landlord agrees to carry an “All Risk” property deductible of not greater than two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($250,000) and an Earthquake deductible of not greater than five percent (5%) of the total insurable value of the building, subject to a minimum deductible of two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($250,000). These deductibles shall be subject to the operating expenses identified in Section 6 of the lease. Notwithstanding the above, Tenant shall only be subject to actual deductibles paid by the Landlord at the time of loss.

9. Utilities . During the Term, Tenant shall promptly pay as billed to Tenant all rents and charges for water and sewer services and all costs and charges for gas, steam, electricity, fuel, light, power, telephone, heat and any other utility or service used or consumed in or servicing the Demised Premises and all other costs and expenses involved in the care, management and use thereof as charged by the applicable utility companies. All such utilities shall be separately metered and billed to Tenant, and Tenant shall establish an account with the utility provider with respect to each such separately metered utility. Tenant’s obligation for payment of all utilities shall commence on the earlier of the Lease Commencement Date or the date of Tenant’s actual occupancy of all or any portion of the Demised Premises, including any period of occupancy prior to the Lease Commencement Date, regardless of whether or not Tenant conducts

 

-6-


business operations during such period of occupancy. If Tenant fails to pay any utility bills or charges, Landlord may, at its option and upon reasonable notice to Tenant, pay the same and in such event, the amount of such payment, together with interest thereon at the Interest Rate as defined in Section 32 from the date of such payment by Landlord, will be added to Tenant’s next payment due as Additional Rent.

10. Maintenance and Repairs .

(a) Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, maintain in good condition and repair and replace as necessary the interior of the Demised Premises, including but not limited to the heating, air conditioning and ventilation systems, glass, windows and doors, sprinkler, all plumbing and sewage systems (excluding any pipes or lines located beneath the floor slab which are used in common with other tenants of the Building), fixtures, interior walls, floors (including floor slabs), dock areas, dock ramps, ceilings, storefronts, plate glass, skylights, all electrical facilities and equipment including, without limitation, lighting fixtures, lamps, fans and any exhaust equipment and systems, electrical motors, and all other appliances and equipment (including, without limitation, dock levelers, dock shelters, dock seals and dock lighting) of every kind and nature located in, upon or about the Demised Premises, except as to such maintenance, repair and replacement as is the obligation of Landlord pursuant to Section 10(b). During the Term, Tenant shall either (i) maintain qualified staff reasonably acceptable to Landlord to perform maintenance of the heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems, as reasonably evidenced to Landlord from time to time upon Landlord’s request, or (ii) maintain in full force and effect a service contract for the maintenance of the heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems with an entity reasonably acceptable to Landlord; provided, however, that during the one year period following the Lease Commencement Date, such service contract shall be maintained with the contractor that installed the heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems and shall provide for at least two preventive maintenance service calls during such one year period. If Tenant is required to or elects to maintain the service contracts in accordance with part (ii) of the foregoing sentence, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord (x) a copy of said service contract prior to the Lease Commencement Date, and (y) thereafter, a copy of a renewal or substitute service contract within thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the existing service contract. Tenant’s obligation shall exclude any maintenance, repair and replacement required because of the act, gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its employees, contractors or agents, which shall be the responsibility of Landlord.

(b) Landlord shall, at its own cost and expense, maintain in good condition and repair the foundation (beneath the floor slab), structural frame, external walls (exclusive of painting and caulking of the Building, the cost of which will be included in Operating Expenses) and roof of the Building (but any patches to the roof membrane not covered by warranty will be included in Operating Expenses). Landlord shall also be responsible for any repairs to the floor slab (but not the maintenance thereof) required because of latent defects in the floor slab, defects resulting from inferior workmanship in the construction of the floor slab, or defects resulting from a failure to construct the floor slab in accordance with the applicable plans and specifications therefor or the laws and regulations applicable thereto. Landlord’s obligation shall exclude the cost of any maintenance or repair required because of the gross negligence, improper use or willful misconduct of Tenant or any of Tenant’s subsidiaries or affiliates, or any of Tenant’s or such subsidiaries’ or affiliates’ agents, contractors, employees, licensees or invitees (collectively, “Tenant’s Affiliates”), the cost of which shall be the responsibility of Tenant. Landlord shall never have any obligation to repair, maintain or replace, pursuant to this subsection 10(b) or any other provision of this Lease, any Tenant’s Change (as defined in Section 18 hereof). In addition to the foregoing, Landlord will maintain the fire pump and sprinklers and perform inspections and testing in accordance with the guidelines outlined in NFPA No. 25 “Inspection of Water Based Fire Suppression Systems.”

(c) Unless the same is caused solely by the negligent action or inaction of Landlord, its employees or agents, and is not covered by the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant or to any other person for any damage occasioned by failure in any utility system or by the bursting or leaking of any vessel or pipe in or about the Demised Premises, or for any damage occasioned by water coming into the Demised Premises or arising from the acts or neglects of occupants of adjacent property or the public.

11. Tenant’s Personal Property; Indemnity . All of Tenant’s personal property in the Demised Premises shall be and remain at Tenant’s sole risk. Landlord, its agents, employees and contractors, shall not be liable for, and Tenant hereby releases Landlord from, any and all liability for theft thereof or any damage thereto occasioned by any act of God or by any acts, omissions or negligence of any persons, except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, employees and contractors. Landlord, its agents, employees and contractors, shall not be liable for any injury to the person or property of Tenant or the employees, agents, contractors or invitees of Tenant in or about the Demised Premises, Tenant expressly agreeing to indemnify and save Landlord, its agents, employees and contractors, harmless, in all such cases, except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, employees and contractors. Tenant further agrees to indemnify and reimburse Landlord for any costs or expenses, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, that Landlord reasonably may actually incur in investigating, handling or litigating any such claim against Landlord by a third person, unless such claim arose from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors. The provisions of this Section 11 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease with respect to any damage, injury or death occurring before such expiration or termination.

 

-7-


12. Tenant’s Fixtures . Tenant shall have the right to install in the Demised Premises trade fixtures required by Tenant or used by it in its business, and if installed by Tenant, to remove any or all such trade fixtures from time to time during and upon termination or expiration of this Lease; provided , however , that Tenant shall repair and restore any damage or injury to the Demised Premises (to the condition in which the Demised Premises existed prior to such installation) caused by the installation and/or removal of any such trade fixtures.

13. Signs . No sign, advertisement or notice shall be inscribed, painted, affixed, or displayed on the windows or exterior walls of the Demised Premises or on any public area of the Building, except in such places, numbers, sizes, colors and styles as are approved in advance in writing by Landlord, and which conform to all applicable laws, ordinances, or covenants affecting the Demised Premises. Any and all signs installed or constructed by or on behalf of Tenant pursuant hereto shall be installed, maintained and removed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

14. No Landlord’s Lien . Notwithstanding any other provision hereof to the contrary, other than with respect to liens arising by virtue of any judgments obtained by Landlord against Tenant, Landlord hereby waives any and all rights (whether contractual, common law, statutory or otherwise) to any lien or right of distraint against any personal property and trade fixtures of Tenant situated in and upon the Demised Premises.

15. Governmental Regulations . Tenant shall promptly comply throughout the Term, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, with all present and future laws, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations or requirements of all federal, state and municipal governments and appropriate departments, commissions, boards and officers thereof (collectively, “Governmental Requirements”) relating to (a) all or any part of the Demised Premises, and (b) the use or manner of use of the Demised Premises and the Building Common Area; provided, however, that Landlord shall be solely responsible for making all changes necessitated by violations by Landlord, it contractors or agents, of applicable Governmental Requirements in effect as of the Lease Commencement Date. Tenant shall also observe and comply with the requirements of all policies of public liability, fire and other policies of insurance at any time in force with respect to the Demised Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) if as a result of one or more Governmental Requirements it is necessary, from time to time during the Term, to perform an alteration or modification of the Demised Premises, the Building, or the Building Common Area (a “Code Modification”) which is made necessary as a result of the specific use being made by Tenant of the Demised Premises (as distinguished from an alteration or modification which would be required to be made by the owner of a warehouse-office building comparable to the Building irrespective of the use thereof by any particular occupant) or a Tenant’s Change, then such Code Modification shall be the sole and exclusive responsibility of Tenant in all respects; any such Code Modification shall be promptly performed by Tenant at its expense in accordance with the applicable Governmental Requirement and with Section 18 hereof; and (B) if as a result of one or more Governmental Requirements it is necessary from time to time during the Term to perform a Code Modification which (i) would be characterized as a capital expenditure under generally accepted accounting principles and (ii) is not made necessary as a result of the specific use being made by Tenant of the Demised Premises (as distinguished from an alteration or modification which would be required to be made by the owner of any warehouse-office building comparable to the Building irrespective of the use thereof by any particular occupant) or a Tenant’s Change, then (a) Landlord shall have the obligation to perform the Code Modification at its expense, (b) the cost of such Code Modification shall be amortized on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the item in question, as reasonably determined by Landlord in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and (c) Tenant shall be obligated to pay (as Additional Rent, payable in the same manner and upon the same terms and conditions as the Base Rent reserved hereunder) for (i) Tenant’s proportionate share (based on Tenant’s Operating Expense Percentage) of the portion of such amortized costs attributable to the remainder of the Term, including any extensions thereof, with respect to any Code Modification respecting the Building Common Area, and (ii) the entire portion of such amortized costs attributable to the remainder of the Term, including any extensions thereof, with respect to any Code Modification respecting the Demised Premises (and Tenant shall expressly not be required to pay any portion of the cost of a Code Modification respecting any leased or leasable space in the Building other than the Demised Premises, unless specifically required to do so under such Code Modification). Tenant shall promptly send to Landlord a copy of any written notice received by Tenant requiring a Code Modification.

16. Environmental Matters .

(a) For purposes of this Lease:

(i) “Contamination” as used herein means the presence of or release of Hazardous Substances (as hereinafter defined) into any environmental media from, upon, within, below, into or on any portion of the Demised Premises, the Building, the Building Common Area or the Project so as to require remediation, cleanup or investigation under any applicable Environmental Law (as hereinafter defined).

(ii) “Environmental Laws” as used herein means all federal, state, and local laws, regulations, orders, permits, ordinances or other requirements, which exist now or as may exist hereafter, concerning protection of human health, safety and the environment, all as may be amended

 

-8-


from time to time including, without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq. (“CERCLA”) and the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq. (“RCRA”).

(iii) “Hazardous Substances” as used herein means any hazardous or toxic substance, material, chemical, pollutant, contaminant or waste as those terms are defined by any applicable Environmental Laws and any solid wastes, polychlorinated biphenyls, urea formaldehyde, asbestos, radioactive materials, radon, explosives, petroleum products and oil.

(b) Landlord represents that, except as revealed to Tenant in writing by Landlord, to Landlord’s actual knowledge, Landlord has not treated, stored or disposed of any Hazardous Substances upon or within the Demised Premises, nor, to Landlord’s actual knowledge, has any predecessor owner or occupant of the Demised Premises.

(c) Tenant covenants that all its activities, and the activities of Tenant’s Affiliates (as defined in Section 10(b)), on the Demised Premises, the Building, or the Project during the Term will be conducted in compliance with Environmental Laws. Tenant warrants that, to the current actual knowledge of Shelby McCloud, Vice President of Warehouse Operations for Tenant (without any individual liability on her part), it is currently in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws and that there are no pending or threatened notices of deficiency, notices of violation, orders, or judicial or administrative actions involving alleged violations by Tenant of any Environmental Laws. Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for obtaining all permits or licenses or approvals under Environmental Laws necessary for Tenant’s operation of its business on the Demised Premises, shall make all notifications and registrations required by any applicable Environmental Laws, and shall use and store all substances used in the operation of Tenant’s business at the Demised Premises in accordance with the Materials Safety Data Sheets therefor. Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall at all times comply with the terms and conditions of all such permits, licenses, approvals, notifications and registrations and, to the extent regulating the conduct of Tenant’s activities at the Demised Premises, with any other applicable Environmental Laws. Tenant will maintain all such permits, licenses or approvals and make all such notifications and registrations required by any applicable Environmental Laws necessary for Tenant’s operation of its business on the Demised Premises.

(d) Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substances to be brought upon, kept or used in or about the Demised Premises, the Building, or the Project without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided , however , that the consent of Landlord shall not be required for the use at the Demised Premises of cleaning supplies, toner for photocopying machines and other similar materials, in containers and quantities reasonably necessary for and consistent with normal and ordinary use by Tenant in the routine operation or maintenance of Tenant’s office equipment or in the routine janitorial service, cleaning and maintenance for the Demised Premises. For purposes of this Section 16, Landlord shall be deemed to have reasonably withheld consent if Landlord reasonably determines that the presence of such Hazardous Substance within the Demised Premises is reasonably likely to result in a risk of harm to person or property or otherwise negatively affect the value or marketability of the Building or the Project.

(e) Tenant shall not cause or permit the release of any Hazardous Substances by Tenant or Tenant’s Affiliates into any environmental media such as air, water or land, or into or on the Demised Premises, the Building or the Project in any manner that violates any Environmental Laws. If such release shall occur, Tenant shall (i) take all steps reasonably necessary to contain and control such release and any associated Contamination, (ii) clean up or otherwise remedy such release and any associated Contamination to the extent required by, and take any and all other actions required under, applicable Environmental Laws and (iii) notify and keep Landlord reasonably informed of such release and response.

(f) Regardless of any consents granted by Landlord pursuant to Section 16(d) allowing Hazardous Substances upon the Demised Premises, Tenant shall under no circumstances whatsoever cause or permit (i) any activity on the Demised Premises which would cause the Demised Premises to become subject to regulation as a hazardous waste treatment, storage or disposal facility under RCRA or the regulations promulgated thereunder, or cause Tenant to become regulated as a generator under RCRA other than as a Conditionally Exempt Small Quantity Generator as defined by RCRA (“Conditionally Exempt Small Quantity Generator” shall have the meaning provided under the RCRA, as in effect from time to time), (ii) the discharge of Hazardous Substances into the storm sewer system serving the Project or (iii) the installation of any underground storage tank or underground piping on or under the Demised Premises.

(g) Tenant shall and hereby does indemnify Landlord and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all expense, loss, and liability suffered by Landlord (except to the extent that such expenses, losses, and liabilities arise out of Landlord’s own negligence or willful act), by reason of the storage, generation, release, handling, treatment, transportation, disposal, or arrangement for transportation or disposal, of any Hazardous Substances at the Demised Premises, the Building or the Project (whether accidental, intentional, or negligent) by Tenant or Tenant’s Affiliates or by reason of Tenant’s breach of any of the provisions of this Section 16. Such expenses, losses and liabilities shall include, without limitation, all of the following expenses, losses and liabilities arising out of any such Contamination of the

 

-9-


Demised Premises, the Building or the Project by Tenant or Tenant’s Affiliates and/or by reason of Tenant’s breach of any of the provisions of this Section 16: (i) any and all expenses that Landlord may incur to comply with any Environmental Laws as a result thereof; (ii) any and all costs that Landlord may incur in studying or remedying any such Contamination; (iii) any and all costs that Landlord may incur in studying, removing, disposing or otherwise addressing such Hazardous Substances; (iv) any and all fines, penalties or other sanctions assessed upon Landlord; and (v) any and all legal and professional fees and costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the foregoing. The indemnity contained herein shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

17. Construction of Demised Premises .

(a) Within thirty (30) days after the Lease Date, Landlord shall prepare, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, and submit to Tenant a set of plans and specifications and/or construction drawings (collectively, the “Plans and Specifications”) based on the preliminary plans and specifications and/or preliminary floor plans set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto and incorporated herein (collectively, the “Preliminary Plans”), covering all work to be performed by Landlord in constructing the Improvements (as defined in Section 8(a)(ii)). Tenant shall have fifteen (15) days after receipt of the Plans and Specifications in which to review and to give to Landlord written notice of its approval of the Plans and Specifications or its requested changes to the Plans and Specifications (and Landlord must expressly notify Tenant upon delivery to Tenant of such Plans and Specifications, or any change thereto, that Tenant must approve or reject the same within fifteen (15) days or they will be deemed approved). Tenant shall have no right to request any changes to the Plans and Specifications which would materially alter either the Demised Premises or the exterior appearance or basic nature of the Building, as the same are contemplated by the Preliminary Plans. If Tenant fails to approve or request changes to the Plans and Specifications by fifteen (15) days after its receipt thereof, then Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the Plans and Specifications and the same shall thereupon be final. If Tenant requests any changes to the Plans and Specifications, Landlord shall make those changes which are reasonably requested by Tenant and shall within ten (10) days of its receipt of such request submit the revised portion of the Plans and Specifications to Tenant. Provided that Landlord delivers the plans back to Tenant with the necessary changes made to the satisfaction of the Tenant, then Tenant may not thereafter disapprove the revised portions of the Plans and Specifications unless Landlord has unreasonably failed to incorporate reasonable comments of Tenant and, subject to the foregoing, the Plans and Specifications, as modified by said revisions, shall be deemed to be final upon the submission of said revisions to Tenant. Landlord and Tenant shall at all times in their review of the Plans and Specifications, and of any revisions thereto, act reasonably and in good faith. Tenant acknowledges that the Improvements are being constructed on a “fast track” basis and that Landlord shall have the right and option to submit various parts of the proposed Plans and Specifications from time to time during said thirty (30) day period and the time period for approval of any part of the proposed Plans and Specifications shall commence upon receipt of each submission. After Tenant has approved the Plans and Specifications or the Plans and Specifications have otherwise been finalized pursuant to the procedures set forth hereinabove, any subsequent changes to the Plans and Specifications requested by Tenant (herein referred to as a “Change Order”) shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and subject to Landlord’s written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. In the event Landlord approves any such requested Change Order, Landlord shall give written notice thereof to Tenant, which notice will specify the Change Order approved by Landlord as well as the estimated incremental cost thereof. The cost to Tenant for Change Orders shall be Landlord’s incremental cost plus seven percent (7%) of such incremental amount as Landlord’s overhead. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall be under no obligation to proceed with any work related to the approved Change Order unless and until Tenant delivers to Landlord an amount equal to the full estimated incremental cost of such approved Change Order as set forth in Landlord’s notice. When the final incremental cost of any such Change Order has been determined and incurred, Landlord and Tenant each agree to pay or refund the amounts owed to the other with respect to such Change Order, based on the estimated payment made to Landlord. If after the Plans and Specifications have been finalized pursuant to the procedures set forth hereinabove Tenant requests a Change Order or any further changes to the Plans and Specifications and, as a result thereof, Substantial Completion (as hereinafter defined) of the Improvements is delayed, then for purposes of establishing the Lease Commencement Date and any other date tied to the date of Substantial Completion, Substantial Completion shall be deemed to mean the date when Substantial Completion would have been achieved but for such Tenant delay.

(b) Landlord shall use reasonable speed and diligence to Substantially Complete the Improvements, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, and have the Demised Premises ready for occupancy on or before October 1, 2007, provided that, subject to Special Stipulation 3 on Exhibit C hereto, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant in any way for achieving Substantial Completion after such target date, and any such failure to complete by such target date shall not in any way affect the obligations of Tenant hereunder. No liability whatsoever shall arise or accrue against Landlord by reason of its failure to deliver or afford possession of the Demised Premises, and Tenant hereby releases and discharges Landlord from and of any claims for damage, loss, or injury of every kind whatsoever as if this Lease were never executed.

(c) Landlord shall notify Tenant at least ten (10) days prior to the anticipated date of Substantial Completion of the Demised Premises, and a representative of Landlord and a representative of Tenant together shall, prior to such anticipated date, inspect the Demised Premises to confirm that the Demised Premises are nearly Substantially Complete. Within fourteen (14) days after Substantial

 

-10-


Completion of the Demised Premises, a representative of Landlord and a representative of Tenant together shall generate a punchlist of defective or uncompleted items relating to the completion of construction of the Improvements other than any damage caused by Tenant, its contractors, employees or agents (the “Punchlist”). Landlord shall, within a reasonable time after the Punchlist is prepared and agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant, complete such incomplete work and remedy such defective work as is set forth on the Punchlist. All construction work performed by Landlord shall be deemed approved by Tenant in all respects except for items of said work which are not completed or do not conform to the Plans and Specifications and which are included on the Punchlist.

(d) Reserved.

(e) Landlord hereby warrants to Tenant, which warranty shall survive for the one (1) year period following the Lease Commencement Date (the “Landlord Warranty Period”), that (i) the materials and equipment furnished by Landlord’s contractors in the completion of the Improvements will be of first class quality, new and installed in a good and workmanlike manner, and (ii) such materials and equipment and the work of such contractors shall be free from defects not inherent in the quality required or permitted hereunder. This warranty shall exclude damages or defects caused by Tenant or Tenant’s Affiliates, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, and normal wear and tear under normal usage. Subject to Landlord’s right to enforce the same during the Landlord Warranty Period, Landlord grants to Tenant in common with Landlord, until the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, without recourse to or warranty from Landlord in respect thereof, a non-exclusive right during the Term to exercise Landlord’s rights under any warranties obtained with respect to the heating, ventilation and air conditioning system, or any other portions of the Improvements within the Demised Premises required to be maintained or repaired by Tenant pursuant to this Lease.

(f) For purposes of this Lease, the term “Substantial Completion” (or any variation thereof) shall mean completion of construction of the Improvements in accordance with the Plans and Specifications, subject only to Punchlist items established pursuant to Section 17(c), as established by the delivery by Landlord to Tenant of (i) a certificate of occupancy or its equivalent (or temporary certificate of occupancy or its equivalent) for the Demised Premises issued by the appropriate governmental authority, if a certificate is so required by a governmental authority, and (ii) a Certificate of Substantial Completion for the Improvements on Standard AIA Form G-704 certified by Landlord’s architect (or, in the event that Tenant shall object to Landlord’s architect making such certification, then as certified by a third party architect reasonably acceptable to both Landlord and Tenant, at the mutual expense of Landlord and Tenant), confirming that the Improvements have been substantially completed subject only to the completion of items the incompletion of which does not materially impair the ability of Tenant to operate its business within the Demised Premises, and outlining, in the good faith judgment of such architect, which items can be completed within thirty (30) days thereafter. In the event Substantial Completion is delayed because of Tenant’s failure to approve the Plans and Specifications as set forth in Section 17(a), by change orders requested by Tenant after approval of the Plans and Specifications or by any other Tenant Delay, then for the purpose of establishing the Lease Commencement Date and any other date tied to the date of Substantial Completion, Substantial Completion shall be deemed to mean the date when Substantial Completion would have been achieved but for such delay. Tenant hereby acknowledges that certain outdoor improvements shall not be required to be completed for Substantial Completion of the Demised Premises to occur, provided that Landlord shall promptly complete any such exterior work promptly after the date of Substantial Completion as weather permits. Landlord hereby covenants that, promptly after Substantial Completion, Landlord will ensure that no mechanic’s or materialmen’s liens will exist on the Land or any improvements thereon related to the construction thereof which relates to work to be paid for by Landlord (and will deliver to Tenant evidence that no such liens exist or can thereafter be filed with respect to work associated with the construction of the Building and the other improvements on the Land, including the buildout of the Demised Premises).

18. Tenant Alterations and Additions .

(a) Tenant shall not make or permit to be made any alterations, improvements, or additions to the Demised Premises (other than those modifications the cost of which does not exceed $15,000 per project and which do not involve modifications to the roof, exterior walls, foundation, structural supports or HVAC and plumbing systems of the Building) (each such alteration, improvement or addition, other than the excluded modifications, is referred to herein as a “Tenant’s Change”), without first obtaining on each occasion Landlord’s prior written consent (which consent Landlord agrees not to unreasonably withhold). The installation and removal of Tenant’s trade fixtures within or from the Demised Premises shall not constitute a “Tenant’s Change” for purposes hereof. As part of its approval process, Landlord may require that Tenant submit plans and specifications to Landlord, for Landlord’s approval or disapproval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. All Tenant’s Changes shall be performed in accordance with all legal requirements applicable thereto and in a good and workmanlike manner with first-class materials. Tenant shall maintain insurance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord during the construction of all Tenant’s Changes. Any request from Tenant for approval of a proposed Tenant’s Change shall include a request for Landlord to determine whether Landlord will require such Tenant’s Change to be removed at the expiration of the Lease as a condition to such approval. If Landlord at the time of giving its approval to any Tenant’s Change notifies Tenant in writing that approval is not conditioned upon removal of Tenant’s Change at the termination or expiration of this Lease, then Tenant shall not be required to remove the applicable Tenant’s Change at the termination or expiration of this

 

-11-


Lease; provided, however, that if such approval is conditioned on removal, then Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense and at Landlord’s option upon the termination or expiration of this Lease, remove the same and restore the Demised Premises to its condition prior to such Tenant’s Change. No Tenant’s Change shall be structural in nature or impair the structural strength of the Building or reduce its value. Tenant shall pay the full cost of any Tenant’s Change and shall give Landlord such reasonable security as may be requested by Landlord to insure payment of such cost. Except as otherwise provided herein and in Section 12, all Tenant’s Changes and all repairs and all other property attached to or installed on the Demised Premises by or on behalf of Tenant shall immediately upon completion or installation thereof be and become part of the Demised Premises and the property of Landlord without payment therefor by Landlord and shall be surrendered to Landlord upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, all of Tenant’s contracts and subcontracts for such Tenant’s Changes shall provide that no lien shall attach to or be claimed against the Demised Premises or any interest therein other than Tenant’s leasehold interest in the Demised Premises, and that all subcontracts let thereunder shall contain the same provision. Whether or not Tenant furnishes the foregoing, Tenant agrees to hold Landlord harmless from, and defend against (with legal counsel acceptable to Landlord) all liens, claims and liabilities of every kind, nature and description which may arise out of or in any way be connected with such work. Tenant shall not permit the Demised Premises to become subject to any mechanics’, laborers’ or materialmen’s lien on account of labor, material or services furnished to Tenant or claimed to have been furnished to Tenant in connection with work of any character performed or claimed to have been performed for the Demised Premises by, or at the direction or sufferance of Tenant and if any such liens are filed against the Demised Premises, Tenant shall promptly discharge the same; provided , however , that Tenant shall have the right to contest, in good faith and with reasonable diligence, the validity of any such lien or claimed lien if Tenant shall give to Landlord, within fifteen days after demand, such security as may be reasonably satisfactory to Landlord to assure payment thereof and to prevent any sale, foreclosure, or forfeiture of Landlord’s interest in the Demised Premises by reason of non-payment thereof; provided further that on final determination of the lien or claim for lien, Tenant shall immediately pay any judgment rendered, with all proper costs and charges, and shall have the lien released and any judgment satisfied. If Tenant fails to post such security or does not diligently contest such lien, Landlord may, without investigation of the validity of the lien claim, discharge such lien and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for all costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith, which expenses shall include any attorneys’ fees, paralegals’ fees and any and all costs associated therewith, including litigation through all trial and appellate levels and any costs in posting bond to effect a discharge or release of the lien. Nothing contained in this Lease shall be construed as consent on the part of Landlord to subject the Demised Premises to liability under any lien law now or hereafter existing of the state in which the Demised Premises are located.

19. Services by Landlord . Landlord shall be responsible for providing for maintenance of the Building Common Area, and, except as required by Section 10(b) hereof or as otherwise specifically provided for herein, Landlord shall be responsible for no other services whatsoever. Tenant, by payment of Tenant’s share of the Operating Expenses, shall pay Tenant’s pro rata share of the expenses incurred by Landlord hereunder.

20. Fire and Other Casualty . In the event the Demised Premises are damaged by fire or other casualty insured by Landlord (or required to be insured by Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease), Landlord agrees to promptly restore and repair the Demised Premises at Landlord’s expense, including the Improvements to be insured by Tenant to the extent Landlord receives insurance proceeds therefor, including the proceeds from the insurance required to be carried by Tenant on the Improvements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Demised Premises are (i) in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, so destroyed that they cannot be repaired or rebuilt within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of such damage; or (ii) destroyed by a casualty which is not covered by Landlord’s insurance (or insurance that Landlord is required to carry pursuant to the terms of this Lease), or if such casualty is covered by Landlord’s insurance but Lender or other party entitled to insurance proceeds fails to make such proceeds available to Landlord in an amount sufficient for restoration of the Demised Premises, then Landlord shall give written notice to Tenant (the “Determination Notice”) within forty-five (45) days of such casualty. Either Landlord or Tenant may terminate and cancel this Lease effective as of the date of such casualty by giving written notice to the other party within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of the Determination Notice. Upon the giving of such termination notice, all obligations hereunder with respect to periods from and after the effective date of termination shall thereupon cease and terminate. If no such termination notice is given, Landlord shall (but only to the extent of the available insurance proceeds) make such repair or restoration of the Demised Premises to the approximate condition existing prior to such casualty, promptly and in such manner as not to unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Demised Premises (if Tenant is still occupying the Demised Premises). Base Rent and Additional Rent shall proportionately abate during the time that the Demised Premises or any part thereof are unusable by reason of any such damage thereto, and shall abate entirely if the Demised Premises cannot be practicably used by Tenant for the normal conduct of its business therein as a result of such casualty. In the event that Landlord is unable to Substantially Complete the repair or restore the Demised Premises on or before the date which is the one hundred eightieth (180th) day after Tenant’s receipt of the Determination Notice, as extended by Tenant Delay (as defined in Special Stipulation 3(c)) and as may be extended for a period of up to sixty (60) days for Force Majeure Delay (as defined in Special Stipulation 3(c)), Tenant may, at its option and as its sole remedy, terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord given within thirty (30) days thereafter (provided that Landlord has not completed such repair or restoration prior to Landlord’s receipt of said termination notice), and thereafter neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have any further obligation hereunder.

 

-12-


21. Condemnation .

(a) If all of the Demised Premises is taken or condemned for a public or quasi-public use, or if (i) a material portion of the Demised Premises (or the property owned by Landlord on which the Building is located which provides a necessary means of access to the Demised Premises) is taken or condemned for a public or quasi-public use and the remaining portion thereof is not practicably usable by Tenant in the reasonable opinion of Tenant, acting reasonably and in good faith, and, with respect to such loss of access, Landlord does not promptly provide reasonably acceptable alternative access, or (ii) Landlord determines in good faith that the award from any proceeding with respect to such taking or condemnation will be inadequate to restore the Demised Premises, then either party may terminate this Lease as of the earlier of the date title to the condemned real estate vests in the condemnor or the date on which Tenant is deprived of possession of the Demised Premises. In such event, the Base Rent herein reserved and all Additional Rent and other sums payable hereunder shall be apportioned and paid in full by Tenant to Landlord to that date, all Base Rent, Additional Rent and other sums payable hereunder prepaid for periods beyond that date shall forthwith be repaid by Landlord to Tenant, and neither party shall thereafter have any liability hereunder, except that any obligation or liability of either party, actual or contingent, under this Lease which has accrued on or prior to such termination date shall survive for the period specified herein with respect to such obligation or liability.

(b) If only part of the Demised Premises is taken or condemned for a public or quasi-public use and this Lease does not terminate pursuant to Section 21(a), Landlord shall, to the extent of the award it receives, restore the Demised Premises to a condition and to a size as nearly comparable as reasonably possible to the condition and size thereof immediately prior to the taking, and there shall be an equitable adjustment to the Base Rent and Additional Rent based on the actual loss of use of the Demised Premises suffered by Tenant from the taking (and, pending the restoration of the Demised Premises, if the Demised Premises cannot be practicably used by Tenant for the normal conduct of its business therein, rent shall abate completely). In the event that Landlord is unable to Substantially Complete the restoration of the Demised Premises as provided herein on or before the date which is the one hundred eightieth (180th) day after such taking or condemnation, as extended by Tenant Delay and as may be extended for a period of up to sixty (60) days for Force Majeure Delay, Tenant may, at its option and as its sole remedy, terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord given within thirty (30) days thereafter (provided that Landlord has not restored the Demised Premises prior to Landlord’s receipt of such notice), and thereafter neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have any further obligation hereunder.

(c) Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award in any proceeding with respect to any taking provided for in this Section 21, without deduction therefrom for any estate vested in Tenant by this Lease, and Tenant shall receive no part of such award. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to prohibit Tenant from making a separate claim, against the condemnor, to the extent permitted by law, for the value of Tenant’s moveable trade fixtures, machinery, moving expenses, the loss of business opportunity or such other damages as may be suffered by Tenant, provided that (i) Tenant shall not be entitled to make a claim for the value of the leasehold estate created hereby, and (ii) the making of such claim shall not and does not adversely affect or diminish Landlord’s award.

22. Tenant’s Default .

(a) The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute an “Event of Default” of Tenant under this Lease:

(i) if Tenant fails to pay Base Rent or any Additional Rent hereunder as and when such rent becomes due and such failure shall continue for more than five (5) days after Landlord gives written notice to Tenant of such failure;

(ii) if Tenant fails to pay Base Rent or any Additional Rent within 5 days of when due more than three (3) times in any period of twelve (12) consecutive months, notwithstanding that such payments have been made after Landlord’s notice to Tenant of such failure;

(iii) if the Demised Premises become deserted, or abandoned for more than ten (10) consecutive days and are not properly secured and maintained in the manner required by this Lease;

(iv) if Tenant permits to be done anything which creates a lien upon the Demised Premises and fails to discharge or bond such lien, or post security with Landlord acceptable to Landlord, in either case within thirty (30) days after receipt by Tenant of written notice thereof from Landlord;

(v) if Tenant fails to maintain in force all policies of insurance required by this Lease and such failure shall continue for more than ten (10) days after Landlord gives Tenant written notice of such failure;

 

-13-


(vi) if any petition is filed by or against Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease under any present or future section or chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, or under any similar law or statute of the United States or any state thereof (which, in the case of an involuntary proceeding, is not discharged, dismissed, stayed, or vacated, as the case may be, within sixty (60) days of commencement), or if any order for relief shall be entered against Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease in any such proceedings;

(vii) if Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease becomes insolvent or makes a transfer in fraud of creditors or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;

(viii) if a receiver, custodian, or trustee is appointed for the Demised Premises or for all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant or of any guarantor of this Lease, which appointment is not vacated within sixty (60) days following the date of such appointment; or

(ix) if Tenant fails to perform or observe any other term of this Lease and such failure shall continue for more than thirty (30) days after Landlord gives Tenant written notice of such failure, or, if such failure cannot be corrected within such thirty (30) day period, if Tenant does not commence to correct such default within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecute the correction of same to completion within a reasonable time.

(b) Upon the occurrence of any one or more Events of Default, Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, without any demand or notice whatsoever (except as expressly required in this Section 22):

(i) Terminate this Lease by giving Tenant notice of termination, in which event this Lease shall expire and terminate on the date specified in such notice of termination and all rights of Tenant under this Lease and in and to the Demised Premises shall terminate. Tenant shall remain liable for all obligations under this Lease related to the period up to the date of such termination (but shall be released from all obligations related to the period from and after the date of such termination, including, without limitation, all rent and Operating Expenses for related to the period after the date of such termination), and Tenant shall surrender the Demised Premises to Landlord on the date specified in such notice; or

(ii) Terminate this Lease as provided in Section 22(b)(i) hereof (but without releasing Tenant from obligations under the Lease related to the period after such termination) and recover from Tenant all damages Landlord may incur by reason of Tenant’s default, including, without limitation, an amount which, at the date of such termination, is calculated as follows: (1) the value of the excess, if any, of (A) the Base Rent, Additional Rent and all other sums which would have been payable hereunder by Tenant for the period commencing with the day following the date of such termination and ending with the Expiration Date had this Lease not been terminated (the “Remaining Term”), over (B) the aggregate reasonable rental value of the Demised Premises for the Remaining Term (which excess, if any shall be discounted to present value at the “Treasury Yield” as defined below for the Remaining Term); plus (2) the costs of recovering possession of the Demised Premises and all other out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Landlord due to Tenant’s default, including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees actually incurred; plus (3) the unpaid Base Rent and Additional Rent earned as of the date of termination plus any interest and late fees due hereunder, plus other sums of money and damages owing on the date of termination by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease or in connection with the Demised Premises. The amount as calculated above shall be deemed immediately due and payable. The payment of the amount calculated in subparagraph (ii)(1) shall not be deemed a penalty but shall merely constitute payment of liquidated damages, it being understood and acknowledged by Landlord and Tenant that actual damages to Landlord are extremely difficult, if not impossible, to ascertain. “Treasury Yield” shall mean the rate of return in percent per annum of Treasury Constant Maturities for the length of time specified as published in document H.15(519) (presently published by the Board of Governors of the U.S. Federal Reserve System titled “Federal Reserve Statistical Release”) for the calendar week immediately preceding the calendar week in which the termination occurs. If the rate of return of Treasury Constant Maturities for the calendar week in question is not published on or before the business day preceding the date of the Treasury Yield in question is to become effective, then the Treasury Yield shall be based upon the rate of return of Treasury Constant Maturities for the length of time specified for the most recent calendar week for which such publication has occurred. If no rate of return for Treasury Constant Maturities is published for the specific length of time specified, the Treasury Yield for such length of time shall be the weighted average of the rates of return of Treasury Constant Maturities most nearly corresponding to the length of the applicable period specified. If the publishing of the rate of return of Treasury Constant Maturities is ever discontinued, then the Treasury Yield shall be based upon the index which is published by the Board of Governors of the U.S. Federal Reserve System in replacement thereof or, if no such replacement index is published, the index which, in Landlord’s reasonable determination, most nearly corresponds to the rate of return of Treasury Constant Maturities. In determining the aggregate reasonable rental value pursuant to subparagraph (ii)(1)(B) above, the parties hereby agree that, at the time Landlord seeks to enforce this remedy, all relevant factors should be considered, including, but not limited to, (a) the length of time remaining in the Remaining Term, (b) the then current market conditions in the general area in which the Building is located, (c) the likelihood of reletting the Demised Premises for a period of time equal to the remainder of the Term, (d) the net effective rental rates then being obtained by landlords for similar type space of similar size in similar type buildings in the general area in which the Building is located, (e) the

 

-14-


vacancy levels in the general area in which the Building is located, (f) current levels of new construction that will be completed during the Remaining Term and how this construction will likely affect vacancy rates and rental rates and (g) inflation; or

(iii) Without terminating this Lease, to the extent allowed by applicable law, upon any Event of Default resulting from an event described in any of items 22(a)(i), 22(a)(vi), 22(a)(vii), or 22(a)(viii), declare immediately due and payable the sum of the following: (1) the present value (calculated using the “Treasury Yield”) of all Base Rent and Additional Rent due and coming due under this Lease for the entire Remaining Term (as if by the terms of this Lease they were payable in advance), plus (2) the cost of recovering and reletting the Demised Premises and all other expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with Tenant’s default, plus (3) any unpaid Base Rent, Additional Rent and other rentals, charges, assessments and other sums owing by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease or in connection with the Demised Premises as of the date this provision is invoked by Landlord, plus (4) interest on all such amounts from the date due at the Interest Rate, and Landlord may immediately proceed to distrain, collect, or bring action for such sum, or may file a proof of claim in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings to enforce payment thereof; provided, however, that such payment shall not be deemed a penalty or liquidated damages, but shall merely constitute payment in advance of all Base Rent and Additional Rent payable hereunder throughout the Term, and provided further, however, that upon Landlord receiving such payment, Tenant shall be entitled to receive from Landlord all rents received by Landlord from other assignees, tenants and subtenants on account of said Demised Premises during the remainder of the Term (provided that the monies to which Tenant shall so become entitled shall in no event exceed the entire amount actually paid by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to this subparagraph (iii)), less all costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees of Landlord incurred but not yet reimbursed by Tenant in connection with recovering and reletting the Demised Premises; or

(iv) Without terminating this Lease, under the authority of an appropriate court order, in its own name but as agent for Tenant, enter into and upon and take possession of the Demised Premises or any part thereof. Any property remaining in the Demised Premises may be removed and stored in a warehouse or elsewhere at the cost of, and for the account of, Tenant without Landlord being deemed guilty of trespass or becoming liable for any loss or damage which may be occasioned thereby unless caused by Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct. Thereafter, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, lease to a third party the Demised Premises or any portion thereof as the agent of Tenant upon such terms and conditions as Landlord reasonably deems necessary in order to relet the Demised Premises. The remainder of any rentals received by Landlord from such reletting, after the payment of any indebtedness due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord, and the payment of any costs and expenses of such reletting, shall be held by Landlord to the extent of and for application in payment of future rent owed by Tenant, if any, as the same may become due and payable hereunder. If such rentals received from such reletting shall at any time or from time to time be less than sufficient to pay to Landlord the entire sums then due from Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall pay any such deficiency to Landlord. Notwithstanding any such reletting without termination, Landlord may at any time thereafter elect to terminate this Lease for any such previous default provided same has not been cured; or

(v) Without terminating this Lease, with notice to Tenant, enter into and upon the Demised Premises and, without being liable for prosecution or any claim for damages therefor, maintain the Demised Premises and repair or replace any damage thereto that was the responsibility of the Tenant to maintain, repair or replace (and which Tenant failed to do), or do anything or make any payment for which Tenant is responsible hereunder (and which Tenant failed to do). Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of demand for any expenses which Landlord incurs in thus effecting Tenant’s compliance under this Lease and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any damages with respect thereto (and, upon Landlord’s receipt of such payment, any Event of Default occasioned by the related failure of Tenant to maintain the condition of the Demised Premises shall be deemed to be cured); or

(vi) Without liability to Tenant or any other party and without constituting a constructive or actual eviction, suspend or discontinue furnishing or rendering to Tenant any property, material, labor, utilities or other service, wherever Landlord is obligated to furnish or render the same so long as an Event of Default exists under this Lease; or

(vii) With or without terminating this Lease, allow the Demised Premises to remain unoccupied and collect rent from Tenant as it comes due; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to mitigate its damages to the extent required by applicable law; or

(viii) Pursue such other remedies as are available at law or equity.

(c) If this Lease shall terminate as a result of or while there exists an Event of Default hereunder, any funds of Tenant held by Landlord may be applied by Landlord to any damages payable by Tenant (whether provided for herein or by law) as a result of such termination or default.

(d) Neither the commencement of any action or proceeding, nor the settlement thereof, nor entry of judgment thereon shall bar Landlord from bringing subsequent actions or proceedings from time to time, nor shall the failure to include in any action or proceeding any sum or sums then due be a bar to the maintenance of any subsequent actions or proceedings for the recovery of such sum or sums so omitted.

 

-15-


(e) No agreement to accept a surrender of the Demised Premises and no act or omission by Landlord or Landlord’s agents during the Term shall constitute an acceptance or surrender of the Demised Premises unless made in writing and signed by Landlord. No re-entry or taking possession of the Demised Premises by Landlord shall constitute an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of such intention is given to Tenant. No provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by either party unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the party making such waiver. Landlord’s acceptance of Base Rent or Additional Rent in full or in part following an Event of Default hereunder shall not be construed as a waiver of such Event of Default. No custom or practice which may grow up between the parties in connection with the terms of this Lease shall be construed to waive or lessen either party’s right to insist upon strict performance of the terms of this Lease, without a written notice thereof to the other party.

(f) If an Event of Default shall occur, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within ten (10) days after demand, all expenses incurred by Landlord as a result thereof, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs and expenses actually incurred.

23. Landlord’s Right of Entry . Tenant agrees to permit Landlord and the authorized representatives of Landlord and of Lender to enter upon the Demised Premises at all reasonable times for the purposes of inspecting the Demised Premises and Tenant’s compliance with this Lease, and making any necessary repairs thereto; provided that, (i) except in the case of an emergency, Landlord shall give Tenant reasonable prior notice of Landlord’s intended entry upon the Demised Premises and (ii) except in the case of an emergency, Tenant shall be entitled to have a representative accompany Landlord upon such entry. Nothing herein shall imply any duty upon the part of Landlord to do any work required of Tenant hereunder, and the performance thereof by Landlord shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default in failing to perform it. Landlord shall not be liable for inconvenience, annoyance, disturbance or other damage to Tenant by reason of making such repairs or the performance of such work in the Demised Premises or on account of bringing materials, supplies and equipment into or through the Demised Premises during the course thereof, and the obligations of Tenant under this Lease shall not thereby be affected; provided, however, that Landlord shall use reasonable efforts not to disturb or otherwise interfere with Tenant’s operations in the Demised Premises in making such repairs or performing such work. Landlord also shall have the right to enter the Demised Premises at all reasonable times to exhibit the Demised Premises to any prospective purchaser, mortgagee or tenant thereof (provided that prospective tenants may only be shown the Demised Premises within the last six (6) months of the Term of the Lease); provided, however, that in no event shall Landlord be entitled to allow any competitor of Tenant access into the Demised Premises without the prior written consent of the Tenant (to be granted or withheld in its sole discretion)

24. Lender’s Rights .

(a) For purposes of this Lease:

(i) “Lender” as used herein means the holder of a Mortgage;

(ii) “Mortgage” as used herein means any or all mortgages, deeds to secure debt, deeds of trust or other instruments in the nature thereof which may now or hereafter affect or encumber Landlord’s title to the Demised Premises, and any amendments, modifications, extensions or renewals thereof.

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 24(f) below, this Lease and all rights of Tenant hereunder are and shall be subject and subordinate to the lien and security title of any Mortgage. Tenant recognizes and acknowledges the right of Lender to foreclose or exercise the power of sale against the Demised Premises under any Mortgage.

(c) Tenant shall, in confirmation of the subordination set forth in Section 24(b) and notwithstanding the fact that such subordination is self-operative, and no further instrument or subordination shall be necessary, upon demand, at any time or times, execute, acknowledge, and deliver to Landlord or to Lender any and all instruments requested by either of them to evidence such subordination.

(d) At any time during the Term, Lender may, by written notice to Tenant, make this Lease superior to the lien of its Mortgage. If requested by Lender, Tenant shall, upon demand, at any time or times, execute, acknowledge, and deliver to Lender, any and all instruments that may be necessary to make this Lease superior to the lien of any Mortgage.

(e) If Lender (or Lender’s nominee, or other purchaser at foreclosure) shall hereafter succeed to the rights of Landlord under this Lease, whether through possession or foreclosure action or delivery of a new lease, Tenant shall, if requested by such successor, attorn to and recognize such successor as Tenant’s landlord under this Lease without change in the terms and provisions of this Lease and shall promptly execute and deliver any instrument that may be necessary to evidence such attornment.

 

-16-


(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 24, this Lease and all rights of Tenant hereunder are and shall be subject and subordinate to the lien and security title of any Mortgage provided only that the holder of said Mortgage agrees not to disturb Tenant’s possession of the Demised Premises so long as Tenant is not in default hereunder beyond any applicable grace or cure period, as evidenced by a subordination and non-disturbance agreement signed by said holder which agreement may include (a) a requirement that said holder be given notice and opportunity to cure a landlord default and (b) other provisions customarily required by lenders and reasonably acceptable to Tenant. Attached hereto as Exhibit F is a form of such subordination and non-disturbance agreement which is acceptable to Landlord and Tenant. Tenant shall within fifteen (15) days of demand thereof execute such a subordination and non-disturbance agreement upon Landlord’s request.

25. Estoppel Certificate and Financial Statement .

(a) Landlord and Tenant agree, at any time, and from time to time, within fifteen (15) days after written request of the other, to execute, acknowledge and deliver a statement in writing in recordable form to the requesting party and/or its designee certifying that: (i) this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect, as modified), (ii) the dates to which Base Rent, Additional Rent and other charges have been paid, (iii) whether or not, to the best of its knowledge, there exists any failure by the requesting party to perform any term, covenant or condition contained in this Lease, and, if so, specifying each such failure, (iv) (if such be the case) Tenant has unconditionally accepted the Demised Premises and is conducting its business therein, and (v) and as to such additional matters as may be requested, it being intended that any such statement delivered pursuant hereto may be relied upon by the requesting party and by any purchaser of title to the Demised Premises or by any mortgagee or any assignee thereof or any party to any sale-leaseback of the Demised Premises, or the landlord under a ground lease affecting the Demised Premises.

(b) If Landlord desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Building, Tenant and all guarantors of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, if any, shall deliver to any potential lender or purchaser designated by Landlord such financial statements of Tenant and such guarantors as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser, including but not limited to Tenant’s financial statements for the past 3 years so long as such lender or purchaser signs a confidentiality agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to such lender or purchaser and to Tenant and all guarantors of Tenant’s obligations hereunder.

26. Landlord Liability . NO OWNER OF THE DEMISED PREMISES, WHETHER OR NOT NAMED HEREIN, SHALL HAVE LIABILITY HEREUNDER AFTER IT CEASES TO HOLD TITLE TO THE DEMISED PREMISES. NEITHER LANDLORD NOR ANY OFFICER, DIRECTOR, SHAREHOLDER, PARTNER OR PRINCIPAL OF LANDLORD, WHETHER DISCLOSED OR UNDISCLOSED, SHALL BE UNDER ANY PERSONAL LIABILITY WITH RESPECT TO ANY OF THE PROVISIONS OF THIS LEASE. IN THE EVENT LANDLORD IS IN BREACH OR DEFAULT WITH RESPECT TO LANDLORD’S OBLIGATIONS OR OTHERWISE UNDER THIS LEASE, TENANT SHALL LOOK SOLELY TO THE EQUITY OF LANDLORD IN THE BUILDING FOR THE SATISFACTION OF TENANT’S REMEDIES. IT IS EXPRESSLY UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED THAT LANDLORD’S LIABILITY UNDER THE TERMS, COVENANTS, CONDITIONS, WARRANTIES AND OBLIGATIONS OF THIS LEASE SHALL IN NO EVENT EXCEED LANDLORD’S EQUITY INTEREST IN THE BUILDING.

27. Notices . Any notice required or permitted to be given or served by either party to this Lease shall be deemed given when made in writing, and either (i) personally delivered, (ii) deposited with the United States Postal Service, postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or (iii) delivered by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service providing proof of delivery, properly addressed to the address set forth in Section 1(m) (as the same may be changed by giving written notice of the aforesaid in accordance with this Section 27). If any notice mailed is properly addressed with appropriate postage but returned for any reason, such notice shall be deemed to be effective notice and to be given on the date of mailing. Any notice required or permitted to be given or served by Landlord or Tenant to this Lease may be given by either an agent, law firm or attorney acting on behalf of Landlord or Tenant; provided, however, that such notice must expressly state that it is being given on behalf of Landlord or Tenant, as applicable.

28. Brokers . Each of Tenant and Landlord represents and warrants to the other that, except for those parties set forth in Section 1(o) (the “Brokers”), neither has engaged or had any conversations or negotiations with any broker, finder or other third party concerning the leasing of the Demised Premises to Tenant who would be entitled to any commission or fee based on the execution of this Lease. Each of Tenant and Landlord hereby indemnifies the other against and from any claims for any brokerage commissions (except those payable to the Brokers, all of which are payable by Landlord pursuant to a separate agreement) and all costs, expenses actually incurred and liabilities in connection therewith, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, for any breach of the foregoing. The foregoing indemnification shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease for any reason.

29. Assignment and Subleasing .

(a) Tenant may not assign, mortgage, pledge, encumber or otherwise transfer this Lease, or any interest hereunder, or sublet the Demised Premises, in whole or in part, without on each

 

-17-


occasion first obtaining the prior express written consent of Landlord, which consent Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay. Any change in control of Tenant resulting from a merger, consolidation, stock transfer or asset sale shall be considered an assignment or transfer which requires Landlord’s prior written consent (unless Tenant or any guarantor is then a publicly traded company or becomes a publicly traded company as a result of such stock transfer). For purposes of this Section 29, by way of example and not limitation, Landlord shall be deemed to have reasonably withheld consent if Landlord determines (i) that the prospective assignee or subtenant has a poor business reputation, or (ii) that the proposed use of the Demised Premises by such prospective assignee or subtenant (including, without limitation, a use involving the use or handling of Hazardous Substances) will negatively affect the value or marketability of the Building or the Project.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 29(a) above, provided that there then exists no Event of Default under this Lease which remains uncured, Tenant shall have the right, upon twenty (20) days’ prior written notice to Landlord but without Landlord’s prior consent, (i) to sublet or assign (including by way of merger) all or part of the Demised Premises to any related entity which controls Tenant, is controlled by Tenant or is under common control with Tenant; or (ii) to assign this Lease to a successor entity into which or with which Tenant is merged or consolidated or which acquired substantially all of Tenant’s assets and property or stock (other than by a transfer contemplated by the immediately preceding clause (i)), provided that such successor entity assumes substantially all of the obligations and liabilities of Tenant (including, without limitation, those obligations of Tenant arising under this Lease) and, after such transaction, shall have a tangible net worth of at least [*] Dollars ($ [*] ), or, in the event that such tangible net worth shall be less than $ [*] , such successor entity shall deliver to Landlord, at any time upon request of Landlord, a “Letter of Credit” as defined in Section 14 of Exhibit C to this Lease For the purpose hereof, “control” shall mean ownership of not less than fifty percent (50%) of all the voting stock or legal and equitable interest in such entity. Any sublease or assignment pursuant to and in compliance with this subsection (b) shall be referred to herein as a “Related Assignment”. The provisions of subsection 29(c) below shall not apply to any Related Assignment; provided, however, that the written notice given by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to this subsection 29(b) must contain sufficient information and documentation to enable Landlord to confirm that all of the requirements of this subsection 29(b) have been satisfied.

(c) If Tenant desires to assign this Lease or sublet the Demised Premises or any part thereof, Tenant shall give Landlord written notice no later than fifteen (15) days in advance of the proposed effective date of any proposed assignment or sublease, specifying (i) the name and business of the proposed assignee or sublessee, (ii) the amount and location of the space within the Demised Premises proposed to be subleased, (iii) the proposed effective date and duration of the assignment or subletting and (iv) the proposed rent or consideration to be paid to Tenant by such assignee or sublessee. Tenant shall promptly supply Landlord with financial statements and other information as Landlord may reasonably request to evaluate the proposed assignment or sublease so long as Landlord delivers to Tenant a confidentiality agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to Tenant. Landlord shall have a period of fifteen (15) days following receipt of such notice and other information requested by Landlord within which to notify Tenant in writing that Landlord elects: (i) to permit Tenant to assign or sublet such space; provided, however, that, if the rent rate agreed upon between Tenant and its proposed subtenant is greater than the rent rate that Tenant must pay Landlord hereunder for that portion of the Demised Premises, or if any consideration shall be promised to or received by Tenant in connection with such proposed assignment or sublease (in addition to rent), then one half (1/2) of such excess rent and other consideration (after payment of brokerage commissions, attorneys’ fees and other disbursements actually and in good faith incurred by Tenant for such assignment and subletting if acceptable evidence of such disbursements is delivered to Landlord) shall be considered Additional Rent owed by Tenant to Landlord, and shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord, in the case of excess rent, in the same manner that Tenant pays Base Rent and, in the case of any other consideration, within ten (10) business days after receipt thereof by Tenant; or (ii) to refuse, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion (taking into account all relevant factors including, without limitation, the factors set forth in the Section 29(a) above), to consent to Tenant’s assignment or subleasing of such space (in which case, Landlord shall provide in writing in reasonable detail its reasons for such refusal) and to continue this Lease in full force and effect as to the entire Demised Premises. If Landlord should fail to notify Tenant in writing of such election within the aforesaid fifteen (15) day period, Landlord shall be deemed to have elected option (ii) above. Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord for reasonable legal fees and any other reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord in connection with any requested assignment or subletting, and such payments shall not be deducted from the Additional Rent owed to Landlord pursuant to subsection (i) above. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord copies of all documents executed in connection with any permitted assignment or subletting, which documents shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and which shall require such assignee to assume performance of all terms of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be performed.

(d) No acceptance by Landlord of any rent or any other sum of money from any assignee, sublessee or other category of transferee shall be deemed to constitute Landlord’s consent to any assignment, sublease, or transfer. Permitted subtenants or assignees shall become liable directly to Landlord for all obligations of Tenant hereunder, without, however, relieving Tenant of any of its liability hereunder. No such assignment, subletting, occupancy or collection shall be deemed the acceptance of the assignee, tenant or occupant, as Tenant, or a release of Tenant from the further performance by Tenant of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Any assignment or sublease consented to by Landlord shall not relieve Tenant (or its assignee) from obtaining Landlord’s consent to any subsequent assignment or sublease.

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

-18-


(e) In the event of an assignment of all of Tenant’s rights hereunder pursuant to the terms of Section 29(b)(ii), Tenant and any guarantor shall be released from liability hereunder. In no other event of assignment shall Tenant or any guarantor be released from primary liability hereunder without the express written approval of Landlord, which approval may be withheld by Landlord in its sole and arbitrary discretion.

30. Termination or Expiration .

(a) No termination of this Lease prior to the normal ending thereof, by lapse of time or otherwise, shall affect Landlord’s right to collect rent for the period prior to termination thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if this Lease is rejected in any bankruptcy action or proceeding filed by or against Tenant, and the effective date of rejection is on or after the date upon which that month’s Rent is due and owing, then the Rent owing under this Lease for the month during which the effective date of such rejection occurs shall be due and payable in full and shall not be prorated.

(b) At the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Demised Premises and all improvements, alterations and additions thereto, and keys therefor to Landlord, clean and neat, and in the same condition as at the Lease Commencement Date, excepting normal wear and tear, condemnation and casualty other than that required to be insured against by Tenant hereunder.

(c) If Tenant remains in possession of the Demised Premises after expiration of the Term, with or without Landlord’ s acquiescence and without any express agreement of the parties (any such period of possession being deemed a “ Holdover Period”), Tenant shall be a tenant-at-sufferance and shall pay to Landlord as Base Rent (in lieu of that otherwise provided during the Term of this Lease) holdover rent (“Holdover Rent”): (i) with respect to the first 30 days of any Holdover Period, a rental payment equal [*] percent ([*]%) of the Monthly Base Rent Installment that was due with respect to the last month of the Term of the Lease; and (ii) with respect to each 30 day period of the Holdover Period after the first thirty day period , a rental payment equal to [*] percent ([*]%) of the Monthly Base Rent Installment that was due with respect to the last month of the Term of the Lease. During any Holdover Period, Tenant shall also continue to pay all other Additional Rent due hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, there shall be no renewal of this Lease by operation of law or otherwise, and, in addition to and without limiting such rights and remedies as may be available to Landlord at law or in equity as a result of Tenant’s holding over beyond the Term, Landlord shall be entitled to exercise any and all rights and remedies available to Landlord in respect of an Event of Default hereunder (it being agreed that any such holdover shall be deemed an immediate Event of Default hereunder). No receipt of money by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right of possession of the Demised Premises shall reinstate, continue or extend the Term or Tenant’s right of possession. The provisions of this subsection 30(c) shall survive the expiration of the Term.

31. Reserved .

32. Late Payments . In the event any installment of rent, inclusive of Base Rent, or Additional Rent or other sums due hereunder, if any, is not paid within ten (10) days after the due date therefor more than one (1) time in any period of twelve (12) consecutive months, Tenant shall pay an administrative fee (the “Administrative Fee”) equal to five percent (5%) of such past due amount, plus interest on the amount past due at the lesser of (i) the maximum interest rate allowed by law or (ii) a rate of fifteen percent (15%) per annum (the “Interest Rate”), in order to defray the additional expenses incurred by Landlord as a result of such late payment. The Administrative Fee is in addition to, and not in lieu of, any of the Landlord’s remedies hereunder.

33. Rules and Regulations . Tenant agrees to abide by the rules and regulations set forth on Exhibit D attached hereto, as well as other rules and regulations reasonably promulgated by Landlord from time to time, so long as such other rules and regulations do not materially and adversely affect the rights of Tenant hereunder and are uniformly enforced against all tenants in the Building.

34. Quiet Enjoyment . So long as Tenant has not committed an Event of Default hereunder, Landlord agrees that Tenant shall have the right to quietly use and enjoy the Demised Premises for the Term.

35. Miscellaneous .

(a) The parties hereto hereby covenant and agree that Landlord shall receive the Base Rent, Additional Rent and all other sums payable by Tenant hereinabove provided, without any abatement (except as set forth in Section 20 and Section 21), reduction, set-off, counterclaim, defense or deduction whatsoever.

(b) If any clause or provision of this Lease is determined to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the Term, then and in that event, it is the

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

-19-


intention of the parties hereto that the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby, and that in lieu of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable clause or provision there shall be substituted a clause or provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable clause or provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.

(c) All rights, powers, and privileges conferred hereunder upon the parties hereto shall be cumulative, but not restrictive to those given by law (except to the extent expressly set forth to the contrary in this Lease).

(d) TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS LEASE.

(e) No failure of Landlord or Tenant to exercise any power given Landlord or Tenant hereunder or to insist upon strict compliance by Landlord or Tenant with its obligations hereunder, and no custom or practice of the parties at variance with the terms hereof shall constitute a waiver of Landlord’s or Tenant’s rights to demand exact compliance with the terms hereof.

(f) Except with respect to that certain Development Indemnification Agreement between Landlord and ScanSource, Inc., on the date hereof, and that Sales Agreement between Landlord and 4100 Quest, LLC, dated on the date hereof, the terms and conditions of which are incorporated herein by reference and which shall not be deemed terminated or amended by virtue of the execution of the Lease, this Lease contains the entire agreement of the parties hereto as to the subject matter of this Lease and no prior representations, inducements, letters of intent, promises or agreements, oral or otherwise, between the parties not embodied herein shall be of any force and effect. Any future amendment to this Lease must be in writing and signed by the parties hereto. The masculine (or neuter) pronoun, singular number shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter gender and the singular and plural number.

(g) This contract shall create the relationship of landlord and tenant between Landlord and Tenant; no estate shall pass out of Landlord; Tenant has a usufruct, not subject to levy and sale, and not assignable by Tenant except as expressly set forth herein.

(h) At the request of either party, all parties shall execute a memorandum of this Lease in recordable form to be recorded in the applicable real estate records; provided, that any such recordation shall be at the requesting party’s sole cost and expense.

(i) The captions of this Lease are for convenience only and are not a part of this Lease, and do not in any way define, limit, describe or amplify the terms or provisions of this Lease or the scope or intent thereof.

(j) This Lease may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(k) This Lease shall be interpreted under the laws of the State where the Demised Premises are located.

(l) The parties acknowledge that this Lease is the result of negotiations between the parties, and in construing any ambiguity hereunder no presumption shall be made in favor of either party. No inference shall be made from any item which has been stricken from this Lease other than the deletion of such item.

(m) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease or any of its Exhibits or any documents related thereto, the obligation of either Landlord or Tenant to pay the other’s attorneys fees in connection with a dispute related to this Lease are limited to reasonable attorneys fees’ actually incurred without regard to any minimum or percentage attorney fee that would be otherwise established under applicable law.

(n) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease or any of its Exhibits or any documents related thereto, wherever any party hereto has approval or consent rights that are recited herein as being required to be reasonably exercised, such approval or consent may not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

36. Special Stipulations . The Special Stipulations, if any, attached hereto as Exhibit C , are incorporated herein and made a part hereof, and to the extent of any conflict between the foregoing provisions and the Special Stipulations, the Special Stipulations shall govern and control.

37. Lease Date . For purposes of this Lease, the term “Lease Date” shall mean the later date upon which this Lease is signed by Landlord and Tenant.

38. Authority . If Tenant is not a natural person, Tenant shall cause its corporate secretary or general partner, as applicable, to execute the certificate attached hereto as Exhibit E. Tenant is authorized by all required corporate or partnership action to enter into this Lease and the individual(s) signing this Lease on behalf of Tenant are each authorized to bind Tenant to its terms.

 

-20-


39. No Offer Until Executed . The submission of this Lease by Landlord to Tenant for examination or consideration does not constitute an offer by Landlord to lease the Demised Premises and this Lease shall become effective, if at all, only upon the execution and delivery thereof by Landlord and Tenant. Execution and delivery of this Lease by Tenant to Landlord constitutes an offer to lease the Demised Premises on the terms contained herein. The offer by Tenant will be irrevocable until 6:00 p.m. Eastern time for fifteen (15) days after the date of execution of this Lease by Tenant and delivery to Landlord.

40. Non-Public Information . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease (including, without limitation, all exhibits and schedules hereto and any guaranties hereof), if Tenant or any guarantor is then a publicly traded company or a subsidiary of a publicly traded company, in no event shall Tenant or such guarantor be required to deliver any information (including, without limitation, any financial statements for such entity) to Landlord, any mortgagee, any prospective purchaser, or any other person or entity, except such information as is made publicly available (and any refusal to provide such non-public information shall not be a violation of any provision of this Lease or any guaranty hereof). If, notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant or any guarantor elects to deliver non-public information to Landlord, any mortgagee, any prospective purchaser, or any other person or entity, such information shall be identified as non-public at the time of its delivery and the recipient of such non-public information shall be deemed to have agreed that it shall be held in confidence, shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth and shall not be further distributed or disseminated without the express prior written consent of Tenant or the applicable guarantor.

41. Guarantor . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that ScanSource, Inc., a South Carolina corporation (“Guarantor”) has agreed to guaranty the obligations of Tenant under this Lease by executing a guaranty in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G (the “Guaranty”). The parties further acknowledge that Landlord would not agree to enter into this Lease but for the delivery of the Guaranty. Tenant shall cause Guarantor to execute the Guaranty and shall deliver the Guaranty to Landlord together with the executed Lease, and all obligations of Landlord hereunder are contingent upon receipt of the executed Guaranty. Tenant agrees to provide to Landlord during the Lease Term, upon the reasonable request of Landlord, financial information on Guarantor, subject to the provisions of Section 40.

 

-21-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunto set their hands under seals, the day and year first above written.

 

    LANDLORD:
Date: April 26, 2007      
    INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENTS INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Delaware corporation
    By:  

/s/ David R. Birdwell

    Name:   David R. Birdwell
    Title:   Secretary
    Attest:  

/s/ G. Bryan Blasingame

    Name:   G. Bryan Blasingame
    Title:   Assistant Secretary
      [CORPORATE SEAL]            
    TENANT:
Date: April 27, 2007     8650 Commerce Drive, LLC, a Mississippi limited liability company
    By:  

/s/ Andrea D. Meade

    Name:   Andrea D. Meade
    Title:   EVP, Corporate Operations
    Attest:  

/s/ John Ellsworth

    Name:   John Ellsworth
    Title:   Corporate Secretary

 

-22-

EXHIBIT 10.27

CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

SALE AGREEMENT

THIS SALE AGREEMENT (“this Agreement”) is made and entered as of the 27th day of April 2007 (the “Effective Date”) by and between the following parties (individually a “Party” and collectively the “Parties”):

 

Purchaser:     

INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

Monarch Tower - Suite 1500

3424 Peachtree Road

Atlanta, Georgia 30326

Attention: G. Bryan Blasingame, Jr.

Seller:     

4100 QUEST, LLC

6 Logue Court

Greenville, SC 29615

Attn: General Counsel

BACKGROUND

WHEREAS , Seller is the owner of the Property (as hereinafter defined) and is actively marketing the Property for sale; and

WHEREAS , Purchaser is leasing certain property to Seller, pursuant to the Lease (as hereinafter defined); and

WHEREAS, Purchaser has agreed that if Seller is unable to sell the Property on or before the Put Date (as hereinafter defined) and, at such time desires to sell the Property to Purchaser, Purchaser shall purchase the Property from Seller, all subject to and conditioned upon the terms herein.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the promises, covenants, representations and warranties hereinafter set forth, the sum of One Hundred and No/100 Dollars ($100.00) and other good and valuable consideration in hand paid by Seller to Purchaser upon the execution of this Agreement, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by each of the parties hereto, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions . The following terms, wherever used in this Agreement with an initial capital letter or letters, shall have the meanings specified:


“Affiliate” means (i) any Person more than fifty percent (50%) of the issued and outstanding stock of which, or more than a fifty percent (50%) interest in which, is owned, directly or indirectly, by Purchaser, (ii) any Person which owns, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of the issued and outstanding stock of, or more than a fifty percent (50%) interest in, Purchaser, or (iii) any Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, Purchaser. As used only in this definition, “controls” (including the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“Escrow Agent” shall mean the Title Company, acting the capacity of escrow agent hereunder.

“Existing Environmental Report” shall mean that certain letter (together with the materials referenced therein) entitled “Update of Phase I Environmental Site Assessment of the Building D Site, Memphis Distribution Center, Memphis, Tennessee”, prepared by Environmental Resources Management and addressed jointly to Kurt A. Nelson of the Purchaser and the Industrial Development Board of the City of Memphis and County of Shelby, Tennessee, dated December 1, 1999 (a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit E).

“Existing Exceptions” those certain exceptions to title to the Property set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto.

“Governmental Requirements” means all present and future laws, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations or requirements of all federal, state and municipal governments and appropriate departments, commissions, boards and officers thereof relating to all or any part of the Property or the use thereof.

“Improvements” means, collectively, the building, parking areas and all other improvements of any nature at any time and from time to time hereafter located on the Property.

“Investigations” means investigations and review by Purchaser respecting the Property and the Improvements, which may include, without limitation, the following matters: (a) title and survey, (b) access to a public right of way, (c) environmental, (d) wetlands and jurisdictional waters impacting the Improvements, (e) the physical attributes and condition of the Property and the Improvements, including, without limitation, drainage/floodplain issues, structural components, roof, paving, HVAC and electrical, mechanical, plumbing and fire protection systems, (f) compliance with Governmental Requirements (including, without limitation zoning matters), (g) utility availability.

 

2


“Lease” means that certain Industrial Lease Agreement of even date herewith by and between Purchaser, as landlord, and 8650 Commerce Drive, LLC, as tenant, for property located at 8650 Commerce Drive, Southaven, Mississippi.

“Notice” has the meaning given such term in Paragraph 15.

“Permitted Title Exceptions” shall mean the following: (a) all real estate taxes not yet due and payable as of the Closing Date; (b) the Existing Exceptions; and (c) any other matters approved as Permitted Title Exceptions in writing by Purchaser in its discretion prior to Closing.

“Property” means that certain real property in Shelby County, Tennessee, as more particularly described on Exhibit “A” attached hereto and made a part hereof by this reference, together with all improvements constructed thereon, including, without limitation, the Improvements, and all rights running with such land; provided, however, that Seller shall be entitled to remove from such land prior to Closing any and all property of Seller located thereon as listed on Exhibit D hereto (which, if so removed, shall not constitute part of the “Property”).

“Purchase Price” has the meaning given such term in Paragraph 3.

“Put Date” shall mean April 30, 2008.

“Put Notice” has the meaning given such term in Paragraph 2.

“Required Condition” shall mean that: (i) the Property is not subject to any title defects or title encumbrances other than the Permitted Title Exceptions to be reflected in the Title Policy; (ii) the zoning classification of the Property has not changed from that in effect as of the Effective Date; (iii) the environmental condition of the Property has not changed in any material adverse respect from the condition described in the Existing Environmental Report; (iv) the Property and the Improvements are in Good Condition (as defined hereafter); (v) the Property and the Improvements are in compliance with all applicable Governmental Requirements; and (vi) the Property is vacant and not subject to any rights of possession of others (except as a result of any easements and similar encumbrances constituting Permitted Title Exceptions). As used herein, the term “Good Condition” shall mean that: (a) the buildings on the Property are structurally sound and in good condition (considering their age and excepting ordinary wear and tear); (b) all building systems on the Property must be in good working order and repair (considering their age and excepting ordinary wear and tear), including, without limitation, the HVAC system and fire suppression, plumbing, electrical, mechanical and lighting systems (and all components thereof); (c) the floors of all buildings on the Property shall be (at a reasonable time prior to the date of Closing) swept and all bolts in the floor must shall have been cut or ground so that the top of the remaining portion of the bolt is at least one-quarter inch below the surface of the floor, and the holes created by such removal of bolts must have been filled with 100% epoxy,

 

3


which meets the standards set by the American Concrete Institute and which is reasonably color-matched to the floor being filled; (d) dock doors and dock equipment upon the Property must be in good working order and repair (considering their age and excepting ordinary wear and tear); (e) the office area of the buildings on the Property must have been cleaned (at a reasonable time prior to the date of Closing); (f) the roof must be free of leaks and any remaining warranties in regard thereto shall be assigned by Seller to Purchaser at Closing; (g) the pavement, drainage features, irrigation systems, retaining walls and other non-vegetation site improvements outside of the buildings on the Property must be in good condition and repair (considering their age and excepting ordinary wear and tear); and (h) the landscaping on the Property as existing on the Effective Date shall be in substantially the same condition on the Closing Date, and a reasonable time prior to the date of Closing, all grassed areas shall have been cut and all shrubs trimmed.

“Seller’s Knowledge” shall mean the actual current knowledge, without investigation or inquiry (other than from sources reasonably likely to have relevant information within Seller), of personnel of Seller responsible for the management of the Property and the handling of potential or actual environmental liabilities of Seller.

“Title Commitment” shall mean the commitment of the Title Company to issue the Title Policy.

“Title Company” shall mean First American Title Insurance Company.

“Title Policy” shall mean the extended coverage ALTA Owner’s Policy of Title Insurance dated the date of Closing issued by the Title Company in the amount of the Purchase Price for the Property, and containing, unless prohibited by applicable statutes or regulations, such endorsements as are reasonably required by Purchaser. The Title Policy shall insure as separate insured parcels any material easement rights running to the benefit of the Property.

2. Put .

2.1 So long as no “Event of Default” (as defined in the Lease) has occurred under the Lease and is then continuing, in the event Seller has not sold the Property by the Put Date, Seller may, on or before the Put Date, give written notice to Purchaser that it desires for Purchaser to purchase the Property for the Purchase Price, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Put Notice”), in which event Seller shall sell to Purchaser and Purchaser shall purchase from Seller, the Property subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, those set forth in Section 5, below). In the event Purchaser does not receive the Put Notice on or before the Put Date, this Agreement shall terminate along with the obligation of Purchaser to purchase the Property and the Parties shall have no further rights or obligations hereunder, except for those which explicitly survive such a termination by their terms. The “Term” of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and extend through the date of Closing unless earlier terminated as provided herein (including, without limitation, by virtue of the failure of timely delivery of the Put Notice by Seller, or by virtue of a termination of the Lease as provided below).

 

4


2.2 Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Lease is terminated for any reason (other than a default of the Landlord thereunder), this Agreement shall automatically terminate along with the obligation of Purchaser to purchase the Property and the parties shall have no further rights or obligations hereunder except for those which are recited in this Agreement as specifically surviving termination.

3. Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) to be paid by Purchaser to Seller for the Property at Closing shall be [*] Dollars ($ [*] ).

4. Closing; Closing Costs; Prorations; Credits .

4.1 The closing or settlement of the sale of the Property (the “Closing”) shall be held in Atlanta, Georgia, during regular business hours on or before the ninetieth (90 th ) day following the Put Date, as extended by Section 5.2 below (the “Outside Closing Date”). The exact time, place, and date of Closing shall be selected by Purchaser by Notice to Seller at least five (5) days prior to the date so selected. If no such selection is timely made, Closing shall be held at 10:00 a.m. on the Outside Closing Date at the offices of Purchaser’s counsel, Holland & Knight LLP, located at 1201 West Peachtree Street, Suite 2000, Atlanta, GA 30309. At the written request of either Seller or Purchaser, Closing may be accomplished through an escrow with Escrow Agent in which event Purchaser and Seller shall each execute and deliver to Escrow Agent such written escrow instructions as may be reasonably necessary or desirable to carry out such escrow.

4.2 Purchaser shall pay the cost of any title examination of the Property, the cost of issuance of the Title Commitment, and the title insurance premium for the Title Policy to be issued to Purchaser. Seller shall pay the cost of any transfer, grantor, documentary stamp or similar tax or assessment applicable to the Property, any overdue property taxes, and the costs (including recording costs) of any cure of title defects required of Seller hereunder. Each Party shall pay its own attorney’s fees. Any escrow fees of the Title Company shall be shared equally.

4.3 Private assessments affecting the Property and utility charges, if any shall be prorated as of midnight of the day preceding the Closing. The state, county, city or other ad valorem property taxes and assessments assessed against the Property for the year in which the Closing occurs (the “Taxes”) shall be prorated, on an accrual basis, as of midnight of the day preceding the day of Closing. If the proration is not based on the actual tax bill for the applicable year, the proration shall, at the request of either Seller or Purchaser, be adjusted when the actual tax bill is available. If the Property is taxed as a portion of a larger parcel, the parties agree to pay their pro rata share of the Taxes covering the tax period of the Closing (and any previous periods) for the entire parcel to taxing authorities at the Closing, or, if the tax bill is not available, pay into escrow the

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

5


estimated amount of said bill for payment by the Escrow Agent directly to the taxing authorities when the tax bill becomes available and shall execute and deliver such documentation before and after the Closing as may be necessary to cause the Property to be assessed as a separate parcel. If any special assessments or other similar governmental assessments or charges on the Property have been billed and are pending prior to Closing, Seller shall pay only those installments as shall become due and payable prior to Closing. If the Parties make any errors or omissions in the closing prorations or if they subsequently determine any dollar amount prorated to be incorrect, each agrees, upon notice from the other after Closing, to make any adjustment necessary to correct the error, including payment of any amount to the other then determined to be owing. This Paragraph 4.3 shall survive Closing.

5. Inspection .

5.1 Provided Purchaser first gives to Seller evidence reasonably acceptable to Seller of proper insurance coverage, Purchaser and Purchaser’s agents, employees and independent contractors shall have the right and privilege to enter upon the Property at all times during which this Agreement remains in effect to undertake the Inspections, which may include, without limitation, conducting soil borings and other geological, structural, engineering, architectural or landscaping tests or studies, all at Purchaser’s sole cost and expense. Purchaser hereby covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Seller from any and all loss, liability, costs, claims, demands, damages, actions, causes of actions, and suits arising out of liens, damages to property (including the Property) or personal injury or death caused by the Purchaser’s entry upon the Property pursuant to its rights under this paragraph. After conducting any soil boring or other test which affects the physical condition of the Property, Purchaser will return the Property to as nearly as practicable its condition prior to such test. Upon Purchaser’s request, Seller shall make available to Purchaser all existing books and records maintained by Seller or its agents relating to the operation of the Property. In the event Seller delivers the Put Notice, Seller shall, simultaneously with such delivery, provide to Purchaser copies of any material plans and specifications, permits, licenses, zoning approvals, certificates of occupancy, warranties, lien waivers, utility arrangements and other materials relating to the existing development of the Property and construction of the Improvements and the current ownership and occupancy thereof, to the extent in the possession of Seller. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the items to be delivered by Seller to Purchaser shall include those items set forth on Exhibit “C” attached hereto and made a part hereof by this reference (to the extent the existence thereof is within Seller’s Knowledge, and such items are within the possession of Seller),

5.2 Although Purchaser shall have the right to conduct the Inspections at any time during the Term, it is acknowledged that Purchaser has not, as of the date hereof conducted the Investigations, and Purchaser may not desire to do so unless and until Seller has delivered the Put Notice. If, on or before the date which is sixty (60) days after its receipt of the Put Notice (the “Inspection Date”), Purchaser determines that the results of its Inspections demonstrate that the Property is not in Required Condition, Purchaser may give written notice to Seller, such notice specifying the reasons that the Property is not in

 

6


Required Condition (the “Deficiencies”) and the estimated cost to remedy the Deficiencies (the “Cure Cost”). Seller shall thereafter have ten (10) days to respond with a written notice to Purchaser that it elects either to (a) take no action to cure the Deficiencies, in which case Purchaser may either terminate this Agreement, along with any obligation to purchase the Property and the parties shall have no further rights or obligations hereunder, except for those which explicitly survive such a termination by their terms (provided, however, that if Purchaser elects to terminate this Agreement because of any claimed Deficiencies other than those described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of the definition of “Required Condition”, within 10 business days after Seller receives Purchaser’s notice of termination, Seller may elect to submit the determination of the existence of such Deficiencies, and the amount of the related Cure Cost, to binding arbitration, whereupon this Agreement shall not terminate as of such notice, but, instead, Closing shall occur 30 days after the issuance of an arbitrator’s decision as to the actual Deficiencies and the related Cure Cost, with such Cure Cost credited against the Purchase Price); or (b) undertake curative action with respect to the Deficiencies, such notice specifying in reasonable detail Seller’s plan of action with respect to such cure, along with an estimated time-frame within which it estimates the cure can be fully accomplished (the expiration of such time-frame being referred to herein as the “Estimated Cure Date”; the details of Seller’s curative plan of action and the estimated time-frame are referred to herein as the “Cure Details”). In the event the Cure Details are not reasonably acceptable to Purchaser (and the parties hereby agree to negotiate in good faith to establish reasonably acceptable Cure Details), Purchaser shall have the right to terminate this Agreement along with any obligation to purchase the Property and the parties shall have no further rights or obligations hereunder, except for those which explicitly survive such a termination by their terms (subject, however, to Seller’s right to submit the appropriateness of any Cure Details regarding any Deficiencies other than those described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of the definition of “Required Condition” to binding arbitration in the same manner previously provided in this paragraph. In the event the Cure Details are reasonably acceptable to Purchaser, Purchaser shall so notify Seller, after which Seller shall use good faith efforts to cause the cure to be completed in accordance with the Cure Details (the “Cure”), and the Closing shall be postponed until the date which is fifteen (15) days following the date on which the Cure is completed by Seller. In the event the Cure is not completed on or before the date which is thirty (30) days following the Estimated Cure Date, this Agreement shall terminate, along with any obligation to of Purchaser to purchase the Property and the parties shall have no further rights or obligations hereunder, except for those which explicitly survive such a termination by their terms.

6. Title/Survey .

6.1 Seller shall not, at any time during the Term, alter or encumber title to the Property or otherwise suffer or permit any further encumbrances or liens to attach to the Property (other than the Permitted Title Exceptions). Seller shall convey marketable and insurable title to the Property to Purchaser by a special warranty deed, which shall be subject only to the Permitted Title Exceptions (the “Deed”). In no event shall the Property be subject to any (i) mortgage, deed to secure debt, deed of trust, security agreement, judgment, lien or claim of lien, or any other title exception or defect that is monetary in nature, Seller hereby agreeing to pay and satisfy of record any such

 

7


title defects or exceptions prior to or at Closing at Seller’s expense or terminate this Agreement by the deadline for Closing hereunder, or (ii) any leases, rental agreements or other rights of occupancy of any kind, whether written or oral (the items described in (i) and (ii) are referred to herein collectively as the “Seller Defects”). Purchaser may, at its expense obtain a title insurance commitment for the Property (the “Title Commitment”), issued by the Title Company and naming Purchaser as the proposed insured. In the event the Title Commitment discloses any Seller Defects or any exceptions to title other than the Permitted Title Exceptions, Seller shall, at its expense, either (A) cause the same to be removed as encumbrances to the Property prior to Closing or (B) terminate this Agreement. The obligation of Purchaser to proceed with Closing shall be subject to the condition precedent that the Title Company must issue to Purchaser at the Closing a Title Policy, subject to payment by Purchaser of the premium for such policy, and Seller shall reasonably cooperate with Purchaser’s efforts to cause the Title Company to issue such Title Policy.

6.2 As used in Paragraph 6.1, “insurable title” shall mean title insurable at standard rates by the Title Company with a Title Policy.

6.3 Purchaser may, at its expense, cause the Property to be surveyed by a reputable registered land surveyor prior to giving the Closing (the “Survey”). In the event Purchaser does cause the Property to be so surveyed, the property description to be included in the Deed shall be prepared from the Survey (to the extent consistent with the deed into Seller, and then only if such Survey is certified to Seller).

7. Broker . The Parties each warrant and represent to the other that each such Party has not employed or dealt with a real estate broker or agent in connection with the Property, other than Commercial Advisors, LLC (“Broker”). Seller shall be responsible for any brokerage commission payable to Broker. The Parties covenant and agree, each to the other, to indemnify the other against any loss, liability, costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees actually incurred), claims, demands, damages, actions, causes of action, and suits arising out of or in any manner related to the alleged employment or use by the indemnifying Party of any real estate broker or agent other than Broker. The provisions of this Paragraph 7 shall survive Closing.

8. Eminent Domain . If, after the Effective Date (including, without limitation, during any period prior to Closing and after the date on which the Put Notice has been delivered), Seller receives notice of the commencement or threatened commencement of eminent domain or other like proceedings against any portion of the Property not theretofore acquired by Purchaser, Seller shall promptly give Notice thereof to Purchaser (any of the foregoing, a “Taking”). In the event of a Taking Purchaser may terminate this Agreement, along with any obligation to purchase the Property and the Parties shall have no further rights or obligations hereunder, except for those which explicitly survive such a termination by their terms. If Purchaser does not elect to terminate this Agreement, Seller shall assign to Purchaser all rights under the Taking and the Closing shall occur with no adjustment to the Purchase Price.

 

8


9. Casualty . If any part of the Property is physically damaged after the Effective Date (including, without limitation, any period prior to Closing and after the date on which the Put Notice has been delivered), Seller shall give Notice to Purchaser of such damage and of Seller’s insurance coverage (and whether Seller is willing to allow the proceeds of such insurance to be used to restore the Property or to afford a reduction to the Purchase Price in the amount of such proceeds) (a “Casualty”). In the event of a Casualty, Purchaser may terminate this Agreement, along with any obligation to purchase the Property and the Parties shall have no further rights or obligations hereunder, except for those which explicitly survive such a termination by their terms. If Purchaser does not elect to terminate this Agreement, the Closing shall occur with no adjustment to the Purchase Price (other than for any insurance proceeds Seller elects to credit).

10. Documents . For and in consideration of, and as a condition precedent to Purchaser’s delivery to Seller of the Purchase Price at Closing, Seller shall obtain and deliver to Purchaser at Closing the following documents (all of which shall be duly executed and witnessed, which documents Purchaser agrees to execute where required):

10.1 The Deed, subject only to the Permitted Title Exceptions;

10.2 An affidavit of title or customary indemnification regarding actions of Seller that may not be reflected in the public records in form reasonably satisfactory to the Title Company for the purpose of issuing its extended coverage owner’s policy of title insurance without exception for mechanic’s, materialmen’s or other statutory liens, for unrecorded easements, or for the rights of parties in possession;

10.3 Evidence that Seller is not a foreign person against whom withholding is required under the Internal Revenue Code, or applicable state law, without which Purchaser shall withhold as required;

10.4 The certificate of reaffirmation of warranties and representations described in Paragraph 14, below;

10.5 Each Party shall deliver to the other Party appropriate evidence to establish the authority of such Party to perform its obligations hereunder at Closing; and

10.6 The Parties shall also deliver a closing statement, any escrow instructions, transfer tax declarations and other documents reasonably necessary to complete and evidence the transaction contemplated hereby.

11. Default and Remedies . In the event of any default by any party hereto in its obligations hereunder, the other party shall have the right to proceed with all remedies available at law or in equity including, without limitation, specific performance (and the parties hereto hereby stipulate and agree that specific performance is an appropriate remedy hereunder).

 

9


12.1 Conditions Precedent . In addition to other conditions set forth in this Agreement, Purchaser’s obligation to purchase the Property shall be subject to and contingent upon the following conditions precedent, any or all of which Purchaser may waive by written notice only:

12.1.1 Required Condition . There shall be no adverse change in the condition of or affecting the Property not caused by Purchaser between the Effective Date and the date scheduled for Closing that results in the Property not being in the Required Condition (subject, however, to the cure provisions herein, to the extent applicable), including, but not limited to, (a) physical damage to any of the Improvements, (b) environmental contamination, or (c) loss or obstruction of access.

12.1.2 Title Insurance. The willingness of Title Insurer to issue, at Closing, upon the sole condition of the payment of an amount no greater than its regularly scheduled premium (and the receipt of any customary indemnification from the parties), its standard Title Policy in the amount of the Purchase Price, insuring that title to the Property is vested of record in Purchaser at Closing, subject only to the Permitted Title Exceptions.

12.1.3 Intentionally Omitted.

12.1.4 Lease . Seller has theretofore complied with all the terms of the Lease, and Seller has executed and delivered to Buyer the Amended and Restated Lease which [*] .

12.2 Failure of Condition(s) Precedent; Cancellation. In the event Seller delivers the Put Notice, Seller shall take all such action as necessary to cause the satisfaction of the foregoing conditions precedent. If any of the foregoing conditions precedent is not satisfied or waived in writing by Purchaser, Purchaser shall have the right (as its sole and exclusive remedy) to either proceed to Closing with no adjustment to the Purchase Price (which shall constitute a waiver by Purchaser of such conditions) or terminate this Agreement, along with any obligation to purchase the Property and the Parties shall have no further rights or obligations hereunder, except for those which explicitly survive such a termination by their terms.

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

10


13. Possession . Seller shall deliver actual and exclusive possession of the Property at Closing.

14. Seller’s Representations, Warranties and Agreements. Seller hereby represents to Purchaser as follows:

14.1 Seller is the owner of the Property. No Person, other than Purchaser, has any right, agreement, commitment, option, right of first refusal or any other agreement, whether oral or written, with respect to the purchase, assignment or transfer of all or any portion of the Property. There are no tenants of the Property and no person or entity now has, or at the time of Closing will have, any possessory interest in any portion of the Property, under a lease or otherwise, except for Seller whose total interest in the Property will be transferred to Purchaser at Closing.

14.2 To Seller’s Knowledge, no condemnation proceeding is pending or threatened with respect to any part of the Property.

14.3 Seller’s representations in this Section 14.3 are conditioned in their entirety by matters identified in the Existing Environmental Report. Seller has not used, generated, treated, stored, released, discharged or disposed of Hazardous Substances (as hereinafter defined), on or from the Property at any time in material violation of applicable Governmental Requirements. To Seller’s Knowledge, no such material violation caused by others has occurred upon or within the Property. To Seller’s Knowledge, no notification of release of a Hazardous Substance has been filed as to the Property, nor is the Property listed or formally proposed for listing on the National Priority List promulgated pursuant to federal law or on the State of Tennessee’s list of Hazardous Substance sites requiring investigation or clean-up. To Seller’s Knowledge, there are no above-ground or underground tanks or any other underground storage facilities located on the Property, except for the above-ground tank storing fuel for the generator at the Property. To Seller’s Knowledge, (i) Seller has complied in all material respects with all reporting requirements under any applicable federal, state or local environmental laws and (ii) there are no existing violations by Seller of any such environmental laws in any material respect. Seller has not used the Property as a landfill, dump or stump pit, and to Seller’s Knowledge, the Property has never been so used. To Seller’s Knowledge, no claims, actions, suits, proceedings or investigations related to the presence, release, discharge, spillage or disposal of any Hazardous Substance or contamination of soil or water by any Hazardous Substance are pending or threatened with respect to the Property or otherwise against Seller in any court or before any state, federal or other governmental agency or private arbitration tribunal. To Seller’s Knowledge no PCB, PCB-contaminated, friable asbestos or formaldehyde-based insulation items are present at the Property. “Hazardous Substance” shall refer to any hazardous or toxic substance or waste as those terms are defined by any applicable federal or state law or regulation, including, without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Recovery Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq . and the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq. , and petroleum, petroleum products and oil.

 

11


14.4 Seller has not received notice of (and, to Seller’s Knowledge, there does not exist) any actual or pending litigation or proceeding by any organization, person, individual or governmental agency against Seller with respect to the Property or any portion thereof or with respect thereto. To Seller’s Knowledge, no basis exists for any such action. Seller has not received notice of (and, to Seller’s Knowledge, there does not exist) any uncured material violations of law, municipal or county ordinances, or other legal requirements with respect to (x) the Property (or any part thereof) or (y) the use, occupancy, or construction thereof.

14.5 To Seller’s Knowledge, the Property is not subject to or affected by any special assessment for public improvements or otherwise, whether or not presently a lien upon the Property. To Seller’s Knowledge, no governmental authority has imposed any requirement that Seller pay, directly or indirectly, any special fees or contributions or incur any expenses or obligations in connection with the development of the Property or any portion thereof, other than any regular and nondiscriminatory local real estate or school taxes assessed against the Property. To Seller’s Knowledge, the Property is separately assessed for real property tax assessment purposes and is not combined with any other real property for tax assessment purposes. Seller has received no notice of any contemplated or actual reassessment of the Property or any portion thereof for general real estate tax purposes. As of the date hereof, to Seller’s Knowledge, all due and payable taxes, assessments, water charges and sewer charges affecting the Property or any portion thereof have been paid.

14.6 Seller has made no commitment to any governmental authority, utility company, school board, church or other religious body, homeowner or homeowner’s association or any other organization, group or individual relating to the Property which would impose an obligation upon Seller or its successors or assigns to make any contributions or dedications of money or land, or to construct, install or maintain any improvements of a public or private nature as part of the Property or upon separate lands.

14.7 Seller is not a “foreign person” as that term is defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and the Regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. Seller’s sale of the Property is not subject to any Federal, state or local withholding obligation of Purchaser under the tax laws applicable to Seller or the Property.

14.8 To Seller’s Knowledge, the Property constitutes a separately subdivided, legally distinct parcel of land. To Seller’s knowledge, Seller has complied in all material respects with all Governmental Requirements and restrictions pertaining to and affecting the Property that relate to such subdivision.

 

12


14.9 Seller has not made in favor of any Person any right, agreement, commitment, option, right of first refusal or any other agreement, whether oral or written, with respect to the purchase, assignment or transfer of all or any portion of the Property.

14.10 To Seller’s knowledge: (i) the Property is in Good Condition; (ii) the Improvements are presently connected to and have water supply, storm and sanitary sewage facilities, telephone, gas, electricity, fire protection and means of ingress and egress to and from public roads; and (iii) no additional easements (other than those which are presently in effect) are required for public access, connection or utilization of existing utilities. Seller has not received any unsatisfied requests for repairs, restoration or improvements from any of its lenders, insurance carriers or applicable governmental authorities with regard to the Property.

The foregoing representations and warranties are true and correct as of the Effective Date and it shall be a condition of Closing that such representations and warranties remain true and correct as of the date of Closing; provided, however, that if an event or circumstance causes any such representation or warranty to be untrue as of the Effective Date or the date of the Closing, Seller shall not be required to take any action with respect to such event or occurrence; provided, however, that Purchaser shall have the right to terminate this Agreement if any such representation or warranty is not true as of the date of the Closing (in which event all parties hereto shall be released from all further obligations under this Agreement). Subject to the foregoing, Seller shall reaffirm these representations and warranties at (and as of the date of) Closing. The foregoing representations and warranties shall be deemed merged into any instrument of conveyance delivered at Closing and shall be of no further force or effect (and Seller shall have no liability with respect thereto), except that the representations and warranties contained in Sections 14.6 and 14.7 shall survive Closing for a period of two (2) years, and shall inure to the benefit of Purchaser, its successors and assigns; provided that the expiration of such two-year period shall not affect a claim by Purchaser under this Paragraph 14 which has been asserted in writing prior to the end of such two (2) years. In addition, although the representations and warranties of Seller under Section 14.3 will not survive the Closing, Seller acknowledges that it is not disclaiming any liability that Seller may continue to have after Closing under applicable Governmental Requirements as a former owner of the Property for the presence of any Hazardous Substance on the Property during Seller’s ownership thereof.

15 Miscellaneous

15.1. Notice . Wherever any notice or other communication is required or permitted hereunder (“Notice”), such Notice shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand, by nationally-recognized overnight express delivery service, by U. S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the addresses set forth on the first page of this Agreement and set out below or at such other addresses as are specified by written notice delivered in accordance herewith:

 

13


Notice to Purchaser:

Industrial Developments International, Inc.

Monarch Tower, Suite 1500

3424 Peachtree Road

Atlanta, Georgia 30327

Attention: Mr. G. Bryan Blasingame, Jr.

Fax: (404) 479-4115

With a copy to:

Industrial Developments International, Inc.

1000 Ridgeway Loop Road

Suite 100

Memphis, TN 38120

Attn: Mr. Kurt A. Nelson

Notice to Seller:

4100 Quest, LLC

6 Logue Court

Greenville, SC 29615

Attn: General Counsel

Any notice or other communication mailed as hereinabove provided shall be deemed effectively given and received (a) on the date of delivery, if delivered by hand or overnight express delivery service; or (b) on the date indicated on the return receipt if mailed (or, if not accepted, 3 business days after depositing in the mail). If any notice mailed is properly addressed but returned for any reason, such notice shall be deemed to be effective notice and to be given on the date of mailing.

15.2. Time of Essence . Time is of the essence of this Agreement.

15.3. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the Parties and may not be amended except by written instrument executed by Purchaser and Seller.

15.4. Interpretation . The paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and are in no way intended to interpret, define, or limit the scope or content of this Agreement or any provision hereof. If any Party is made up of more than one person or entity, then all such persons and entities shall be included jointly and severally, even though the defined term for such Party is used in the singular in this Agreement. If any right of approval or consent by a Party is provided for in this Agreement, the Party shall exercise the right promptly, in good faith and reasonably, unless this Agreement expressly gives such Party the right to use its sole discretion. The

 

14


term “Business Day” shall mean Monday through Friday excluding holidays recognized by the Federal government or the state government of the state in which the Property is located. If any time period under this Agreement ends on a day other than a Business Day, then the time period shall be extended until the next Business Day.

15.5. Survival and Termination .

15.5.1 The provisions of this Agreement shall survive the Closing and shall remain in full force and effect only with respect to those rights, duties and obligations of Seller and Purchaser which are expressly stated herein to survive and be performed after the Closing.

15.5.2 “Terminate” or “Termination” shall mean the termination of this Agreement pursuant to any provision of this Agreement expressly providing for such termination.

15.6. Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of Tennessee.

15.7. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. The rights of Purchaser under this Agreement are assignable in whole (but not in part) to any Affiliate of Purchaser (provided, however, the parties hereto hereby agree that notwithstanding any such assignment, the original Purchaser hereunder shall remain fully liable, jointly and severally with any such assignee, for all obligations of Purchaser hereunder), but otherwise any assignment hereof by Purchaser shall be subject to the prior written consent of Seller, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Any permitted assignment shall be in writing, and the assignee shall assume and agree to observe and perform all of the obligations and duties of Purchaser under this Agreement. No assignment shall be effective until Seller has received Notice thereof including the assignee’s address and a copy of the assignment. After receipt of such Notice, Seller shall deal in all respects with the assignee as “Purchaser” under this Agreement. Seller acknowledges that after Notice of an assignment, the new Purchaser may designate the original Purchaser as an additional addressee for Notices subject to and in accordance with Paragraph 15.1 of this Agreement.

15.8. Exhibits . The exhibits referred to in and attached to this Agreement are incorporated herein in full by reference.

15.9. Counterpart Execution; Electronic Delivery . This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts. It shall be fully executed when each Party whose signature is required has signed at least one counterpart even though no one counterpart contains the signatures of all the Parties. Executed counterparts of this Agreement may be delivered by facsimile, email or other electronic transmission with the same force and effect as if originals had been delivered to the parties hereunder. At the request of any party, all parties shall promptly execute and deliver to the parties hereto multiple originals sufficient for each party to possess two fully executed originals of this Agreement.

 

15


15.10 Severability . This Agreement is intended to be performed in accordance with, and only to the extent permitted by, all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and is intended, and shall for all purposes be deemed to be, a single, integrated document setting forth all of the agreements and understandings of the parties hereto, and superseding all prior negotiations, understandings and agreements of such parties with respect to the sale of the Property. If any term or provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall for any reason and to any extent be held to be invalid or unenforceable, then such term or provision shall be ignored, and to the maximum extent possible, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect, but without giving effect to such term or provision.

15.11. No Partnership . Seller and Purchaser acknowledge and agree that the existence of this Agreement does not in any way whatsoever create or constitute any kind of partnership or joint venture of any nature between Seller and Purchaser. The sole and exclusive legal relationship created by this Agreement is a relationship as seller and purchaser only.

 

16


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have set their hands and seals hereto as of the day and year first above written.

 

PURCHASER:

INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By:  

/s/ David R. Birdwell

Name:   David R. Birdwell
Title:   Secretary
Attest:  

/s/ G. Bryan Blasingame

Name:   G. Bryan Blasingame
Title:   Assistant Secretary
(AFFIX CORPORATE SEAL)
SELLER:
4100 Quest, LLC
By:  

/s/ Andrea D. Meade

Name:   Andrea D. Meade
Title:   EVP, Corporate Operations
Attest:  

/s/ John Ellsworth

Name:   John Ellsworth
Title:   Corporate Secretary
(AFFIX CORPORATE SEAL)

 

17

Exhibit 10.28

May 14, 2007

Branch Banking and Trust Company

P.O. Box 408

301 Main Street

Greenville, South Carolina 29602

Attention: Barry Maness

 

  Re: Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 16, 2004 by and among ScanSource, Inc. and Netpoint International, Inc., as U.S. Borrowers, ScanSource Europe Limited and ScanSource UK Limited, as Non-U.S. Borrowers, the Initial Guarantors listed therein, Branch Banking and Trust Company, as Administrative Agent, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Syndication Agent, BB&T Capital Markets and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Arrangers, and the Banks parties thereto, as amended (the “ Credit Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given in the Credit Agreement.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

On October 26, 2006, the Company issued a press release announcing its financial results for the first quarter ended September 30, 2006. On January 25, 2007, the Company issued a press release announcing its financial results for the second quarter ended December 31, 2006. On April 26, 2007, the Company issued a press release announcing its financial results for the third quarter ended March 31, 2007. Copies of the press releases are available through the Company’s website at www.scansource.com. The financial results set forth in the October 26, 2006 press release, the January 25, 2007 press release and the April 26, 2007 press release are referred to herein collectively as the “Qualified Financial Results.”

As previously announced, the Company’s Board of Directors appointed a Special Committee, consisting entirely of independent directors, to conduct a review of the Company’s stock option grant practices and related accounting issues from the time of its initial public offering in 1994 to the present. On January 19, 2007 the Company filed a current report on Form 8K with the SEC to announce the findings of its Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company’s historical stock option grant practices. The Special Committee recommended that management determine the impact on the Company’s accounting for the option grants referenced in the findings and make appropriate adjustments and required disclosures. In that regard, the Company’s review of accounting issues raised by the findings is ongoing (the “Accounting Review”). The Qualified Financial Results included in the press releases do not reflect


adjustments, if any, that may be required as a result of the Accounting Review. Pursuant to a letter dated November 7, 2006, the Borrower and Guarantors requested and obtained a waiver (the “November Waiver”) until February 15, 2007 relative to the delivery of the financial information, calculations and certifications required by Section 5.01(b) and Section 5.01(c) of the Credit Agreement (the “Non-Qualified November Deliverables”). Pursuant to a letter dated February 14, 2007, the Borrower and Guarantors requested and obtained a waiver (the “February Waiver”) until May 15, 2007 relative to the delivery of the financial information, calculations and certifications required by Section 5.01(b) and Section 5.01(c) of the Credit Agreement (the “Non-Qualified February Deliverables”).

The Borrower and Guarantors may not be able to deliver the financial information, calculations and certifications required by Sections 5.01(b) and Section 5.01(c) of the Credit Agreement in respect of the Fiscal Quarters ending September 30, 2006, December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007 prior to May 15, 2007. Accordingly, the Borrowers and Guarantors request that the Administrative Agent seek the consent of the Banks to the following: (1) that any Default or Event of Default arising from the Qualified Financial Results being subject to the impact, if any, of the pending Accounting Review shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default under the Credit Agreement so long as (i) the information and documentation required by Section 5.01(b) and Section 5.01(c) of the Credit Agreement (containing the qualifications required therein without qualification to the pending Accounting Review or otherwise) in respect of the Fiscal Quarters ending September 30, 2006, December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007 are delivered on or before the Waiver Expiration Date (as defined herein)(the “Section 5.01 Waiver”); and (2) that the Applicable Margin and Applicable Non-Utilization Fee Rate shall be determined based upon the ratio of Consolidated Funded Debt to Consolidated EBITDA calculated on the basis of the Qualified Financial Results (in respect of the applicable Fiscal Quarter); provided that if, as a result of the Accounting Review, any adjustments to the information set forth in the Qualified Financial Results shall be necessary and if as a result thereof the Applicable Margin and the Applicable Non-Utilization Fee Rate for the Fiscal Quarters ending September 30, 2006, December 31, 2006 or March 31, 2007 (as determined based upon the Qualified Financial Results) shall be different from the Applicable Margin and the Applicable Non-Utilization Fee Rate for such applicable period determined after making the adjustments, if any, required by the Accounting Review, such redetermined Applicable Margin and Applicable Non-Utilization Fee Rate shall be effective retroactive to the Rate Determination Date for the applicable Fiscal Quarter (i.e., the Fiscal Quarter ending September 30, 2006, December 31, 2006 or March 31, 2007, as the case may be) and the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Banks as applicable shall within ten days of such redetermination make a payment (in the case of amounts owing by the Borrowers to the Banks), or provide a credit applicable to future amounts payable by the Borrowers thereunder (in the case of amounts owing by the Banks to the Borrowers) equal to the difference between the interest, letter of credit fees, unused fees and other fees actually paid under the Credit Agreement and the interest, letter of credit fees, unused fees and other fees that would have been paid under the Credit Agreement had the Applicable Margin and the Applicable Non-Utilization Fee Rate as originally determined based upon the Qualified Financial Results been equal to the Applicable Margin and the Applicable Non-Utilization Fee Rate as redetermined after giving effect to the adjustments, if any, resulting from the Accounting Review. In the event the information and documentation required by Section 5.01(b) and Section

 

2


5.01(c) of the Credit Agreement (containing the qualifications required therein without qualification to the pending Accounting Review or otherwise) in respect of the Fiscal Quarters ending September 30, 2006, December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007 are not delivered on or before the Waiver Expiration Date, an Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred under the Credit Agreement effective as of the Waiver Expiration Date. As used herein, “Waiver Expiration Date” shall mean June 30, 2007; provided, however, in the event the Company obtains approval from NASDAQ to file its 10-Q and other required SEC filings for the fiscal quarters ending September 30, 2006, December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007 (the “SEC Filings”) on or after June 30, 2007, the Waiver Expiration Date shall be deemed to be the earlier of: (i) the date upon which the NASDAQ requires such SEC Filings to be made; or (ii) July 31, 2007.

The Borrowers and Guarantors contemplate entering into a financing to equip its facility in Southhaven, Mississippi (the “Mississippi Facility”). Accordingly, the Borrowers and Guarantors request that the Administrative Agent seek the consent of the Banks to the following (collectively, the “Proposed Amendments”):

(1) Amend Section 5.29(i) to permit Debt not otherwise permitted under Section 5.29, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of which shall not, at any time, exceed $25 million;

(2) Amend Section 5.11(o) to permit Liens on assets of the Company or its Subsidiaries to the extent not otherwise permitted under Section 5.11, securing Debt and other liabilities in an aggregate amount not to exceed $11 million at any time outstanding; and

(3) Amend Section 5.08 to provide that Capital Expenditures will not exceed in the aggregate in any Fiscal Year the sum of $20 million.

The Loan Parties, the Banks and the Administrative Agent shall execute such amendments, supplements and modifications to the Credit Agreement and Loan Documents in form and content satisfactory to the Administrative Agent to incorporate the Proposed Amendments.

The Borrowers and Guarantors hereby agree to pay all expenses of the Administrative Agent including reasonable fees and disbursements of special counsel for the Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation of this letter agreement and any other documentation contemplated hereby.

The Borrowers and Guarantors represent and warrant that, after giving effect to this consent and letter agreement, the Borrowers and Guarantors are in compliance with all of the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and no Default or Event of Default exists thereunder.

This waiver is limited to the Default and Event of Default caused solely by the Qualified Financial Results being subject to the impact, if any, of the pending review by the Special Committee. The Administrative Agent and each Bank expressly reserves all of its respective

 

3


rights and remedies with respect to any other present or any future Default or Event of Default arising under the Credit Agreement or any of the Loan Documents (including without limitation any Default or Event of Default that may arise as a result of any adjustments to the Financial Results resulting from the review by the Special Committee). The Banks’ consent as herein requested shall not constitute (a) a future waiver of, or affect or diminish in any way, any of the Banks’ rights under the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents, (b) an amendment, modification or alteration of the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents, and (c) a course of dealing or a waiver of the Banks’ right to withhold its consent for any similar request in the future.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this waiver to be duly executed, under seal, by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

Very truly yours,
SCANSOURCE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Linda B. Davis

  (SEAL)
Name:   Linda B. Davis  
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer  
NETPOINT INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By:  

/s/ Linda B. Davis

  (SEAL)
Name:   Linda B. Davis  
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer  
4100 QUEST, LLC
By:   ScanSource, Inc., its sole member  
  By:  

/s/ Linda B. Davis

  (SEAL)
  Name:   Linda B. Davis  
  Title:   Vice President and Treasurer  

 

4


PARTNER SERVICES, INC.    
By:  

/s/ Linda B. Davis

  (SEAL)
Name:   Linda B. Davis  
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer  
SCANSOURCE EUROPE LIMITED  
By:  

/s/ Linda B. Davis

  (SEAL)
Name:   Linda B. Davis  
Title:   Director  
SCANSOURCE UK LIMITED  
By:  

/s/ Linda B. Davis

  (SEAL)
Name:   Linda B. Davis  
Title:   Director  

 

5


CONSENT

 

  Re: Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 16, 2004 by and among ScanSource, Inc. and Netpoint International, Inc., as U.S. Borrowers, ScanSource Europe Limited and ScanSource UK Limited, as Non-U.S. Borrowers, the Initial Guarantors listed therein, Branch Banking and Trust Company, as Administrative Agent, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Syndication Agent and an Other Currency Lender, BB&T Capital Markets and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Arrangers, and the Banks parties thereto, as amended (the “ Credit Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given in the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned Banks consent to the Section 5.01 Waiver (as defined in the attached letter), the Proposed Amendments (as defined in the attached letter) and the other matters set forth in the letter from the Borrowers and Guarantors to the Administrative Agent dated as of May 14, 2007 and attached hereto.

 

BRANCH BANKING AND TRUST COMPANY,
as Administrative Agent, U.S. Dollar Issuing
Bank, Other Currency Issuing Bank and as a
Bank
By:  

/s/ James C. Stallings, III

  (SEAL)
Name:   James C. Stallings, III  
Title:   Senior Vice President  

WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as an Other Currency Lender,

Other Currency Issuing Bank and a Bank,

By:  

/s/ Thomas F. Snider

  (SEAL)
Name:   Thomas F. Snider  
Title:   Senior Vice President  
FIFTH THIRD BANK
By:  

 

  (SEAL)
Name:    
Title:    

 

6


FIRST TENNESSEE BANK NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION
   
By:  

 

  (SEAL)
Name:    
Title:    
CAPITAL ONE, N.A.  
By:  

 

  (SEAL)
Name:    
Title:    

 

7

Exhibit 13.1

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT 13.1

A

FOUNDATION for GROWTH

SCANSOURCE 2007 ANNUAL REPORT


LOGO

 

VIDEO CONFERENCE

A FOUNDATION for GROWTH

We are a different kind of distributor.

As a value-added distributor, ScanSource, Inc. has always maintained a laser-like focus on providing world-class logistics for our technology reseller customers. Getting products in and shipping them out on time is our core mission, and it’s what we’ve built our company upon. We’ve made a promise to our customers that we’ll always get them what they need, when they need it. And we’ve made a promise to our manufacturer partners to help grow the markets they serve by recruiting, educating and offering business-building services to resellers.

But unlike some distributors, we are fully invested in the products we deliver. The technology solutions in our distribution center aren’t just boxes waiting to be shipped – they help tell the story of who we are and where we’re going.

Since 1992, ScanSource, Inc. has been transformed from a start-up company with a handful of employees to an international leader in the distribution of specialty technology. In those 15 years, the company has maintained a steady rate of growth, in part because of strategic decisions to enter new technology markets.

From our beginnings as bar code and point-of-sale specialists through the addition of voice/data, convergence, security and videoconferencing solutions to our product line, ScanSource, Inc. has built a foundation of growth by consistently embracing new technologies and bringing our model of efficient delivery and expert logistics to customers in new markets.

At ScanSource, Inc., we’re proud to say that we are a different kind of distributor. And proud that technology has helped

build the foundation of growth that will carry us into the future.

ScanSource® INC


LOGO

 

ScanSource®

AIDC/POS

Automatic Identification and Data Capture/Point-of-Sale

ScanSource, Inc. began in 1992 with what seemed at the time like a radical idea: To bring efficient, expert logistics and distribution services to the bar coding and automatic identification and data capture (AIDC) marketplace. The technology was growing rapidly, particularly in manufacturing and retail environments, and soon after, ScanSource added point-of-sale (POS) solutions and peripherals as a natural fit to its product line.

Today, these products are being used in an ever-expanding number of business settings in a variety of markets. A strong surge in the usage of mobile AIDC devices continues to create new applications for the technology in diverse markets as healthcare, manufacturing, education, field services, government, finance and many others, setting the stage for powerful growth into the future. And applications such as wireless point-of-sale are providing new opportunities for POS resellers.

“The mobilization of the workforce through AIDC and POS technologies is creating so many new opportunities for businesses of all types and these opportunities are growing by the day. At ScanSource, it’s part of our mission to educate our reseller customers on all of the new ways they can profit from the strengthened productivity and efficiency these products can provide to businesses.”

Cynthia Hardwick

Sale Representative

ScanSource

page 1


LOGO

 

CatalystTelecom. Paracon

Communications

Communications

ScanSource, Inc. helped transform the communications marketplace in 1997 by introducing Catalyst Telecom as the first two-tier distributor in the telecommunications market to focus exclusively on resellers. In 2002, the Paracon sales unit was formed to specialize in products that provide the building blocks for convergence solutions, giving the company’s customers access to a complete lineup of communications products.

The emergence of Voice over IP (VoIP) in the convergence space is opening up powerful opportunities for dealers to help end users save money and improve their communications processes by allowing them to manage just one network instead of two. With VoIP, voice and data can be consolidated onto a single network, making network management costs lower and reducing a user’s total number of suppliers.

“We’ve reached a defining moment for convergence and have arrived at the point where it is no longer an emerging technology. With more and more end users moving away from traditional voice systems to converged solutions that save money and increase the productivity of their employees, there is now no turning back. Convergence is the future.”

David Watson

Product Manager

Catalyst Telecom

page 2


LOGO

 

ScanSource EUROPE

ScanSource LATINAMERICA

ScanSource MEXICO

ScanSource UK

International

A Foundation for Growth Internationally.

Some of ScanSource, Inc.’s most significant growth in recent years has come from its international segment, including ScanSource Europe and ScanSource Latin America. Five years after opening for business, ScanSource Europe has enjoyed strong success in creating a new, more efficient means for products to go to market in Europe. ScanSource Latin America has strengthened its presence in Mexico, Central and South America, becoming the leading source for specialty technology products in those geographies.

And the opportunity for growth is only beginning. While these sales units have largely focused on providing automatic identification and data collection and point-of-sale products to date, both ScanSource Europe and ScanSource Latin America have the opportunity to add to their product portfolios through the introduction of ScanSource, Inc.’s other technologies.

“We’ve proven that our business model works internationally. Resellers have responded in strong numbers to our message of product availability and fast delivery. That foundation we’ve established will allow us to build on it as we introduce new technologies to these markets in the future.”

Alexandra Dhantis

Product Asset Manager

ScanSource Europe

page 3


LOGO

 

ScanSource SECURITY DISTRIBUTION

Security

Security

With the creation of ScanSource Security in 2004, ScanSource, Inc. embarked on a mission to bring the same level of efficient logistics and fast product delivery to the security marketplace. Demand for security solutions like surveillance, intrusion detection and access control has surged in recent years as business owners look for new ways to protect their employees and company assets.

The growth in Internet Protocol (IP) surveillance solutions is transforming the security industry, providing end users with strong return on investment and more reliable protection. New applications are emerging that combine video, communications and information technology to deliver customized security solutions for specific types of businesses.

“There’s never been a better time to be a part of the security marketplace. Digital technology is making it easier than ever for businesses and individuals to protect themselves. IP surveillance facilitates remote monitoring from almost any location, and video enhancement techniques are making it possible to actually prevent crime rather than merely react to it.”

Dean Ross

Product Manager

ScanSource Security

page 4


LOGO

 

T2supply

Videoconferencing

Videoconferencing

The acquisition of T2 Supply in 2006 gave ScanSource, Inc. a strong foothold in one of the fastest growing technology segments – videoconferencing. With new security concerns and the increasing challenges in air travel, many companies are opting to keep their employees at home rather than dealing with the hassles and expense of traveling.

But meetings still must be held, even if employees can’t travel to hold them. That’s where videoconferencing comes in, and it’s why the usage of this unique technology will only continue to grow well into the future. Like the other technologies represented by ScanSource, Inc., videoconferencing has been enhanced by the emergence of IP as the pervasive network technology, as it offers standard connectivity, easier set-up and cost-savings. T2 Supply has become a leader in this space, having been recognized by videoconferencing manufacturer Polycom as its “Distributor of the Year” for three consecutive years.

“More people in the United States now meet electronically than in person. Videoconferencing brings business people face-to-face without the hassles of travel, and provides a new level of data sharing that makes it easier for partners to collaborate.”

Amy Krueger

Sale Representative

T2 Supply

page 5


LOGO

 

ScanSource® INC.

To our Shareholders

In the 15 years since our founding in 1992, the employees of ScanSource, Inc. have built a strong legacy that continues to guide our company into the future. In the beginning, our mission was clear and precise: to help our manufacturer partners grow by bringing an unprecedented level of efficiency, logistics expertise and value-added services to an area of the technology marketplace that wasn’t currently served by our two-tier distribution model.

And in the years since, that idea has served as ScanSource’s “Foundation for Growth” as we have moved from serving the Automatic Identification and Data Capture (AIDC) and Point-of-Sale (POS) markets into new technology segments such as Communications, Security and Videoconferencing. Each time we bring our brand of distribution into a new technology market, we focus on the same core principles – offering fast, hassle-free delivery, maintaining a large inventory of the best-of-breed products in the industry, recruiting new resellers to the market and providing them with comprehensive training, technical support, integration capabilities, marketing assistance and other value-added services to help them succeed.

This is the foundation that has served our company so well for 15 years and that we believe will continue to offer new opportunities to ScanSource as we look to apply our model to new technologies in the future and expand our current technologies into new geographies. On behalf of all of the employees of ScanSource, Inc., I’m pleased to report that our company’s “Foundation for Growth” helped us once again deliver strong results in Fiscal Year 2007.

ScanSource posted record net sales revenues of $1.99 billion this year, up 19% from $1.67 billion for the year ended June 30, 2006. In addition, net income rose to $42.6 million compared to $39.8 million for the previous year. And diluted earnings per share increased to $1.63, moving up from $1.53 per share in Fiscal Year 2006.

“Each time we bring our brand of distribution into a new technology market, we focus on the same core principles-offering fast, hassle-free delivery and maintaining a large inventory of the best-of-breed products in the industry so that our customers can always get what they want, when they want it.”

Mike Baur

Chief Executive Officer

ScanSource, Inc.

page 6


LOGO

 

The past year was one of significant progress for our company in a number of areas.

We’re excited about two well-deserved promotions on our executive team that will have a significant impact on our future success. In June 2007, Scott Benbenek was named President of Worldwide Operations after serving as Executive Vice President, Corporate Operations, since 2002. Scott will oversee operations for all business units in all geographies under my direction and will be responsible for managing the company’s continued profit in all of its technology segments. In addition, Andrea Meade was promoted to Executive Vice President of Operations and Corporate Development after serving as Executive Vice President, Corporate Operations, since 2002.

Both Scott and Andrea possess a wealth of distribution experience and are strategic leaders who will be critical to our growth in the future. Having them in these key positions gives our executive management team increased capacity and leadership.

Additionally, our company is building on its “Foundation for Growth” in other ways that will prepare us for future success. In April 2007, we announced the planned relocation of our Memphis distribution center to a facility in Southaven, Mississippi, that will accommodate nearly 600,000 square feet with an optional additional 147,000 square feet of available expansion space – a considerable increase from the 367,000 square feet available in our current distribution center. The new location will be even closer to the Memphis airport and the major freight carrier hubs in the region and ensures that we will continue to have a large inventory that is ready to ship as our company grows.

Also in April, we increased our multi-currency credit facility to $200 million under the same terms and conditions as our previous facility. This agreement gives us the flexibility to continue to grow our operations and make strategic investments for the future.

Our Automatic Identification and Data Capture and Point-of-Sale business unit continues to take advantage of the many opportunities for growth through the increased adoption of new mobility solutions and other factors. Vendors are continuing to shift more business to the indirect channel, and we look for continued growth in these markets. We strengthened our line card in this segment in 2007, adding wireless solutions from Cisco to our product lineup. This new relationship gives our customers access to leading wireless network products, helping them stay on the leading edge and remain competitive in their offerings.

The Catalyst Telecom and Paracon business units continue to deliver solid results, with new opportunities available through the emergence of Voice over IP (VoIP) in the convergence space. Catalyst introduced a comprehensive convergence education program, CommEdge, to help dealers take advantage of this growing technology. CommEdge includes training at sites throughout the country, plus an online web portal with a wide variety of resources for getting started. Paracon will benefit from the renewed focus of one of its leading vendors, which occurred when Eicon purchased the media and signaling business from Intel in October 2006 and re-branded the company as Dialogic. Dialogic is focused exclusively on creating world-class convergence products, and Paracon’s strong partnership with the company bodes well for the future.

ScanSource Security continued its rapid growth rate this year, adding a host of new vendors to its line card, including Sony Electronics, Axis Communications, DSC and DVTel, among many others. The company is transforming the way security products are purchased and delivered. When ScanSource Security was founded in late 2004, the bulk of its sales were of card printer solutions, which had previously been part of the ScanSource line card. In the years since, ScanSource Security has experienced tremendous growth in the sales of traditional security products such as surveillance, intrusion and access control solutions, providing powerful evidence that our two-tier model is re-shaping the security marketplace and giving security dealers a viable option for faster delivery and expert logistics.

$1.47

$1.67

$1.99

05 06 07

Net Sales

Fiscal year ended June 30

($ in billions)

page 7


LOGO

 

In addition, ScanSource Security strengthened its educational offerings this year by creating the IP Center, a comprehensive resource for resellers who want to learn more about IP-based physical security solutions. The IP Center includes a website at www.scansourcesecurity. com/ipcenter where resellers can learn the basics of networking, network-based video and access control technologies. The program also includes workshops held across the country.

Our newest business unit, T2 Supply, was acquired in July 2006 and gives us a firm foothold in the videoconferencing space. Like our other business units, T2 has built on its success since joining the ScanSource, Inc. family, adding new customers and employees and strengthening sales in the past year. As more and more companies seek videoconferencing solutions in the wake of travel difficulties, we expect this business unit to continue its high rate of growth.

Internationally, our foundation for growth is stronger than ever. Both ScanSource Europe and ScanSource Latin America continue to enjoy rising sales and the addition of new customers and vendor partnerships. Each unit is the clear leader for AIDC and POS products in their respective geographies, and their success in providing these solutions offers new opportunities for our company as we look to begin offering additional technologies in Latin America and Europe.

We believe our rapid growth internationally is further proof that resellers and vendors prefer our brand of distribution. Our pledge to never compete with our reseller customers by selling to end users continues to resonate with VARs in Latin American and Europe just as it did in North America, and more vendors than ever are embracing our value-added model of logistics expertise and value-added services that help to attract new partners and grow the market overall.

Looking to the future, ScanSource will continue to make investments in the education and support of our reseller customers. In July, we held our first-ever IMPACT NOW conference for resellers in San Diego, bringing together leading vendor executives and solution providers for a day of learning and networking. A strong lineup of business consultants were on-hand to offer guidance on the issues that are of critical importance to resellers today, including finding and retaining top sales talent, strengthening customer loyalty, finding investment capital, beating Internet competition, mergers and acquisitions and strengthening sales. A second IMPACT NOW conference will be held in Orlando this November.

As in years past, our company’s long track record of growth has been recognized nationally. For the third consecutive year, ScanSource was named to Forbes’ “Best Big Companies” list based on a five-year total return percentage of 23.7% as computed by the magazine. ScanSource ranked sixth out of all technology companies and 131st overall on the list. The company also moved up to number 956 on the Fortune 1000 list of America’s largest corporations. The list is based on criteria such as company revenue, profits, market value and earnings per share, and is evidence of the powerful execution of our business plan by our employees.

In so many ways, Fiscal Year 2007 was another banner year for ScanSource, Inc., and we believe our prospects for additional growth have never been brighter. The “Foundation for Growth” we’ve established since 1992 has prepared us for the future and given us a legacy to build on as we move into new technology markets and position the company for the years ahead. I look forward to telling you about more exciting results from ScanSource, Inc. in the future.

Sincerely,

Mike Baur

Chief Executive Officer

ScanSource, Inc.

$35.6

$39.8

$42.6

05 06 07

Net Income

Fiscal year ended June 30

($ in millions)

page 8


Selected Financial Data

 

The selected financial data below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis” and Scan Source , Inc.’s (the “Company”) consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this annual report.

 

The following statement of income data and balance sheet data were derived from the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

       Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

       2007

     2006

     2005

     2004

     2003

       (In thousands, except per share data)

Statement of income data:

                                            

Net sales

     $ 1,986,927      $ 1,665,600      $ 1,469,094      $ 1,192,090      $ 991,194

Cost of goods sold

       1,776,255        1,497,248        1,319,368        1,060,310        879,311
      


  

    


  


  

Gross profit

       210,672        168,352        149,726        131,780        111,883

Selling, general and administrative expenses

       135,339        105,042        90,970        83,601        72,970
      


  

    


  


  

Operating income

       75,333        63,310        58,756        48,179        38,913

Interest expense (income), net

       6,804        1,620        1,264        601        869

Other expense (income), net

       (144 )      57        (413 )      (169 )      501
      


  

    


  


  

Total other expense

       6,660        1,677        851        432        1,370
      


  

    


  


  

Income before income taxes, minority interest and extraordinary gain

       68,673        61,633        57,905        47,747        37,543

Provision for income taxes

       25,987        21,592        22,010        18,489        15,690

Minority interest in income of consolidated subsidiaries, net of taxes

       60        225        291        137        530
      


  

    


  


  

Net income

     $ 42,626      $ 39,816      $ 35,604      $ 29,121      $ 21,323
      


  

    


  


  

Net income per common share, basic

     $ 1.65      $ 1.56      $ 1.41      $ 1.17      $ 0.89
      


  

    


  


  

Weighted-average shares outstanding, basic

       25,773        25,491        25,254        24,970        24,026
      


  

    


  


  

Net income per share, assuming dilution

     $ 1.63      $ 1.53      $ 1.37      $ 1.13      $ 0.87
      


  

    


  


  

Weighted-average shares outstanding, assuming dilution

       26,213        26,034        25,927        25,775        24,575
      


  

    


  


  

       As of June 30,

       2007

     2006

     2005

     2004

     2003

Balance sheet data:

                                            

Working capital

     $ 352,955      $ 262,171      $ 219,851      $ 184,626      $ 113,711

Total assets

       738,448        617,497        469,604        414,764        345,716
Total long-term obligations (including current portion)        107,730        32,185        37,878        40,007        8,299

Total shareholders’ equity

       324,744        273,409        225,212        184,752        149,108

 

9


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Certain statements within this annual report to shareholders and the documents incorporated by reference herein that are not historical facts are “forward-looking statements” as described in the “safe harbor” provision of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements involve a number of risks and uncertainties and actual results could differ materially from those projected. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially include the following: the matters related to the investigation by the Special Committee, and related activities, as described in more detail Note 1A to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included Part II, Item 8 of the Company’s amended Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended June 30, 2006, the Company’s dependence on vendors, product supply and availability, senior management, centralized functions and third-party shippers; the Company’s ability to compete successfully in a highly competitive market and to manage significant additions in personnel and increases in working capital; the Company’s ability to collect outstanding accounts receivable; the Company’s entry into new product markets in which it has no prior experience; the Company’s susceptibility to quarterly fluctuations in net sales and results of operations; the Company’s ability to manage successfully pricing or stock rotation opportunities associated with inventory value decreases; narrow profit margins; inventory risks due to shifts in market demand; dependence on information systems; credit exposure due to the deterioration in the financial condition of our customers; a downturn in the general economy; the inability to obtain required capital; potential adverse effects of acquisitions; fluctuations in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and exposure to foreign markets (the imposition of governmental controls, currency devaluations, export license requirements, restrictions on the export of certain technology, dependence on third party freight forwarders and the third party warehouse in Europe, political instability, trade restrictions, tariff changes, difficulties in staffing and managing international operations, changes in the interpretation and enforcement of laws (in particular related to items such as duty and taxation), difficulties in collecting accounts receivable, longer collection periods and the impact of local economic conditions and practices); the impact of changes in income tax legislation; acts of war or terrorism; exposure to natural disasters; potential impact of labor strikes; volatility of common stock; the accuracy of forecast data and changes in accounting standards. Additional discussion of these and other factors affecting our business and prospects is contained in our periodic filings with the SEC, copies of which can be obtained at our Investor Relations website at www.scansource.com. Please refer to the cautionary statements and important factors discussed in Item 1A “Risk Factors” of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2007 for further information. This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with “Selected Financial Data” and the Financial Statements and the Notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

 

Overview

 

Scan Source , Inc. is a leading distributor of specialty technology products, providing value-added distribution sales to resellers in the specialty technology markets. The Company distributes more than 40,000 products worldwide. The Company has two geographic distribution segments: one serving North America from the Memphis, Tennessee distribution center, and an international segment currently serving Latin America (including Mexico) and Europe. The North American distribution segment markets automatic identification and data capture (“AIDC”) and point-of-sale (“POS”) products through the Scan Source sales unit; voice, data and converged communications equipment through its Catalyst Telecom sales unit; voice, data and converged communications products through its Para con sales unit; video conferencing and telephony products through its T2 Supply unit; electronic security products and wireless infrastructure products through its Scan Source Security Distribution unit. The international distribution segment markets AIDC and POS products through its Scan Source sales unit.

 

The Company was incorporated in December 1992 and is headquartered in Greenville, South Carolina. The Company serves North America from a single, centrally located distribution center located near the FedEx hub in Memphis, Tennessee (expected to be relocated to Southaven, Mississippi in October 2007). The single warehouse and strong management information system form the cornerstone of the Company’s cost-driven operational strategy that, along with our growth through acquisitions and organic market share increases, has caused operating income to grow at an average annual growth rate of 20.0% over the past five years, while sales have grown at an average annual rate of 18.8% to approximately $2.0 billion over the same period. This strategy has been expanded to Latin America and Europe, with distribution centers located in Florida and Mexico, and in Belgium, respectively.

 

10


North American Distribution Segment

 

The Company’s North American distribution segment sells products exclusively to resellers and integrators in large and growing technology markets. Key AIDC vendors include Cisco, Datalogic, Handheld Products, Intermec, Metrologic, Motorola and Zebra, and some leading POS lines include APG, Cherry Elo, Epson, IBM, Microsoft, NCR, and Posiflex. Key communications vendors include Avaya, Extreme Networks, Juniper Networks, Plantronics and Polycom, while Dialogic supplies key components for the converged communications market. Key electronic security vendors include Alvarion, Axis, Datacard, DSC, Fargo, HID, Keyscan, Panasonic, Sony, Tropos and Zebra Card. In July 2006, the Company purchased the assets of T2 Supply, LLC (“T2”) allowing the Company to enhance its long-term convergence strategy by adding video conferencing products and expertise, and to provide cross-selling opportunities to T2’s customer base of voice and video conferencing resellers. Growth in net sales has been principally driven by the acquisition of T2, intensive marketing efforts to recruit new reseller customers, selective expansion of the Company’s product lines, and the addition of new vendors. During fiscal 2008, the North American distribution center located in Memphis, Tennessee will be replaced when the Company relocates to a 600,000 square foot facility in Southaven, Mississippi in order to meet the current and near-term growth requirements of the North American business.

 

International Distribution Segment

 

The Company’s international distribution segment sells AIDC and POS products exclusively to resellers and integrators in the Latin American (including Mexican) and European markets principally from the same product manufacturers as those sold by the North American distribution segment. Marketing efforts to recruit new reseller customers, competitive product pricing, the addition of new vendors, and strategic acquisitions have driven growth in net sales.

 

The international distribution segment commenced operations in November 2001, when the Company acquired 52% of the common stock of Netpoint International, Inc. (“Netpoint”), a Miami-based distributor of AIDC and POS equipment to the Latin American market. In January 2002, the Company launched its pan-European strategy with the establishment of a distribution center and sales office in Belgium. In May 2002, the Company purchased ABC Technology Distribution (“ABC”), a distributor of AIDC and POS products based in the United Kingdom, allowing the Company to expand its European operations and make additional sales to former ABC customers in the United Kingdom. In March 2003, the Company completed its consolidation of the UK distribution center into the Belgium facility. In April 2005, the Company purchased Europdata Connect UK Ltd. (“EDC”), expanding its presence in the UK and the Netherlands. The Company has centralized its accounting, merchandising, information technology and sales management in the Belgium headquarters location.

 

Cost Control/Profitability

 

The Company’s operating income growth has been driven by increasing gross profit and disciplined control of operating expenses. The Company’s operations feature a scalable information system, streamlined management, and centralized distribution, enabling it to achieve the economies of scale necessary for cost-effective order fulfillment. From its inception, the Company has managed its general and administrative expenses by maintaining strong cost controls. However, in order to continue to grow its markets, the Company has invested in new initiatives including investments in new geographic markets of Europe and Latin America, increased marketing efforts to recruit resellers, enhancements of employee benefit plans to retain employees, and in the strategic acquisition of T2 by the North American distribution segment.

 

11


Results of Operations

 

The following table sets forth for the periods indicated certain income and expense items as a percentage of net sales:

 

       Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

 
       2007

    2006

    2005

 

Statement of income data:

                    

Net sales

     100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %

Cost of goods sold

     89.4     89.9     89.8  
      

 

 

Gross profit

     10.6     10.1     10.2  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     6.8     6.3     6.2  
      

 

 

Operating income

     3.8     3.8     4.0  

Interest expense (income), net

     0.3     0.1     0.1  

Other expense (income), net

     —       —       —    
      

 

 

Total other expense

     0.3     0.1     0.1  
      

 

 

Income before income taxes and minority interest

     3.5     3.7     3.9  

Provision for income taxes

     1.3     1.3     1.5  

Minority interest in income of consolidated subsidiaries, net of income taxes

     —       —       —    
      

 

 

Net income

     2.2 %   2.4 %   2.4 %
      

 

 

 

 

12


Comparison of Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2007 and 2006

 

Net Sales

 

The following tables summarize the Company’s net sales results (net of inter-segment sales):

 

Product Category

 

       2007

     2006

     Difference

     Percentage
Change


 
       (In thousands)         

AIDC, POS and security products

     $ 1,200,497      $ 988,338      $ 212,159      21.5 %

Communications products

       786,430        677,262        109,168      16.1 %
      

    

    

        

Net Sales

     $ 1,986,927      $ 1,665,600      $ 321,327      19.3 %
      

    

    

        

 

Geographic Segments

 

       2007

     2006

     Difference

     Percentage
Change


 
       (In thousands)         

North American distribution

     $ 1,669,648      $ 1,441,791      $ 227,857      15.8 %

International distribution

       317,279        223,809        93,470      41.8 %
      

    

    

        

Net Sales

     $ 1,986,927      $ 1,665,600      $ 321,327      19.3 %
      

    

    

        

 

North American Distribution

 

North American distribution sales include sales to technology resellers in the United States and Canada from the Company’s Memphis, Tennessee distribution center. Sales to technology resellers in Canada account for less than 5% of total net sales for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007 and 2006. The 15.8% increase in North American distribution sales for the year ended June 30, 2007, as compared to the same period in the prior year, was due to strong AIDC and communication sales.

 

Sales of the AIDC, POS and security product categories for the North America distribution segment increased 15.5% as compared to the prior year. The Scan Source selling unit benefited from the AIDC business’s gain in market share. Training, education and marketing investments for the Scan Source Security Distribution sales unit also contributed to the gain in market share.

 

Sales of communications products increased 16.1% as compared to the prior year. The communications business included increased market share for T2 Supply, a sales unit acquired on July 3, 2006. The majority of the increase in the communications products business was due to the inclusion of T2 Supply in this year’s results. Both Catalyst Telecom and Para con , which distribute communication products, experienced sales growth due to increased market share in certain lines and the addition of new vendors.

 

International Distribution

 

The international distribution segment includes sales to Latin America (including Mexico) and Europe from the Scan Source selling unit. Sales for the overall international segment increased approximately 41.8% or $93.5 million as compared to the prior year. The increase in sales was primarily attributable to gain in market share in Europe and Latin America. Strong sales growth for the year ended June 30, 2007 was experienced in the United Kingdom, France, Germany, Mexico, Argentina and Chile compared to the prior year.

 

13


Sales during the year ended June 30, 2007 were favorably impacted by foreign exchange fluctuations of $16.9 million. Without the foreign exchange fluctuations, the increase for the year would have been 34.2% or $76.6 million. Although management cannot forecast the future direction of foreign exchange rate movements, if significant unfavorable changes in exchange rates occur, net sales of the segment could be adversely affected.

 

Gross Profit

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s gross profit:

 

                                  Percentage of
Net Sales


 
       2007

     2006

     Difference

     Change

    2007

    2006

 
       (In thousands)                     

North American distribution

     $ 169,627      $ 138,168      $ 31,459      22.8 %   10.2 %   9.6 %

International distribution

       41,045        30,184        10,861      36.0 %   12.9 %   13.5 %
      

    

    

                    

Gross Profit

     $ 210,672      $ 168,352      $ 42,320      25.1 %   10.6 %   10.1 %
      

    

    

                    

 

North American Distribution

 

Gross profit for the North American distribution segment increased $31.5 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007 as compared to the prior fiscal year. The increase in gross profit for the year ended June 30, 2007 is a result of increased sales volume of the segment.

 

Gross profit as a percentage of net sales for the North American distribution segment increased to 10.2% of sales for fiscal year 2007 as compared to 9.6% of sales for the prior fiscal year. The increase from the prior year is due to a favorable product and customer mix, including higher services revenues, and to the attainment of additional rebates from vendor programs.

 

International Distribution

 

Gross profit for the international distribution segment increased $10.9 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007 as compared to the prior fiscal year. The increase was primarily due to increased distribution volume.

 

Gross profit, as a percentage of net sales, which is typically greater than the North American distribution segment, decreased from the prior year. Gross margin decreased due to the sales mix of larger deals with lower value-add requirements, primarily in Europe. In Latin America, strategic deals in an increasingly competitive market resulted in lower margins.

 

Operating Expenses

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s operating expenses:

 

                                  Percentage of
Net Sales


 
       2007

     2006

     Difference

     Change

    2007

    2006

 
       (In thousands)                     

Fiscal year ended

     $ 135,339      $ 105,042      $ 30,297      28.8 %   6.8 %   6.3 %

 

14


For the year ended June 30, 2007, operating expenses increased compared to the prior year due principally to special committee expenses of $9.9 million related to the Company’s stock option investigation, incremental, including T2 Supply, increases in employee headcount and related benefits of approximately $11.5 million, the recognition of higher bad debt expense of approximately $6.2 million, and amortization expense for T2 Supply intangible assets of $1.9 million.

 

Operating expenses, as a percentage of sales, increased from the prior year. Greater economies of scale in the current year were offset by special committee expenses referred to above. Pursuant to achieving internal goals during the year ended June 30, 2007, the Company recorded profit-sharing expense of $5.5 million compared to $5.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2006.

 

The Company continues to invest in North America customer training and development programs for new technologies and vertical marketing (such as converged communications and IMPACT NOW), its electronic security business, and additional resources for its rapidly growing T2 Supply business. In addition, the Company continues to invest in Europe and Latin America due to its growth potential in those markets. In Europe, the Company has expanded geographically, increased marketing, and increased employee headcount. With respect to its Latin American market, the Company has increased employee headcount in Miami and Mexico City in order to serve an expanding customer base and continues to offer VAR education and training events.

 

Operating Income

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s operating income:

 

                                  Percentage of
Net Sales


 
       2007

     2006

     Difference

     Change

    2006

    2005

 
       (In thousands)                     

Fiscal year ended

     $ 75,333      $ 63,310      $ 12,023      19.0 %   3.8 %   3.8 %

 

Operating income increased 19.0% or $12.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2007 as compared to the prior year. The increase was a result of increased sales volume and improved gross profit margins.

 

Operating income as a percentage of net sales remained consistent compared to the prior year.

 

Total Other Expense (Income)

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s total other expense (income):

 

                           Percentage of
Net Sales


 
       2007

     2006

     Difference

     Change

    2007

    2006

 
       (In thousands)                            

Interest expense

     $ 7,689      $ 2,187      $ 5,502      251.6 %   0.4 %   0.1 %

Interest income

       (885 )      (567 )      (318 )    56.1 %   0.0 %   0.0 %

Net foreign exchange losses (gains)

       190        115        75      65.2 %   0.0 %   0.0 %

Other, net

       (334 )      (58 )      (276 )    475.9 %   0.0 %   0.0 %
      


  


  


                  

Total other expense (income)

     $ 6,660      $ 1,677      $ 4,983      297.1 %   0.3 %   0.1 %
      


  


  


                  

 

15


Interest expense for the years ended June 30, 2007 and 2006 was $7.7 million and $2.2 million, respectively, reflecting interest paid on borrowings on the Company’s line of credit and long-term debt. Interest expense for the current year increased primarily due to higher average debt balances as a result of the acquisition of T2 Supply at the beginning of the fiscal year and to additional working capital requirements financed through an increase in the revolving credit facility.

 

Interest income for the year ended June 30, 2007 increased by approximately $318,000 over the prior year, principally as a result of higher interest-bearing receivables.

 

Foreign exchange gains and losses consist of foreign currency transactional and functional currency re-measurements, offset by net foreign currency exchange contract gains and losses. Net foreign exchange losses were $190,000 and $115,000 for the years ended June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The change in foreign exchange gains and losses for the year ended June 30, 2007 as compared to the prior year are primarily the result of fluctuations in the value of the Euro versus the British Pound, and to a lesser extent, the U.S. Dollar versus other currencies. The Company utilizes foreign exchange contracts and debt in non-functional currencies to hedge foreign currency exposure. The Company’s foreign exchange policy prohibits entering into speculative transactions.

 

Provision For Income Taxes

 

Income tax expense was $26.0 million and $21.6 million for the years ended June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively, reflecting an effective income tax rate of 37.8% and 35.0%, respectively. The increase in the tax rate is attributable to the prior year utilization of foreign net operating loss carryforwards.

 

Minority Interest in Income of Consolidated Subsidiaries

 

The Company recorded $60,000 and $225,000, respectively, of minority interest income in fiscal 2007 and 2006 for Netpoint’s minority shareholders. The decrease in minority interest income relates to the Company’s purchase of additional equity in Netpoint.

 

Net Income

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s net income:

 

                                  Percentage of
Net Sales


 
       2007

     2006

     Difference

     Change

    2007

    2006

 
       (In thousands)                     

Fiscal year ended

     $ 42,626      $ 39,816      $ 2,810      7.1 %   2.1 %   2.4 %

 

The increase in the amount of net income in 2007 from 2006 is attributable to the changes in operating profits discussed above. Net income as a percentage of net sales decreased primarily due to the lower tax rate in 2006 compared to 2007, special committee costs of $9.9 million in 2007, and higher interest expense of $5.5 million in 2007, all as discussed above.

 

16


Comparison of Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005

 

Net Sales

 

The following tables summarize the Company’s net sales results (net of inter-segment sales):

 

Product Category

 

       2006

     2005

     Difference

     Percentage
Change


 
       (In thousands)         

AIDC and POS products

     $ 988,338      $ 876,069      $ 112,269      12.8 %

Converged communications products

       677,262        593,025        84,237      14.2 %
      

    

    

        

Net Sales

     $ 1,665,600      $ 1,469,094      $ 196,506      13.4 %
      

    

    

        

 

Geographic Segments

                                   
       2006

     2005

     Difference

     Percentage
Change


 
       (In thousands)         

North American distribution

     $ 1,441,791      $ 1,296,211      $ 145,580      11.2 %

International distribution

       223,809        172,883        50,926      29.5 %
      

    

    

        

Net Sales

     $ 1,665,600      $ 1,469,094      $ 196,506      13.4 %
      

    

    

        

 

North American Distribution

 

North American distribution sales include sales to technology resellers in the United States and Canada from the Company’s Memphis, Tennessee distribution center. Sales to technology resellers in Canada account for less than 5% of total net sales for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2006 and 2005. The 11.2% increase in North American distribution sales for the year ended June 30, 2006, as compared to the same period in the prior year, was due to gain in market share and new product lines.

 

Sales of the AIDC and POS product categories for the North America distribution segment increased 8.7% as compared to the prior year. Sales for the Scan Source Security Distribution sales unit, created during the quarter ended December 31, 2004, were immaterial for the year ended June 30, 2006 and have been included in the AIDC and POS product category for both periods. The Scan Source selling unit benefited from market share gain in AIDC and POS products, and from an increase in the number of large resellers who had previously purchased direct from manufacturers.

 

Sales of converged communications products increased 14.2% as compared to the prior year. Both Catalyst Telecom , which distributes small and medium business (SMBS) and enterprise (ECG) products, and Para con , which distributes communication products, experienced sales growth due to new product lines and increased demand.

 

International Distribution

 

The international distribution segment includes sales to Latin America (including Mexico) and Europe from the Scan Source selling unit. Sales for the overall international segment increased approximately 29.5% or $50.9 million as compared to the prior year. The increase in sales was primarily attributable to obtaining additional AIDC market share in Europe and Latin America. Strong sales growth for the year ended June 30, 2006 was experienced in Mexico, the United Kingdom, France, Germany, Belgium and the Netherlands compared to the prior year.

 

17


Sales during the year ended June 30, 2006 were negatively impacted by foreign exchange fluctuations of $7.4 million. Without the foreign exchange fluctuations, the increase for the year would have been 33.7% or $58.3 million. Although management cannot forecast the future direction of foreign exchange rate movements, if significant unfavorable changes in exchange rates occur, net sales of the segment could be adversely affected.

 

Gross Profit

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s gross profit:

 

      

2006


    

2005


    

Difference


    

Change


    Percentage of Net Sales

 
                        2006

    2005

 
       (In thousands)                     

North American distribution

     $ 138,168      $ 130,411      $ 7,757      5.9 %   9.6 %   10.1 %

International distribution

       30,184        19,315        10,869      56.3 %   13.5 %   11.2 %
      

    

    

                    

Gross Profit

     $ 168,352      $ 149,726      $ 18,626      12.4 %   10.1 %   10.2 %
      

    

    

                    

 

North American Distribution

 

Gross profit for the North American distribution segment increased $7.8 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006 as compared to the prior fiscal year. The increase in gross profit for the year ended June 30, 2006 is a result of increased sales volume of the segment.

 

Gross profit as a percentage of net sales for the North American distribution segment decreased to 9.6% of sales for fiscal year 2006 as compared to 10.1% of sales for the prior fiscal year. The decrease from the prior year is due to a greater percentage of orders to larger resellers who have a lower value-add requirement, and to changes in vendor purchasing programs, which had the effect of increasing unit costs. The change in vendor purchasing programs is a combination of decreased program benefits and higher year on year sales volume with fixed dollar incentives on certain programs.

 

International Distribution

 

Gross profit for the international distribution segment increased $10.9 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006 as compared to the prior fiscal year. The increase was primarily due to increased volume, and increased volume related benefits of vendor programs in the current year.

 

Gross profit, as a percentage of net sales, which is typically greater than the North American distribution segment, increased over the prior year. Gross margin increased due to the mix of sales to large resellers with lower value-add requirements, which was higher in the prior year, primarily in Europe, and to the volume related benefits of vendor programs in the current year.

 

Operating Expenses

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s operating expenses:

 

      

2006


    

2005


    

Difference


    

Change


    Percentage of Net Sales

 
                        2006

    2005

 
       (In thousands)                     

Fiscal year ended

     $ 105,042      $ 90,970      $ 14,072      15.5 %   6.3 %   6.2 %

 

18


For the year ended June 30, 2006, operating expenses as a percentage of sales increased slightly compared to the prior year. The increase is due principally to the recognition of $3.2 million in compensation expense related to the Company’s adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Statement No. 123(R).

 

The year ended June 30, 2006 benefited from greater economies of scale, especially internationally, partially offset by expenses associated with the Company’s worldwide expansion of capacity and employee headcount. Further, the Company continued investment in its security business, and investment in value added services and marketing programs for customers. Pursuant to achieving internal goals during the year ended June 30, 2006, the Company recorded profit-sharing expense of $5.0 million compared to $4.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2005.

 

Operating Income

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s operating income:

 

      

2006


    

2005


    

Difference


    

Change


    Percentage of Net Sales

 
                        2006

    2005

 
       (In thousands)                     

Fiscal year ended

     $ 63,310      $ 58,756      $ 4,554      7.8 %   3.8 %   4.0 %

 

Operating income increased 7.8% or $4.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2006 as compared to the prior year. The increase was a result of increased sales volume and improved international gross profit margin percentages.

 

Operating income as a percentage of net sales decreased compared to the prior year. The decrease is primarily due to additional compensation expense related to the Company’s adoption of FASB Statement No. 123(R).

 

Total Other Expense (Income)

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s total other expense (income):

 

      

2006


    

2005


    

Difference


    

Change


    Percentage of Net Sales

 
                    2006

    2005

 
       (In thousands)                            

Interest expense

     $ 2,187      $ 2,127      $ 60      2.8 %   0.1 %   0.1 %

Interest income

       (567 )      (863 )      296      -34.3 %   0.0 %   -0.1 %

Net foreign exchange losses (gains)

       115        (355 )      470      -132.4 %   0.0 %   0.0 %

Other, net

       (58 )      (58 )      —        0.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %
      


  


  

                    

Total other expense (income)

     $ 1,677      $ 851      $ 826      97.1 %   0.1 %   0.1 %
      


  


  

                    

 

Interest expense for the years ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 was $2.2 million and $2.1 million, respectively, reflecting interest paid on borrowings on the Company’s line of credit and long-term debt. Interest expense for the year remained comparable to the prior year due to higher interest rates on lower average borrowings on the Company’s line of credit over the past year.

 

19


Interest income for the year ended June 30, 2006 decreased by approximately $0.3 million over the prior year, principally as a result of lower interest-bearing receivables.

 

Foreign exchange gains and losses consist of foreign currency transactional and functional currency re-measurements, offset by net foreign currency exchange contract gains and losses. A net foreign exchange gain of $0.1 million occurred for the year ended June 30, 2006 and a net foreign exchange loss of $0.4 million occurred for the year ended June 30, 2005. The Company utilizes foreign exchange contracts and debt in non-functional currencies to hedge foreign currency exposure. The Company’s foreign exchange policy prohibits entering into speculative transactions.

 

Provision For Income Taxes

 

Income tax expense was $21.6 million and $22.0 million for the years ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively, reflecting an effective income tax rate of 35.0% and 38.0%, respectively. The decrease in the tax rate is attributable to the current year utilization of foreign net operating loss carryforwards and the reversal of valuation allowances previously established on a portion of the Belgian deferred tax assets.

 

Minority Interest in Income of Consolidated Subsidiaries

 

The Company recorded $225,000 of minority interest income in fiscal 2006 for Netpoint’s minority shareholders. In fiscal year 2005, the Company recorded $291,000 of minority interest income for two majority-owned subsidiaries. The decrease in minority interest income relates to the Company’s purchase of additional equity in its subsidiaries. As of fiscal 2006, only Netpoint had a minority ownership.

 

Net Income

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s net income:

 

      

2006


    

2005


    

Difference


    

Change


    Percentage of Net Sales

 
                        2006

    2005

 
       (In thousands)                     

Fiscal year ended

     $ 39,816      $ 35,604      $ 4,212      11.8 %   2.4 %   2.4 %

 

The increase in the amount of net income in 2006 from 2005 is attributable to the changes in operating profits and provision for income taxes discussed above. Net income as a percentage of net sales in 2006 remained comparable to 2005.

 

20


Quarterly Results

 

The following tables set forth certain unaudited quarterly financial data. The information has been derived from unaudited financial statements that, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation of such quarterly information. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period.

 

All shares and per share amounts have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the two-for-one stock split effective June 5, 2006.

 

       Three Months Ended

       Fiscal 2007

     Fiscal 2006

       June 30
2007


     Mar. 31
2007


     Dec. 31
2006


     Sept. 30
2006


     June 30
2006


     Mar. 31
2006


     Dec. 31
2005


     Sept. 30
2005


       (In thousands, except per share data)

Net sales

     $ 524,285      $ 492,678      $ 473,734      $ 496,230      $ 461,144      $ 405,592      $ 408,468      $ 390,396

Cost of goods sold

       469,265        441,641        420,957        444,392        416,216        364,332        366,633        350,067
      

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

Gross profit

     $ 55,020      $ 51,037      $ 52,777      $ 51,838      $ 44,928      $ 41,260      $ 41,835      $ 40,329
      

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

Net income

     $ 11,303      $ 10,071      $ 8,791      $ 12,461      $ 12,856      $ 9,006      $ 8,942      $ 9,013
      

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

Weighted-average shares outstanding, basic

       25,843        25,770        25,749        25,729        25,680        25,555        25,402        25,333
      

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

Weighted-average shares outstanding, assuming dilution

       26,258        26,194        26,236        26,213        26,163        26,101        25,994        25,883
      

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

Net income per common share, basic

     $ 0.44      $ 0.39      $ 0.34      $ 0.48      $ 0.50      $ 0.35      $ 0.35      $ 0.36
      

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

Net income per common share, assuming dilution

     $ 0.43      $ 0.38      $ 0.34      $ 0.48      $ 0.49      $ 0.35      $ 0.34      $ 0.35
      

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

In the quarter ended June 30, 2006 the effective tax rate was 28.6% versus 39.0% for the quarter ended June 30, 2007. The June 2006 quarterly rate reflects the integration of foreign net operating loss carryforwards and the reversal of valuation allowances previously established on a portion of the Belgian deferred tax assets. This had the impact of $1.457 million or $.06 per share benefit to the quarter.

 

21


Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations are based upon the Company’s consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis management evaluates its estimates, including those related to the allowance for uncollectible accounts receivable, inventory reserves to reduce inventories to the lower of cost or market, vendor incentives, goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, deferred taxes and contingencies. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form a basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily available from other sources. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions, however, management believes that its estimates, including those for the above-described items are reasonable and that the actual results will not vary significantly from the estimated amounts. For further discussion of our significant accounting policies, refer to Note 2 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

A revised standard, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123 (revised 2004), Share Based Payment (“SFAS 123(R)”), which requires all companies to measure compensation cost for all share-based payments (including stock options) at fair value, was effective beginning with a company’s first interim or annual reporting period of the first fiscal year beginning on or after June 15, 2005. This means SFAS 123(R) was effective for the Company beginning with the first quarter of fiscal year 2006, which began on July 1, 2005. The adoption of SFAS 123(R) requires the Company to apply a valuation model, which includes estimates and assumptions on the rate of forfeiture and expected life of options and stock price volatility. Actual results may differ from estimates. See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the adoption of SFAS 123(R).

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Revenue is recognized once four criteria are met: (1) the Company must have persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; (2) delivery must occur, which happens at the point of shipment (this includes the transfer of both title and risk of loss, provided that no significant obligations remain); (3) the price must be fixed and determinable; and (4) collectibility must be reasonably assured. A provision for estimated losses on returns is recorded at the time of sale based on historical experience.

 

The Company has service revenue associated with configuration and marketing, which is recognized when the work is complete and all obligations are substantially met. The Company also sells third-party services, such as maintenance contracts. Since the company is acting as an agent for these services, revenue is recognized net of cost at the time of sale. Revenue from multiple element arrangements is allocated to the various elements based on the relative fair value of the elements, and each revenue cycle is considered a separate accounting unit with recognition of revenue based on the criteria met for the individual element of the multiple deliverables.

 

Allowances for Trade and Notes Receivable

 

The Company maintains an allowance for uncollectible accounts receivable for estimated losses resulting from customers’ failure to make payments on accounts receivable due to the Company. Management determines the estimate of the allowance for uncollectible accounts receivable by considering a number of factors, including: (1) historical experience, (2) aging of the accounts receivable and (3) specific information obtained by the Company on the financial condition and the current creditworthiness of its customers. If the financial condition of the Company’s customers were to deteriorate and reduce the ability of the Company’s customers to make payments on their accounts, the Company may be required to increase its allowance by recording additional bad debt expense. Likewise, should the financial condition of the Company’s customers improve and result in payments or settlements of previously reserved amounts, the Company may be required to record a reduction in bad debt expense to reverse the recorded allowance. A provision for estimated losses on returns and allowances is recorded at the time of sale based on historical experience.

 

22


Inventory Reserves

 

Management determines the inventory reserves required to reduce inventories to the lower of cost or market based principally on the effects of technological changes, quantities of goods on hand, and other factors. An estimate is made of the market value, less cost to dispose, of products whose value is determined to be impaired. If these products are ultimately sold at less than estimated amounts, additional reserves may be required. Likewise, if these products are sold for more than the estimated amounts, reserves may be reduced.

 

Vendor Programs

 

The Company receives incentives from vendors related to cooperative advertising allowances, volume rebates and other incentive agreements. These incentives are generally under quarterly, semi-annual or annual agreements with the vendors. Some of these incentives are negotiated on an ad hoc basis to support specific programs mutually developed between the Company and the vendor. Vendors generally require that we use their cooperative advertising allowances exclusively for advertising or other marketing programs. Incentives received from vendors for specifically identified incremental cooperative advertising programs are recorded as adjustments to selling, general and administrative expenses. EITF Issue No. 02-16 , Accounting by a Customer (Including a Reseller) for Certain Consideration Received from a Vendor (“EITF 02-16”) requires that a portion of these vendor funds in excess of our costs be reflected as a reduction of inventory. Such funds are recognized as a reduction of the cost of goods sold when the related inventory is sold.

 

The Company records unrestricted, volume rebates received as a reduction of inventory and as a reduction of the cost of goods sold when the related inventory is sold. Amounts received or receivable from vendors that are not yet earned are deferred in the consolidated balance sheet. In addition, the Company may receive early payment discounts from certain vendors. The Company records early payment discounts received as a reduction of inventory and recognizes the discount as a reduction of cost of goods sold when the related inventory is sold. EITF 02-16 requires management to make certain estimates of the amounts of vendor incentives that will be received. Actual recognition of the vendor consideration may vary from management estimates based on actual results.

 

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives of 3 to 5 years for furniture, equipment and computer software, 40 years for buildings and 15 years for building improvements. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life. Maintenance, repairs and minor renewals are charged to expense as incurred. Additions, major renewals and betterments to property and equipment are capitalized.

 

Goodwill

 

The Company accounts for recorded goodwill and other intangible assets in accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets , which revised the standards of accounting for goodwill, by replacing the amortization of these assets with the requirement that they are reviewed annually for impairment, or more frequently if impairment indicators exist. See Note 11, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets” to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company, for a discussion of the annual goodwill impairment test.

 

Intangible Assets

 

Intangible assets consist of customer lists, debt issue costs, trade names, and non-compete agreements. Customer lists are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, which range from 5 to 15 years. Debt issue costs are amortized over the term of the credit facility. Trade names are amortized over 10 years. Non-compete agreements are amortized over their contract life. These assets are included in other assets and are shown in detail in Note 11, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets” to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company.

 

23


Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 

The Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset or asset group may not be recoverable. Tests for recoverability of a long-lived asset to be held and used are measured by comparing the carrying amount of the long-lived asset to the sum of the estimated future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. In estimating the future undiscounted cash flows we use projections of cash flows directly associated with, and which are expected to arise as a direct result of, the use and eventual disposition of the assets. If it is determined that a long-lived asset is not recoverable, an impairment loss would be calculated equal to the excess of the carrying amount of the long-lived asset over its fair value.

 

Deferred Income Taxes

 

Deferred income taxes are determined in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes . Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. The Company evaluates the tax assets and liabilities on a periodic basis and adjusts the balances as appropriate.

 

The Company records valuation allowances to reduce its deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. In assessing the adequacy of recorded valuation allowances, the Company considers a variety of factors including, the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, future taxable income, and prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. In the event the Company determines it would be able to use a deferred tax asset in the future in excess of its net carrying value, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset would reduce income tax expense, thereby increasing net income in the period such determination was made. Likewise, should the Company determine that it was unable to use all or part of its net deferred tax asset in the future, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset would be charged to income tax expense, thereby reducing net income in the period such determination was made.

 

Contingencies

 

The Company accrues for contingent obligations, including estimated legal costs, when it is probable that a liability is incurred and the amount is reasonably estimable. As facts concerning contingencies become known, management reassesses its position and makes appropriate adjustments to the financial statements. Estimates that are particularly sensitive to future changes include tax, legal, and other regulatory matters, which are subject to change as events evolve and as additional information becomes available during the administrative and litigation process.

 

The Company received an assessment for a sales and use tax matter for the five calendar years ended 2003 and the first quarter ended March 31, 2004. Based on this assessment, the Company has determined a probable range for the disposition of that assessment and for subsequent periods. Although the Company is disputing the assessment, it accrued a liability of $1.3 million at June 30, 2005. As of June 30, 2007, the Company has paid approximately $1.0 million. The Company is disputing the entire $1.3 million assessment including payments made on the liability. Although there can be no assurance of the ultimate outcome at this time, the Company intends to vigorously defend its position.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

The Company’s primary sources of liquidity are cash flow from operations, borrowings under the revolving credit facility, and, to a lesser extent, borrowings under the subsidiary’s line of credit, and proceeds from the exercise of stock options.

 

The Company’s cash and cash equivalent balance totaled $1.9 million at June 30, 2007 compared to $3.8 million at June 30, 2006. Domestic cash is generally swept on a nightly basis to pay down the line of credit. The Company’s working capital increased from $262.2 million at June 30, 2006 to $353.0 million at June 30, 2007. The increase in working capital resulted primarily from a $49.7 million increase in trade and notes receivable, a $28.0 million increase in inventory, and a $14.6 million decrease in trade accounts payable. The increases support the worldwide growth of the Company, including the T2 Supply acquisition, and allow for greater customer financing as allowed by our return on invested capital (ROIC) model.

 

24


The increase in the amount of trade accounts receivable is attributable to an increase in sales during the year. The number of days sales outstanding (DSO) in ending trade receivables increased to 60 days at June 30, 2007 compared to 59 days at June 30, 2006. The increase in DSO is a result of longer negotiated terms on larger, strategic deals reflecting the Company’s decision to manage receivables to attain return on invested capital targets. Inventory turnover decreased to 6.7 times in fiscal 2007 from 7.2 times in fiscal 2006 due to higher inventory levels created worldwide by the transition to RoHS compliant products (RoHS is an environmental directive which bans new electrical and electronic equipment containing more than agreed levels of lead, cadmium, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyl (PBB) and polybrominated diphenyl ether (PBDE) flame retardants).

 

Cash used in operating activities was $25.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2007 compared to cash provided by operating activities of $13.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2006. The increase in cash used in operating activities was primarily attributable to the timing of periodic vendor payments (in accordance with such terms).

 

Cash used in investing activities for the year ended June 30, 2007 was $55.1 million. Cash used for business acquisitions totaled $50.6 million, primarily for the purchase of the assets of T2, and for an additional ownership interest in the Company’s majority-owned subsidiary, Netpoint. The Company’s capital expenditures of $4.5 million were primarily for purchases of equipment, software, and furniture.

 

Cash used in investing activities for the year ended June 30, 2006 was $10.8 million. Cash used for business acquisitions totaled $1.3 million, primarily for additional ownership interests in two of the Company’s majority-owned subsidiaries (Netpoint and Outsourcing Unlimited, Inc. “OUI”). OUI is now 100% owned by the Company. Cash used for capital expenditures for the year totaled $9.4 million including $5.0 million for the purchase of property adjacent to the Company’s headquarters in Greenville, South Carolina. Other expenditures were incurred for software, furniture, equipment and building improvements, including the expansion of sales offices in Phoenix, Arizona and Atlanta, Georgia.

 

At June 30, 2007 and 2006, the Company had a multi-currency revolving credit facility with its bank group of $180 million and $100 million, respectively, which matures on July 31, 2008. This facility was entered into on July 16, 2004 and was increased on April 20, 2007 to $180 million, with an accordion feature that allows the Company to unilaterally increase the availability to $200 million. The facility bears interest at either the 30-day LIBOR rate of interest on U.S. dollar borrowings or the 30, 60, 90 or 180-day LIBOR rate of interest on other currency borrowings. The interest rate is the appropriate LIBOR rate plus a rate varying from 0.75% to 1.75% tied to the Company’s funded debt to EBITDA ratio ranging from 0.00:1.00 to 2.50:1.00 and a fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.50:1. The effective weighted average interest rate at June 30, 2007 and 2006 was 6.41% and 4.38%, respectively. The outstanding borrowings at June 30, 2007 were $90.3 million on a total commitment of $200 million, leaving $109.7 million available for additional borrowings. The outstanding borrowings at June 30, 2006 were $27.6 million on a total commitment of $130 million, leaving $102.4 million available for additional borrowings. The facility is collateralized by domestic assets, primarily accounts receivable and inventory. The agreement contains other restrictive financial covenants, including among other things, total liabilities to tangible net worth ratio, capital expenditure limits, and a prohibition on the payment of dividends. The Company was in compliance with its loan covenants at June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

On July 25, 2006, Scan Source Properties, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into an agreement with Wachovia Bank, National Association for a $13 million unsecured note payable. Such note requires the Company not to encumber it’s headquarter property except as permitted by the lender. Monthly payments consist of interest only, accrued at the rate of one-month LIBOR plus 0.65%. The note matures on July 31, 2008 and is guaranteed by the Company and its subsidiary, Logue Court Properties, LLC.

 

At June 30, 2007 and 2006, Netpoint, doing business as Scan Source Latin America, had an asset-based line of credit with a bank that was due on demand and had a borrowing limit of $1 million. The facility was renewed in January 2007, and is scheduled to mature on January 31, 2008. The facility is collateralized by accounts receivable and eligible inventory, and contains a restrictive covenant which requires an average deposit of $50,000 with the bank. The Company has guaranteed 92% and 84% of the balance on the line as of June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively, while the remaining balance was guaranteed by Netpoint’s minority shareholder. The facility bears interest at the bank’s prime rate minus one percent. At June 30, 2007 and 2006, the effective interest rate was 7.25%. At June 30, 2007 and 2006 there were no outstanding balances and outstanding standby letters of credit totaled $40,000, leaving $960,000 available for borrowings.

 

25


Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended June 30, 2007 totaled $79.0 million, including advances of $59.8 million under the Company’s credit facility, $12.8 million in additional long-term debt, a $3.3 million increase in short-term borrowings, $2.0 million in excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements, and $1.1 million in proceeds from stock option exercises. Cash used in financing activities for the year ended June 30, 2006 totaled $7.1 million, including $6.5 million in payments on short-term and long-term debt and $4.3 million in repayments under the Company’s credit facility, offset in part by $2.7 million in proceeds from stock option exercises and $1 million of excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements.

 

Payments due by period for the Company’s contractual obligations at June 30, 2007 are as follows:

 

       Payments Due by Period

       Total

    

Fiscal Year

2008


    

Fiscal Years

2009 – 2011


    

Fiscal Years

2012 –2013


     Thereafter

       ( in thousands)

Long-term debt obligations

     $ 17,416      $ 200      $ 17,216      $ —        $ —  

Operating lease obligations

       23,620        2,962        8,750        4,215        7,693

Purchase obligations

       3,717        3,717        —          —          —  
      

    

    

    

    

Total obligations

     $ 44,515      $ 6,874      $ 25,968      $ 4,215      $ 7,693
      

    

    

    

    

 

On April 27, 2007, the Company entered into an agreement to lease approximately 600,000 square feet for distribution, warehousing and storage purposes in a building located in Southaven, Mississippi. The lease also provides for a right of first refusal on an additional 147,000 square feet of expansion space. The lease provides for market rental rates and commences upon substantial completion of construction, which is expected to be October 1, 2007, with a term of 120 months, and 2 consecutive 5-year extension options.

 

The Company anticipates capital expenditures of approximately $5.4 million in fiscal year 2008 for facility renovations, the purchase of software and equipment, and for various other improvements and purchases. Contractual obligations, primarily related to the warehouse relocation project, amounted to approximately $3.7 million at June 30, 2007.

 

On October 22, 2004, The American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 was enacted. This legislation provides a tax deduction of 85% of certain foreign dividends that are repatriated by the Company. The Company did not distribute earnings from its foreign subsidiaries under this legislation.

 

At June 30, 2007, the Company has: (i) gross net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $278,000 for U.S. Federal income tax purposes that begin expiring in 2020; (ii) state income tax credit carryforwards of approximately $263,000 that begin expiring in 2019; (iii) net foreign operating loss carryforwards of approximately $155,000 that begin expiring in 2008.

 

The Company believes that it has sufficient liquidity to meet its forecasted cash requirements for at least the next year.

 

Backlog

 

The Company does not consider backlogs to be material to its business. Nearly all orders are filled within 24 hours of receipt.

 

Accounting Standards Recently Issued

 

In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154, Accounting Changes and Corrections , which replaces APB Opinion No. 20, Accounting Changes and SFAS No. 3, Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements , and changes the requirements for the accounting for and reporting of a change in accounting principle. SFAS No. 154 also provides guidance on the accounting for and reporting of error corrections. This statement is applicable for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005 and was adopted by the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2007. Such adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

26


In July 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48 (“FIN 48”), Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 . FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in a company’s financial statements by prescribing a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken on a tax return. Additionally, FIN 48 provides guidance on de-recognition of tax benefits previously recognized and additional disclosures for unrecognized tax benefits, interest and penalties. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006, and is required to be adopted by the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2008. The Company is currently evaluating whether the adoption of FIN 48 will have a material effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

In May 2007, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) FIN No. 48-1 (“FSP FIN 48-1”), Definition of Settlement in FASB Interpretation No. 48 . FSP FIN 48-1 provides guidance on how a company should determine whether a tax position is effectively settled for the purpose of recognizing previously unrecognized tax benefits. FSP FIN 48-1 is effective upon initial adoption of FIN 48, which the Company will adopt in the first quarter of fiscal 2008, as indicated above.

 

In February 2007, FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities , which requires companies to provide additional information regarding the effect of a company’s choice to use fair value on its earnings and to display the fair value of those assets and liabilities which the company has chosen to use on the face of the balance sheet. SFAS No. 159 is effective for the Company as of the year ending June 30, 2009. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact, if any, that the adoption of SFAS No. 159 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Current Year Misstatements , which provides interpretative guidance on the consideration of the effects of prior year misstatements in quantifying current year misstatements for the purpose of a materiality assessment. SAB 108 requires the Company to quantify misstatements using both the balance sheet and income statement approaches and to evaluate whether either approach results in quantifying an error that is material based on relevant quantitative and qualitative factors. SAB No. 108 was effective for the Company’s fiscal year 2007 annual financial statements and was adopted by the Company during the fiscal year ending June 30, 2007. Such adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 does not require any new fair value measurements, but provides guidance on how to measure fair value by providing a fair value hierarchy used to classify the source of the information. This statement is effective for the Company beginning July 1, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact, if any, that the adoption of SFAS No. 157 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

 

Impact of Inflation

 

The Company has not been adversely affected by inflation as technological advances and competition within specialty technology markets have generally caused prices of the products sold by the Company to decline. Management believes that any price increases could be passed on to its customers, as prices charged by the Company are not set by long-term contracts.

 

27


Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risks

 

The Company’s principal exposure to changes in financial market conditions in the normal course of its business is a result of its selective use of bank debt and transacting business in foreign currencies in connection with its foreign operations. The Company has chosen to present this information below in a sensitivity analysis format.

 

The Company is exposed to changes in interest rates primarily as a result of its borrowing activities, which include revolving credit facilities with a group of banks used to maintain liquidity and fund the Company’s business operations. The nature and amount of the Company’s debt may vary as a result of future business requirements, market conditions and other factors. The definitive extent of the Company’s interest rate risk is not quantifiable or predictable because of the variability of future interest rates and business financing requirements, but the Company does not believe such risk is material. A hypothetical 100 basis point increase or decrease in interest rates on borrowings on the Company’s revolving line of credit, variable rate long term debt and subsidiary line of credit for the years ended June 30, 2007 and 2006 would have resulted in an approximately $1.3 million and $441,000 increase or decrease, respectively, in pre-tax income. The Company does not currently use derivative instruments or take other actions to adjust the Company’s interest rate risk profile.

 

The Company is exposed to foreign currency risks that arise from its foreign operations in Canada, Mexico and Europe. These risks include the translation of local currency balances of foreign subsidiaries, inter-company loans with foreign subsidiaries and transactions denominated in non-functional currencies. Foreign exchange risk is managed by using foreign currency forward and option contracts to hedge these exposures, as well as balance sheet netting of exposures. The Company’s Board of Directors has approved a foreign exchange hedging policy to minimize foreign currency exposure. The Company’s policy is to utilize financial instruments to reduce risks where internal netting cannot be effectively employed and not to enter into foreign currency derivative instruments for speculative or trading purposes. The Company monitors its risk associated with the volatility of certain foreign currencies against its functional currencies and enters into foreign exchange derivative contracts to minimize short-term currency risks on cash flows. The Company continually evaluates foreign exchange risk and may enter into foreign exchange transactions in accordance with its policy. Foreign currency gains and losses are included in other expense (income).

 

The Company has elected not to designate its foreign currency contracts as hedging instruments, and therefore, the instruments are marked to market with changes in their values recorded in the Consolidated Income Statement each period. The underlying exposures are denominated primarily in British Pounds, Euros, and Canadian Dollars. At June 30, 2007, the Company had currency forward contracts outstanding with a net receivable under these contracts of $1,000. At June 30, 2006, the Company had currency forward contracts outstanding with a net liability under these contracts of $25,000.

 

The Company does not utilize financial instruments for trading or other speculative purposes, nor does it utilize leveraged financial instruments. On the basis of the fair value of the Company’s market sensitive instruments at June 30, 2007, the Company does not consider the potential near-term losses in future earnings, fair values and cash flows from reasonably possible near-term changes in interest rates and exchange rates to be material.

 

28


Management’s Statement of Responsibility

 

The management of Scan Source is responsible for the information contained in the consolidated financial statements and other parts of this report. The accompanying consolidated financial statements of Scan Source , Inc. and subsidiaries have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, applying certain estimates and judgments based upon available information. In management’s opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly the Company’s financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.

 

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors meets regularly with the Company’s independent auditors and management to review accounting, internal control, and financial reporting matters. The Audit Committee also has meetings with the independent auditors without management present. The independent auditors have full and free access to the Audit Committee.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

Management is also responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended).

 

Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the chief executive officer and chief financial officer, management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2007 based on the framework set forth in “Internal Control – Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on its evaluation, management concluded that, as of June 30, 2007, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on the specified criteria.

 

29


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Scan Source , Inc.

 

We have audited Scan Source Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Scan Source Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, Scan Source , Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2007, based on the COSO criteria.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Scan Source , Inc. as of June 30, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2007 of Scan Source , Inc. and our report dated August 27, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

Greenville, South Carolina

August 27, 2007

 

30


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Scan Source , Inc.

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Scan Source , Inc. as of June 30, 2007 and 2006 and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2007. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Scan Source , Inc. at June 30, 2007 and 2006, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of Scan Source , Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated August 27, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

Greenville, South Carolina

August 27, 2007

 

31


SCAN SOURCE , INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

June 30, 2007 and 2006

(In thousands)

 

       2007

     2006

Assets                  

Current assets:

                 

Cash and cash equivalents

     $ 1,864      $ 3,831

Trade and notes receivable:

                 

Trade, less allowance of $ 13,342 and $11,508 at June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively

       349,961        300,240

Other

       6,755        4,558
      

    

         356,716        304,798

Inventories

       272,012        244,005

Prepaid expenses and other assets

       10,444        2,293

Deferred income taxes

       12,102        15,709
      

    

Total current assets

       653,138        570,636
      

    

Property and equipment, net:

       26,781        27,098

Goodwill

       29,361        14,404

Other assets, including identifiable intangible assets

       29,168        5,359
      

    

Total assets

     $ 738,448      $ 617,497
      

    

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

32


SCAN SOURCE , INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

June 30, 2007 and 2006

(In thousands, except for share information)

(Continued)

 

       2007

     2006

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity                  

Current liabilities:

                 

Current portion of long-term debt

     $ 200      $ 229

Short-term borrowings

       3,490        —  

Trade accounts payable

       256,883        271,519

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

       35,254        30,359

Income taxes payable

       4,356        6,358
      

    

Total current liabilities

       300,183        308,465
      

    

Long-term debt

       17,216        4,398

Borrowings under revolving credit facility

       90,314        27,558

Other long-term liabilities

       5,475        2,757
      

    

Total liabilities

       413,188        343,178
      

    

Minority interest

       516        910

Commitments and contingencies

                 

Shareholders’ equity:

                 

Preferred stock, no par value; 3,000,000 shares authorized, none issued

       —          —  

Common stock, no par value; 45,000,000 shares authorized; 25,855,724 and 25,725,214 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively

       83,653        76,915

Retained earnings

       234,502        191,876

Accumulated other comprehensive income

       6,589        4,618
      

    

Total shareholders’ equity

       324,744        273,409
      

    

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

     $ 738,448      $ 617,497
      

    

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

33


SCAN SOURCE , INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS

Years Ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

       2007

     2006

     2005

 

Net sales

     $ 1,986,927      $ 1,665,600      $ 1,469,094  

Cost of goods sold

       1,776,255        1,497,248        1,319,368  
      


  


  


Gross profit

       210,672        168,352        149,726  
      


  


  


Operating expenses:

                            

Selling, general and administrative expenses

       135,339        105,042        90,970  
      


  


  


Operating income

       75,333        63,310        58,756  

Other expense (income):

                            

Interest expense

       7,689        2,187        2,127  

Interest income

       (885 )      (567 )      (863 )

Other, net

       (144 )      57        (413 )
      


  


  


Total other expense

       6,660        1,677        851  
      


  


  


Income before income taxes and minority interest

       68,673        61,633        57,905  

Provision for income taxes

       25,987        21,592        22,010  
      


  


  


Income before minority interest

       42,686        40,041        35,895  

Minority interest in income of consolidated subsidiaries, net of income taxes of $36, $101 and $170, at June 30, 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively

       60        225        291  
      


  


  


Net income

     $ 42,626      $ 39,816      $ 35,604  
      


  


  


Per share data:

                            

Net income per common share, basic

     $ 1.65      $ 1.56      $ 1.41  
      


  


  


Weighted-average shares outstanding, basic

       25,773        25,491        25,254  
      


  


  


Net income per common share, assuming dilution

     $ 1.63      $ 1.53      $ 1.37  
      


  


  


Weighted-average shares outstanding, assuming dilution

       26,213        26,034        25,927  
      


  


  


 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

34


SCAN SOURCE , INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Years Ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005

(In thousands, except share data)

 

       Common
Stock
(Shares)


     Common
Stock
(Amount)


     Retained
Earnings


     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income


     Total

 

Balance at June 30, 2004

     25,119,378      $ 64,788      $ 116,457      $ 3,500      $ 184,745  
      
    

    

    


  


Comprehensive income:

                                            

Net income

     —          —          35,604        —          35,604  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     —          —          —          (16 )      (16 )
                                        


Total comprehensive income

                                         35,588  
                                        


Exercise of stock options

     210,774        2,836        —          —          2,836  

Tax benefit of deductible compensation arising from exercise of stock options

     —          1,785        —          —          1,785  

Other

     —          259        —          —          259  
      
    

    

    


  


Balance at June 30, 2005

     25,330,152        69,668        152,061        3,484        225,213  
      
    

    

    


  


Comprehensive income:

                                            

Net income

     —          —          39,816        —          39,816  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     —          —          —          1,133        1,133  
                                        


Total comprehensive income

                                         40,949  
                                        


Exercise of stock options

     395,062        2,673        —          —          2,673  

Stock-based compensation

     —          3,593        —          —          3,593  

Tax benefit of deductible compensation arising from exercise of stock options

     —          981        —          —          981  

Other

     —          —          —          —          0  
      
    

    

    


  


Balance at June 30, 2006

     25,725,214        76,915        191,876        4,618        273,409  
      
    

    

    


  


Comprehensive income:

                                            

Net income

     —          —          42,626        —          42,626  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     —          —          —          1,971        1,971  
                                        


Total comprehensive income

                                         44,597  
                                        


Exercise of stock options

     130,510        1,125        —          —          1,125  

Stock-based compensation

     —          3,642        —          —          3,642  

Tax benefit of deductible compensation arising from exercise of stock options

     —          1,971        —          —          1,971  
      
    

    

    


  


Balance at June 30, 2007

     25,855,724      $ 83,653      $ 234,502      $ 6,589      $ 324,744  
      
    

    

    


  


 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

35


SCAN SOURCE , INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Years Ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005

(In thousands)

 

       2007

     2006

     2005

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

                            

Net income

     $ 42,626      $ 39,816      $ 35,604  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

                            

Depreciation

       4,851        5,566        5,141  

Amortization of intangible assets

       2,079        200        364  

Allowance for accounts and notes receivable

       8,858        2,702        1,556  

Share-based compensation and restricted stock

       3,642        3,716        702  

Impairment of capitalized assets

       148        102        30  

Deferred income tax expense (benefit)

       992        (5,802 )      (1,992 )

Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements

       (1,971 )      (982 )      —    

Minority interest in income of subsidiaries

       60        225        291  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:

                            

Trade and notes receivables

       (45,172 )      (85,005 )      (41,622 )

Other receivables

       (1,158 )      942        (1,286 )

Inventories

       (21,138 )      (63,604 )      5,962  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

       (8,126 )      1,316        (869 )

Other noncurrent assets

       (2,471 )      4,320        (2,265 )

Trade accounts payable

       (16,088 )      97,125        3,714  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

       7,044        9,747        5,960  

Income taxes payable

       (123 )      2,823        2,558  
      


  


  


Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

       (25,947 )      13,207        13,848  
      


  


  


Cash flows from investing activities:

                            

Capital expenditures

       (4,542 )      (9,431 )      (4,093 )

Cash paid for business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

       (50,585 )      (1,348 )      (5,300 )
      


  


  


Net cash used in investing activities

       (55,127 )      (10,779 )      (9,393 )
      


  


  


Cash flows from financing activities:

                            

Increases (decreases) in short-term borrowings, net

       3,309        (4,478 )      2,445  

Advances (payments) on revolving credit, net

       59,800        (4,343 )      (736 )

Exercise of stock options

       1,125        2,673        2,135  

Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements

       1,971        982        —    

Increases (repayments) of long-term debt borrowings

       12,789        (1,982 )      (829 )
      


  


  


Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

       78,994        (7,148 )      3,015  
      


  


  


Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

       113        (58 )      92  
      


  


  


(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

       (1,967 )      (4,778 )      7,562  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

       3,831        8,609        1,047  
      


  


  


Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

     $ 1,864      $ 3,831      $ 8,609  
      


  


  


Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

                            

Interest paid during the year

     $ 6,229      $ 2,159      $ 2,126  
      


  


  


Income taxes paid during the year

     $ 30,228      $ 22,614      $ 21,550  
      


  


  


 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

36


SCAN SOURCE , INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

June 30, 2007

 

(1)

Business Description

 

Scan Source , Inc. (the “Company”) is a leading distributor of specialty technology products, providing value-added distribution sales to resellers in the specialty technology markets. The Company has two geographic distribution segments: one serving North America from the Memphis, Tennessee distribution center, and an international segment currently serving Latin America (including Mexico) and Europe from distribution centers located in Florida and Mexico, and in Belgium, respectively. The North American distribution segment markets automatic identification and data capture (“AIDC”) and point-of-sale (“POS”) products through its Scan Source sales unit; voice, data and converged communications equipment through its Catalyst Telecom sales unit; voice, data and converged communications products through its Para con sales unit; video conferencing and telephony products through its T2 Supply unit; and electronic security products through its Scan Source Security Distribution unit. The international distribution segment markets AIDC and POS products through its Scan Source sales unit.

 

(2)

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Accounting Standards Recently Issued

 

Restatement of previously issued financial statements

 

On June 18, 2007, the Company filed an amended Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006, and restated its consolidated balance sheets of June 30, 2006 and June 30, 2005 and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the years ended June 30, 2006, June 30, 2005 and June 30, 2004.

 

Consolidation Policy

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All significant inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

 

Minority Interest

 

Minority interest represents that portion of the net equity of majority-owned subsidiaries of the Company held by minority shareholders. The minority shareholders’ share of the subsidiaries’ income or loss is listed separately in the Consolidated Income Statements. The Company acquired an additional 12% ownership of Outsourcing Unlimited, Inc. (“OUI”) in both of the years ended 2006 and 2005, now owning 100%. The Company acquired an additional 8% ownership of Netpoint International, Inc. (“Netpoint”) in each of the years ended 2007, 2006, and 2005, now owning 92%.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates, including those related to the allowance for uncollectible accounts receivable and inventory reserves. Management bases its estimates on assumptions that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form a basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily available from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions; however, management believes that its estimates, including those for the above described items, are reasonable and that the actual results will not vary significantly from the estimated amounts.

 

37


SCAN SOURCE , INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

June 30, 2007

 

The following significant accounting policies relate to the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements:

 

(a) Allowances for Trade and Notes Receivable

 

The Company maintains an allowance for uncollectible accounts receivable for estimated losses resulting from customers’ failure to make payments on accounts receivable due to the Company. Management determines the estimate of the allowance for uncollectible accounts receivable by considering a number of factors, including: (1) historical experience, (2) aging of the accounts receivable and (3) specific information obtained by the Company on the financial condition and the current creditworthiness of its customers. If the financial condition of the Company’s customers were to deteriorate and reduce the ability of the Company’s customers to make payments on their accounts, the Company may be required to increase its allowance by recording additional bad debt expense. Likewise, should the financial condition of the Company’s customers improve and result in payments or settlements of previously reserved amounts, the Company may be required to record a reduction in bad debt expense to reverse the recorded allowance. A provision for estimated losses on returns and allowances is recorded at the time of sale based on historical experience.

 

(b) Inventory Reserves

 

Management determines the inventory reserves required to reduce inventories to the lower of cost or market based principally on the effects of technological changes, quantities of goods on hand, and other factors. An estimate is made of the market value, less cost to dispose, of products whose value is determined to be impaired. If these products are ultimately sold at less than estimated amounts, additional reserves may be required. Likewise, if these products are sold for more than the estimated amounts, reserves may be reduced.

 

Reclassifications

 

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

Stock Split

 

Effective June 5, 2006, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a two-for-one stock split of the common stock effected in the form of a 100% common stock dividend. All shares and per share amounts have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the stock split.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Book overdrafts of $45.7 million and $43.4 million as of June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively, are included in accounts payable.

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

 

The Company sells its products to a large base of value-added resellers throughout North America, Latin America (including Mexico) and Europe. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition. In certain cases, the Company will accept tangible assets as collateral to increase the trade credit of its customers. No single customer accounted for more than 6% of the Company’s net sales for fiscal 2007, 2006, or 2005.

 

38


SCAN SOURCE , INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

June 30, 2007

 

The Company has established arrangements with certain customers for longer term financing. The Company accounts for these arrangements by recording them at their historical cost less specific allowances at balance sheet dates. Interest income is recognized in the period earned and is recorded as interest income in the Consolidated Income Statements.

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

 

The Company’s foreign currency exposure results from purchasing and selling internationally in several foreign currencies. In addition, the Company has foreign currency risk related to debt that is denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar. The Company may reduce its exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates by creating offsetting positions through the use of derivative financial instruments or multi-currency borrowings. The market risk related to the foreign exchange agreements is offset by changes in the valuation of the underlying items. The Company currently does not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes, nor is the Company a party to leveraged derivatives.

 

Derivative financial instruments are accounted for on an accrual basis with gains and losses on these contracts recorded in income in the period in which their value changes, with the offsetting entry for unsettled positions being booked to either other assets or other liabilities. These contracts are generally for a duration of 90 days or less. The Company has elected not to designate its foreign currency contracts as hedging instruments. They are, therefore, marked to market with changes in their value recorded in the Consolidated Income Statements each period. The underlying exposures are denominated primarily in British Pounds, Euros, and Canadian Dollars. To date, the activity and outstanding contracts related to these instruments has not been material.

 

Investments

 

The Company has investments that are held in a grantor trust formed by the Company related to the Scan Source , Inc. Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan. The Company has classified these investments as trading securities and they are recorded at fair market value with unrealized gains and losses included in the accompanying consolidated income statements. The Company’s obligations under this deferred compensation plan change in concert with the performance of the investments. The fair value of these investments and the corresponding deferred compensation obligation was $4.3 million and $2.7 million as of June 30, 2007 and June 30, 2006, respectively. These investments are classified within other non-current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The deferred compensation obligation is classified within other long-term liabilities.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories (consisting entirely of finished goods) are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or market.

 

Vendor Programs

 

The Company receives incentives from vendors related to cooperative advertising allowances, volume rebates and other incentive agreements. These incentives are generally under quarterly, semi-annual or annual agreements with the vendors. Some of these incentives are negotiated on an ad hoc basis to support specific programs mutually developed between the Company and the vendor. Vendors generally require that we use their cooperative advertising allowances exclusively for advertising or other marketing programs. Incentives received from vendors for specifically identified incremental cooperative advertising programs are recorded as adjustments to selling, general and administrative expenses. EITF Issue No. 02-16, Accounting by a Customer (Including a Reseller) for Certain Consideration Received from a Vendor (“EITF 02-16”) requires that a portion of these vendor funds in excess of our costs be reflected as a reduction of inventory. Such funds are recognized as a reduction of the cost of goods sold when the related inventory is sold.

 

39


SCAN SOURCE , INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

June 30, 2007

 

The Company records unrestricted, volume rebates received as a reduction of inventory and as a reduction of the cost of goods sold when the related inventory is sold. Amounts received or receivable from vendors that are not yet earned are deferred in the consolidated balance sheet. In addition, the Company may receive early payment discounts from certain vendors. The Company records early payment discounts received as a reduction of inventory and recognizes the discount as a reduction of cost of goods sold when the related inventory is sold. EITF 02-16 requires management to make certain estimates of the amounts of vendor incentives that will be received. Actual recognition of the vendor consideration may vary from management estimates based on actual results.

 

Product Warranty

 

The Company’s vendors generally warrant the products distributed by the Company and allow the Company to return defective products, including those that have been returned to the Company by its customers. The Company does not independently warrant the products it distributes; however, to maintain customer relations, the Company facilitates vendor warranty policies by accepting for exchange, with the Company’s prior approval, most defective products within 30 days of invoicing. The Company offers certain warranty service programs and records a provision for estimated service warranty costs at the time of sale, adjusting periodically to reflect actual experience. To date neither warranty expense, nor the accrual for warranty costs has been material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives of 3 to 5 years for furniture, equipment and computer software, 40 years for buildings and 15 years for building improvements. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life. Maintenance, repairs and minor renewals are charged to expense as incurred. Additions, major renewals and betterments to property and equipment are capitalized.

 

Goodwill

 

The Company accounts for recorded goodwill and other intangible assets in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets , which revised the standards of accounting for goodwill, by replacing the amortization of these assets with the requirement that they are reviewed annually for impairment, or more frequently if impairment indicators exist. See Note 11, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets” for a discussion of the annual goodwill impairment test.

 

Intangible Assets

 

Intangible assets consist of customer lists, debt issue costs, trade names, and non-compete agreements. Customer lists are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, which range from 5 to 15 years. Debt issue costs are amortized over the term of the credit facility using the effective interest method. Trade names are amortized over 10 years. Non-compete agreements are amortized over their contract life. These assets are included in other assets and are shown in detail in Note 11, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets”.

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 

The Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset or asset group may not be recoverable. Tests for recoverability of a long-lived asset to be held and used are measured by comparing the carrying amount of the long-lived asset to the

 

40


SCAN SOURCE , INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

June 30, 2007

 

sum of the estimated future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. In estimating the future undiscounted cash flows we use projections of cash flows directly associated with, and which are expected to arise as a direct result of, the use and eventual disposition of the assets. If it is determined that a long-lived asset is not recoverable, an impairment loss would be calculated equal to the excess of the carrying amount of the long-lived asset over its fair value.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The fair value of financial instruments is the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties. The carrying values of financial instruments such as accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, borrowings under the revolving credit facility and subsidiary lines of credit approximate fair value based upon either short maturities or variable interest rates of these instruments.

 

Contingencies

 

The Company accrues for contingent obligations, including estimated legal costs, when it is probable that a liability is incurred and the amount is reasonably estimable. As facts concerning contingencies become known, management reassesses its position and makes appropriate adjustments to the financial statements. Estimates that are particularly sensitive to future changes include tax, legal, and other regulatory matters, which are subject to change as events evolve and as additional information becomes available during the administrative and litigation process.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Revenue is recognized once four criteria are met: (1) the Company must have persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; (2) delivery must occur, which happens at the point of shipment (this includes the transfer of both title and risk of loss, provided that no significant obligations remain); (3) the price must be fixed and determinable; and (4) collectibility must be reasonably assured. A provision for estimated losses on returns is recorded at the time of sale based on historical experience.

 

The Company has service revenue associated with configuration and marketing, which is recognized when the work is complete and all obligations are substantially met. The Company also sells third-party services, such as maintenance contracts. Since the company is acting as an agent for these services, revenue is recognized net of cost at the time of sale. Revenue from multiple element arrangements is allocated to the various elements based on the relative fair value of the elements, and each revenue cycle is considered a separate accounting unit with recognition of revenue based on the criteria met for the individual element of the multiple deliverables.

 

Shipping Revenue and Costs

 

Shipping revenue is included in net sales and related costs are included in cost of goods sold. Shipping revenue for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was approximately $11.1 million, $8.6 million, and $7.2 million, respectively.

 

Advertising Costs

 

The Company defers advertising related costs until the advertising is first run in trade or other publications, or in the case of brochures, until the brochures are printed and available for distribution. Advertising costs, included in marketing costs, after vendor reimbursement, were not significant in any of the three years ended June 30, 2007. Deferred advertising costs at June 30, 2007 and 2006 were not significant.

 

41


SCAN SOURCE , INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

June 30, 2007

 

Foreign Currency

 

The currency effects of translating the financial statements of the Company’s foreign entities that operate in their local currency are included in the cumulative currency translation adjustment component of accumulated other comprehensive income. The assets, including goodwill, and liabilities of these foreign entities are translated into U.S. Dollars using the exchange rate at the end of the respective period. Sales, costs and expenses are translated at average exchange rates effective during the respective period. Translation adjustments resulting from the translation of these entities are included in accumulated other comprehensive income in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Foreign currency transactional and re-measurement gains and losses are included in other expense (income) in the Consolidated Income Statements. Such amounts are not significant to any of the periods presented.

 

Income Taxes

 

Income taxes are accounted for under the liability method. Deferred income taxes reflect tax consequences on future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts. Valuation allowances are provided against deferred tax assets in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes . Federal income taxes are not provided on the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries because it has been the practice of the Company to reinvest those earnings in the business outside the United States.

 

Deferred Income Taxes

 

Deferred income taxes are determined in accordance with SFAS No.109, Accounting for Income Taxes . Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences attributable to differences between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. The Company evaluates the tax assets and liabilities on a periodic basis and adjusts the balances as appropriate.

 

The Company records valuation allowances to reduce its deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. In assessing the adequacy of recorded valuation allowances, the Company considers a variety of factors including, the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, future taxable income, and prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. In the event the Company determines it would be able to use a deferred tax asset in the future in excess of its net carrying value, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset would reduce income tax expense, thereby increasing net income in the period such determination was made. Likewise, should the Company determine that it was unable to use all or part of its net deferred tax asset in the future, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset would be charged to income tax expense, thereby reducing net income in the period such determination was made.

 

Share-Based Payment

 

Effective July 1, 2005, the Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123 (R), Share-Based Payments . SFAS 123 (R) requires all shared-based payment awards to employees and non-employees to be recognized in the Company’s Consolidated Income Statement based on their fair values. Under the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123 (R), share based compensation is estimated at the grant date based on the fair value of the awards expected to vest and recognized as expense ratably over the requisite service period of the award. The Company has used the Black-Scholes valuation model to estimate fair value of share-based awards, which requires various assumptions including estimating stock price volatility, forfeiture rates, and estimated life.

 

42


SCAN SOURCE , INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

June 30, 2007

 

The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share for the year ended June 30, 2005 if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions to stock-based employee compensation for that period.

 

       Year Ended
June 30, 2005


 
       (in thousands, except
per share data)
 

Net income, as reported

     $ 35,604  

Add: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under intrinsic value method, net of related income taxes

       435  

Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects

       (2,143 )
      


Pro-forma net income

     $ 33,896  
      


Earnings per share:

          

Income per common share, basic, as reported

     $ 1.41  

Income per common share, basic, pro forma

     $ 1.34  

Income per common share, assuming dilution, as reported

     $ 1.37  

Income per common share, assuming dilution, pro forma

     $ 1.31  

 

Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the Company presented all tax benefits of deductions resulting from the exercise of stock options as operating cash flows in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. SFAS No. 123(R) requires the cash flows from the tax benefits resulting from tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized for those options (excess tax benefits) to be classified as financing cash flows. The $1.0 million excess tax benefit classified as a financing cash inflow would have been classified as an operating cash inflow if the Company had not adopted SFAS No. 123(R).

 

Comprehensive Income

 

Comprehensive income is comprised of net income and foreign currency translation. The foreign currency translation gains or losses are not tax-effected because the earnings of foreign subsidiaries are considered by Company management to be permanently reinvested.

 

Accounting Standards Recently Issued

 

In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154, Accounting Changes and Corrections , which replaces APB Opinion No. 20, Accounting Changes and SFAS No. 3, Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements , and changes the requirements for the accounting for and reporting of a change in accounting principle. SFAS No. 154 also provides guidance on the accounting for and reporting of error corrections. This statement is applicable for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005 and was adopted by the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2007. Such adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

43


SCAN SOURCE , INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

June 30, 2007

 

In July 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48 (“FIN 48”), Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 . FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in a company’s financial statements by prescribing a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken on a tax return. Additionally, FIN 48 provides guidance on de-recognition of tax benefits previously recognized and additional disclosures for unrecognized tax benefits, interest and penalties. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006, and is required to be adopted by the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2008. The Company is currently evaluating whether the adoption of FIN 48 will have a material effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

In May 2007, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) FIN No. 48-1 (“FSP FIN 48-1”), Definition of Settlement in FASB Interpretation No. 48 . FSP FIN 48-1 provides guidance on how a company should determine whether a tax position is effectively settled for the purpose of recognizing previously unrecognized tax benefits. FSP FIN 48-1 is effective upon initial adoption of FIN 48, which the Company will adopt in the first quarter of fiscal 2008, as indicated above.

 

In February 2007, FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities , which requires companies to provide additional information regarding the effect of a company’s choice to use fair value on its earnings and to display the fair value of those assets and liabilities which the company has chosen to use on the face of the balance sheet. SFAS No. 159 is effective for the Company as of the year ending June 30, 2009. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact, if any, that the adoption of SFAS No. 159 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Current Year Misstatements , which provides interpretative guidance on the consideration of the effects of prior year misstatements in quantifying current year misstatements for the purpose of a materiality assessment. SAB 108 requires the Company to quantify misstatements using both the balance sheet and income statement approaches and to evaluate whether either approach results in quantifying an error that is material based on relevant quantitative and qualitative factors. SAB No. 108 was effective for the Company’s fiscal year 2007 annual financial statements and was adopted by the Company during the fiscal year ending June 30, 2007. Such adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 does not require any new fair value measurements, but provides guidance on how to measure fair value by providing a fair value hierarchy used to classify the source of the information. This statement is effective for the Company beginning July 1, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact, if any, that the adoption of SFAS No. 157 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

 

44


SCAN SOURCE , INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

June 30, 2007

 

(3)

Earnings per Share

 

Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share are computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common and potential common shares outstanding.

 

       Net
Income


     Shares

     Per Share
Amount


       (in thousands, except
per share data)
      

2007:

                        

Income per common share, basic

     $ 42,626      25,773      $ 1.65
                      

Effect of dilutive stock options

       —        440         
      

    
        

Income per common share, assuming dilution

     $ 42,626      26,213      $ 1.63
      

    
    

2006:

                        

Income per common share, basic

     $ 39,816      25,491      $ 1.56
                      

Effect of dilutive stock options

       —        543         
      

    
        

Income per common share, assuming dilution

     $ 39,816      26,034      $ 1.53
      

    
    

2005:

                        

Income per common share, basic

     $ 35,604      25,254      $ 1.41
                      

Effect of dilutive stock options

       —        673         
      

    
        

Income per common share, assuming dilution

     $ 35,604      25,927      $ 1.37
      

    
    

 

For the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005 there were 581,000, 424,000 and 119,000 weighted average shares, respectively, excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share because their effect would have been antidilutive.

 

45


SCAN SOURCE , INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

June 30, 2007

 

(4)

Revolving Credit Facility and Subsidiary Lines of Credit

 

At June 30, 2007 and 2006, the Company had a multi-currency revolving credit facility with its bank group of $180 million and $100 million, respectively, which matures on July 31, 2008. This facility was entered into on July 16, 2004 and was increased on April 20, 2007 to $180 million, with an accordion feature that allows the Company to unilaterally increase the availability to $200 million. The facility bears interest at either the 30-day LIBOR rate of interest on U.S. dollar borrowings or the 30, 60, 90 or 180-day LIBOR rate of interest on other currency borrowings. The interest rate is the appropriate LIBOR rate plus a rate varying from 0.75% to 1.75% tied to the Company’s funded debt to EBITDA ratio ranging from 0.00:1.00 to 2.50:1.00 and a fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.50:1. The effective weighted average interest rate at June 30, 2007 and 2006 was 6.41% and 4.38%, respectively. The outstanding borrowings at June 30, 2007 were $90.3 million on a total commitment of $200 million, leaving $109.7 million available for additional borrowings. The outstanding borrowings at June 30, 2006 were $27.6 million on a total commitment of $130 million, leaving $102.4 million available for additional borrowings. The facility is collateralized by domestic assets, primarily accounts receivable and inventory. The agreement contains other restrictive financial covenants, including among other things, total liabilities to tangible net worth ratio, capital expenditure limits, and a prohibition on the payment of dividends. As of June 30, 2007 the Company was in compliance with all covenants under the credit facility.

 

On February 14, 2007, the Company’s revolving credit facility was amended to permit the Company to redeem shares of its capital stock so long as the amount paid in connection with the redemptions does not exceed $2 million during any fiscal year.

 

At June 30, 2007 and 2006, Netpoint, doing business as Scan Source Latin America, had an asset-based line of credit with a bank that was due on demand and had a borrowing limit of $1 million. The facility was renewed in January 2007, and is scheduled to mature on January 31, 2008. The facility is collateralized by accounts receivable and eligible inventory, and contains a restrictive covenant which requires an average deposit of $50,000 with the bank. The Company has guaranteed 92% and 84% of the balance on the line as of June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively, while the remaining balance was guaranteed by Netpoint’s minority shareholder. The facility bears interest at the bank’s prime rate minus one percent. At June 30, 2007 and 2006, the effective interest rate was 7.25%. At June 30, 2007 and 2006 there were no outstanding balances and outstanding standby letters of credit totaled $40,000, leaving $960,000 available for borrowings.

 

Short-term borrowings at June 30, 2007 consist of a 3.0 million secured revolving credit facility obtained on August 17, 2006. This facility bears interest at the 30 day EURIBOR rate of interest plus a spread of .75 per annum. The effective weighted average interest rate at June 30, 2007 was 4.86%. This facility is secured by the assets of our European operations and is guaranteed by Scan Source , Inc. At June 30, 2007, 2.6 million or $3.5 million was outstanding under this facility. The Company had no short-term borrowings at June 30, 2006.

 

46


SCAN SOURCE , INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

June 30, 2007

 

(5)

Long-term Debt

 

Long-term debt consists of the following at June 30, 2007 and 2006:

 

       2007

     2006

       (in thousands)

Unsecured note payable to a bank, monthly payments of interest only; 5.97% variable interest rate at June 30, 2007; maturing in fiscal year 2009.

     $ 13,000      $ —  

Note payable to a bank, secured by distribution center land and building; monthly payments of principal and interest of $41,000; variable interest rates of 6.82% and 5.88%, respectively, at June 30, 2007 and 2006; maturing in fiscal 2009 with a balloon payment of approximately $4.2 million

       4,416        4,627
      

    

       $ 17,416      $ 4,627
                   

Less current portion

       200        229
      

    

Long-term portion

     $ 17,216      $ 4,398
      

    

 

The $13.0 million unsecured long-term note payable was entered into on July 25, 2006, and includes a requirement that the Company not encumber its headquarters property except as permitted by the lender. The note payable secured by the distribution center contains certain financial covenants, including minimum net worth, capital expenditure limits, a maximum debt to tangible net worth ratio, and prohibits the payment of dividends. As of June 30, 2007, the Company was in compliance with all covenants under this note payable.

 

Scheduled debt maturities at June 30, 2007 are as follows:

 

       Long-Term
Debt


       (in thousands)

Fiscal year:

        

2008

     $ 200

2009

       17,216

Thereafter

       —  
      

Total principal payments

     $ 17,416
      

 

47


SCAN SOURCE , INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

June 30, 2007

 

(6)

Stock Options

 

At June 30, 2007, the Company has three stock-based compensation plans and a plan for its non-employee directors that are described below. The compensation cost charged to expense (included in selling, general and administrative) was $3.6 million and $3.7 million for the years ended June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The total income tax benefit recognized in the consolidated income statements for stock based compensation expense for the years ended June 30, 2007 and 2006 was $885,000 and $1.2 million, respectively. No compensation cost was capitalized as part of inventory and fixed assets for the years ended June 30, 2007 and 2006.

 

The Company’s stock option plans, which are shareholder approved, permit the grant of stock options and shares to its employees and directors. The Company believes that such awards better align the interests of its employees and directors with those of its shareholders and have been granted with an exercise price equal to the market value of the Company’s stock at the date of grant. Such stock option plans are described below.

 

   

The 1993 Incentive Stock Option Plan reserved 1,120,000 shares of common stock for issuance to key employees. The plan provides for three-year vesting of the options at a rate of 33% annually. The options are exercisable over 10 years, and options are not to be granted at less than the fair market value of the underlying shares at the date of grant. No change of control provisions exist for options outstanding under this plan.

 

   

The amended 1997 Stock Incentive Plan reserved 2,400,000 shares of common stock for issuance to officers, directors, employees, consultants or advisors to the Company. This plan provides for incentive stock options, nonqualified options, stock appreciation rights and restricted stock awards to be granted at exercise prices to be determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. The plan provides for three-year vesting of the options at a rate of 33% annually. The term of each option is 10 years from the grant date. As of June 30, 2007, there were 16,000 shares available for grant under this plan. All of participant’s options become fully exercisable if the participant’s employment is terminated without cause or the participant resigns with good reason within twelve months after a change of control of the Company. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors may also accelerate a participant’s options upon the occurrence of a change of control.

 

   

The 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan (as amended at the 2005 Annual Meeting of Shareholders) reserved 1,600,000 shares of common stock for issuance to officers, employees, consultants or advisors to the Company. This plan provides for incentive stock options, nonqualified options, stock appreciation rights and restricted stock awards to be granted at exercise prices to be determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. The plan generally provides for three-year vesting of the options at a rate of 33% annually, and provides a term of 10 years from the grant date. As of June 30, 2007, there were 223,140 shares available for grant under this plan. No change of control provisions exist for options under this plan.

 

   

Since 1993, the Company has compensated its non-employee directors with a grant of stock options issued at fair market value on the date following the annual meeting of shareholders. The stock option grants have had a term of 10 years and vesting period of six months after the date of grant. The 1993 Director Plan had 60,000 reserved shares remaining but not issued when it was replaced by the 1999 Director Plan. The 1999 Director Plan had 248,000 reserved shares remaining but not issued when it was replaced by the 2003 Directors Equity Compensation Plan (the “2003 Director Plan”), which reserved 250,000 shares of common stock. Under the 2003 Director Plan, the number of shares granted (rounded up to the nearest 100 shares) was calculated by dividing $200,000 by the average per share stock price of the common stock for the 30-day period immediately preceding the grant date. The 2003 Directors Plan was amended at the 2006 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to provide that (i) non-employee directors will receive annual awards of restricted stock, as opposed to stock options, and (ii) the Board of Directors may, in its discretion, grant new non-employee directors an option to acquire shares of common stock or an additional restricted stock award. The number of shares of restricted stock to be granted will be established from time to time by the Board. Until changed by the Board, the number of shares of restricted stock so awarded to each non-employee director will be determined by dividing $80,000 by the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. Such restricted stock granted will vest in full on the day that is six months after the date of grant, or upon the earlier occurrence of (i) the

 

48


SCAN SOURCE , INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

June 30, 2007

 

 

non-employee director’s termination of service as a director by reason of death, disability or retirement, or (ii) a change in control of the Company. If a non-employee director terminates service for any other reason, he or she will forfeit all of his or her right, title and interest in and to the restricted stock as of the date of termination. The amended plan also provides that all options granted under the plan, if any, will vest and become exercisable on the day that is six months after the date of grant, or upon the earlier occurrence of (i) the non-employee director’s termination of service as a director by reason of his or her death, disability or retirement, or (ii) a change in control of the Company. As of June 30, 2007, there were 157,600 shares available for grant under this plan. No change of control provisions exist for options outstanding under this plan.

 

The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing formula that uses assumptions determined at the date of grant. Grants of 396,860 options, 290,400 options, and 311,800 options occurred during the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The fair value of options granted during the year ended June 30, 2007 is estimated using weighted-average assumptions as follows: expected volatility of 35.9%, expected dividends of 0%, expected term of 4.7 years, and risk-free interest rate of 5.04%. Expected volatilities are based on implied volatilities from the Company’s stock prices. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercises and terminations within the valuation model. The expected term of options is based on historical data and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. Compensation costs related to the outstanding grants are amortized on the straight-line method over the vesting period of the option from the grant date to final vesting date using the fair value of the options.

 

The fair value of options granted during the year ended June 30, 2006 is estimated using weighted-average assumptions as follows: expected volatility of 40%, expected dividend of 0%, expected term of 5 years, and risk-free interest rate of 4.3%. The fair value of options granted during the year ended June 30, 2005 is estimated using weighted-average assumptions as follows: expected volatility of 38.1%, expected dividend of 0%, expected term of 6.5 years, and risk-free interest rate of 3.8%.

 

A summary of option activity under the plans as of June 30, 2007 and changes during the year then ended is presented below:

 

       Shares

     Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price


     Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (Years)


     Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
($ in thousands)


Outstanding at June 30, 2006

     1,827,492      $ 17.34                

Granted

     396,860        31.18                

Exercised

     (142,312 )      9.12                

Forfeited

     (30,734 )      22.77                
      

                      

Outstanding at June 30, 2007

     2,051,306      $ 20.52      6.22      $ 23,623
      

  

    
    

Vested or anticipated to vest in future, at June 30, 2007

(net of expected forfeitures of 51,189 shares)

     2,000,117      $ 20.27      6.14      $ 23,545
      

  

    
    

Exercisable at June 30, 2007

     1,413,949      $ 16.00      4.85      $ 22,657
      

  

    
    

 

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $2.9 million, $8.8 million and $4.4 million, respectively.

 

49


SCAN SOURCE , INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

June 30, 2007

 

A summary of the status of the Company’s nonvested shares as of June 30, 2007, and changes during the year then ended, is presented below:

 

       Shares

     Weighted-Average Grant
Date Fair-Value


Nonvested at June 30, 2006

     521,230      $ 13.89

Granted

     396,860        12.60

Vested

     (268,404 )      14.47

Forfeited

     (12,329 )      13.73
      

      

Nonvested at June 30, 2007

     637,357      $ 12.85
      

  

 

The weighted-average-grant-date fair value of 290,400 and 311,800 options granted during the years ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 was $12.51 and $17.26, respectively.

 

At June 30, 2007, there was approximately $6.6 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the plans. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.4 years. The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005 is $3.9 million, $3.9 million and $3.0 million, respectively.

 

For the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, the number of options exercised for shares of common stock was 142,312, 408,673 and 213,642, respectively. Cash received from option exercise under all share-based payment arrangements for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $1.1 million, $2.7 million and $2.8 million, respectively. The actual tax benefit realized for tax deductions from option exercise of the share-based payment arrangements totaled $2.0 million, $1.0 million and $1.8 million for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

The Company issues shares to satisfy the exercise of options.

 

50


SCAN SOURCE , INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

June 30, 2007

 

(7)

Income Taxes

 

Income tax expense (benefit) consists of:

 

       Year ended June 30,

 
       2007

     2006

     2005

 
       (in thousands)  

Current:

                            

Federal

     $ 20,213      $ 22,495      $ 20,969  

State

       2,338        2,392        2,731  

Foreign

       2,531        2,531        302  
      

    


  


Total current

       25,082        27,418        24,002  
      

    


  


Deferred:

                            

Federal

       423        (4,649 )      (2,104 )

State

       8        71        (231 )

Foreign

       474        (1,248 )      343  
      

    


  


Total deferred

       905        (5,826 )      (1,992 )
      

    


  


Total

     $ 25,987      $ 21,592      $ 22,010  
      

    


  


 

A reconciliation of the U.S. Federal income tax expense at a statutory rate of 35% to actual income tax expense, is as follows:

 

       Year ended June 30,

 
       2007

     2006

     2005

 
       (in thousands)  

U.S. Federal income tax at statutory rate

     $ 24,036      $ 21,572      $ 20,267  

Increase (decrease) in income taxes due to:

                            

State and local income taxes, net of U.S. Federal income tax benefit

       1,525        1,528        1,788  

Tax credits

       (108 )      (848 )      (419 )

Valuation allowance

       (34 )      (1,457 )      (116 )

Effect of foreign operations, net

       (359 )      166        509  

Stock compensation

       291        620        92  

Other

       636        11        (111 )
      


  


  


       $ 25,987      $ 21,592      $ 22,010  
      


  


  


 

51


SCAN SOURCE , INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

June 30, 2007

 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities at June 30, 2007 and 2006 are presented below:

 

       2007

     2006

 
       (in thousands)  

Deferred tax assets derived from:

                   

Allowance for accounts receivable

     $ 5,194      $ 3,611  

Inventories

       5,682        6,737  

Nondeductible accrued expenses

       1,754        5,026  

Net operating loss carryforwards

       176        279  

Tax credits

       171        199  

Deferred compensation

       1,627        979  

Stock compensation

       2,606        1,386  
      


  


Total deferred tax assets

       17,210        18,217  

Valuation allowance

       (47 )      (81 )
      


  


Total deferred tax assets

     $ 17,163      $ 18,136  
      


  


Deferred tax liabilities derived from:

                   

Timing of amortization deduction from intangible assets

     $ (1,020 )    $ (720 )

Timing of depreciation and other deductions for building and equipment

       (277 )      (645 )
      


  


Total deferred tax liabilities

     $ (1,297 )    $ (1,365 )
      


  


Net deferred tax assets

     $ 15,866      $ 16,771  
      


  


 

The net deferred tax asset is reported in the consolidated balance sheets as deferred income taxes and other non-current assets.

 

The components of pretax earnings are as follows:

 

       Year ended June 30,

       2007

     2006

     2005

       (in thousands)

Domestic

     $ 58,901      $ 53,451      $ 57,693

Foreign

       9,772        8,183        212
      

    

    

       $ 68,673      $ 61,634      $ 57,905
      

    

    

 

At June 30, 2007, the Company has: (i) gross net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $278,000 for U.S. Federal income tax purposes that begin expiring in 2020; (ii) state income tax credit carryforwards of approximately $263,000 that begin expiring in 2019; (iii) net foreign operating loss carryforwards of approximately $155,000 that begin expiring in 2008. At June 30, 2007, a valuation allowance of $47,000 has been provided for a portion of the foreign operating loss carryforward, as it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the amounts will not be realized. The valuation allowance decreased by $34,000 and $1,457,000 during the years ended

 

52


SCAN SOURCE , INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

June 30, 2007

 

June 30, 2007 and June 30, 2006, respectively.

 

The Company has not provided U.S. income taxes for undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries that are considered to be retained indefinitely for reinvestment. The distribution of these earnings would result in additional foreign withholding taxes and additional U.S. federal income taxes to the extent they are not offset by foreign tax credits, but it is not practicable to estimate the total liability that would be incurred upon such a distribution.

 

(8)

Commitments and Contingencies

 

The Company leases office and warehouse space under noncancelable operating leases that expire through September 2017. Future minimum lease payments under operating leases are as follows:

 

       Payments

       (in thousands)

Fiscal year ended June 30:

        

2008

     $ 2,962

2009

       3,116

2010

       2,995

2011

       2,639

2012

       2,205

Thereafter

       9,703
      

       $ 23,620
      

 

Lease expense was approximately $2.2 million, $1.7 million and $1.5 million for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

On April 27, 2007, the Company entered into an agreement to lease approximately 600,000 square feet for distribution, warehousing and storage purposes in a building located in Southaven, Mississippi. The lease also provides for a right of first refusal on an additional 147,000 square feet of expansion space. The lease provides for market rental rates and commences upon substantial completion of construction, which is expected to be October 1, 2007, with a term of 120 months, and 2 consecutive 5-year extension options.

 

The Company has contractual obligations of approximately $3.7 million for the warehouse relocation project and various other purchases at June 30, 2007.

 

A majority of the Company’s net revenues in 2007, 2006 and 2005 were received from the sale of products purchased from the Company’s ten largest vendors. The Company has entered into written distribution agreements with substantially all of its major vendors. While the Company’s agreements with most of its vendors contain standard provisions for periodic renewals, these agreements generally permit termination by either party without cause upon 30 to 120 days notice.

 

53


SCAN SOURCE , INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

June 30, 2007

 

On November 21, 2006, a purported stockholder filed a derivative lawsuit in the United States District Court for the District of South Carolina in Greenville, South Carolina against certain current and former officers and directors of the Company and against the Company, as a nominal defendant, asserting causes of action based on alleged violations of securities laws (including alleged violations of Section 10(b), 14(a) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 of the SEC) and other common law claims including, breach of fiduciary duty, aiding and abetting and unjust enrichment relating to allegations concerning certain of the Company’s prior stock option grants. The lawsuit seeks relief in the form of an accounting, rescission, unspecified money damages, disgorgement, attorneys’ fees, fees and expenses and other relief. On April 2, 2007, the Court appointed the plaintiff as lead plaintiff and ordered that any later actions filed in the same court and that relate to the same facts shall be consolidated. Our response, including a motion to dismiss the lawsuit, is currently due on September 10, 2007.

 

On April 11, 2007, another purported stockholder filed a substantially similar derivative lawsuit also related to the Company’s prior grants of stock options. This action was also filed in the United States District Court for the District of South Carolina in Greenville, South Carolina against certain current and former officers and directors of the Company and against the Company, as a nominal defendant, and asserts substantially similar causes of action and claims for relief. The plaintiff in this second action has filed a motion to consolidate the two actions and appoint the plaintiff as a co-lead plaintiff. Our response, including a motion to dismiss the lawsuit, is currently due on September 10, 2007. The derivative lawsuits are in a preliminary stage and the Company believes that it is taking appropriate actions regarding both derivative lawsuits.

 

The Company is also continuing voluntarily to provide information to the SEC and the Department of Justice in connection with the Special Committee’s review.

 

On March 12, 2007 the Company’s insurance carrier, subject to a reservation of rights, provided a preliminary position on coverage for the first derivative claim in which the carrier indicated that the lawsuit allegations appear to constitute a claim within coverage of the Company’s insurance policy. The carrier continues to assess coverage of this matter.

 

On April 13, 2007, the Company provided notice to the insurance carrier of the second action. The insurance carrier is reviewing the second action and assessing coverage for the matter. The carrier has indicated, however, that its coverage position with regard to the second action will be consistent with the first; i.e., that the allegations of the second derivative lawsuit appear to constitute a claim within the coverage of the Company’s insurance policy. The carrier has not recognized as within coverage the costs, fees and expenses incurred for the work related to the Special Committee at this stage. The Company is evaluating its alternatives to address its coverage claim position.

 

The Company or its subsidiaries are, from time to time, parties to lawsuits arising out of operations. Although there can be no assurance, based upon information known to the Company, the Company believes that any liability resulting from an adverse determination of such lawsuits would not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

The Company received an assessment for a sales and use tax matter for the five calendar years ended 2003 and the first quarter ended March 31, 2004. Based on this assessment, the Company has determined a probable range for the disposition of that assessment and for subsequent periods. Although the Company is disputing the assessment, it accrued a liability of $1.3 million at June 30, 2005. As of June 30, 2007, the Company has paid approximately $1.0 million. The Company is disputing the entire $1.3 million assessment including payments made on the liability. Although there can be no assurance of the ultimate outcome at this time, the Company intends to vigorously defend its position.

 

The Company, subsequent to June 30, 2007 has purchased the remaining 8% minority interest in Netpoint.

 

54


SCAN SOURCE , INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

June 30, 2007

 

(9)

Employee Benefit Plan

 

The Company has a defined contribution plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code that covers all employees meeting certain eligibility requirements. For the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005 the Company provided a matching contribution of $407,000, $372,000 and $336,000, respectively, which was equal to one-half of each participant’s contribution, up to a maximum matching contribution per participant of $800 for 2007, 2006 and 2005. The Company determines its matching contributions annually and can make discretionary contributions in addition to matching contributions. In fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, the Company made discretionary profit-sharing contributions of approximately $4.6 million, $4.2 million and $3.6 million, respectively. Employer contributions are vested over a five-year period.

 

The Company also maintains a non-qualified, unfunded, deferred compensation plan that allows eligible executives to defer a portion of their compensation in addition to receiving discretionary matching contributions from the Company. Employer contributions are vested over a five-year period.

 

(10)

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment is comprised of the following:

 

       June 30,

 
       2007

     2006

 
       (in thousands)  

Land

     $ 3,133      $ 2,225  

Buildings and leasehold improvements

       22,278        21,691  

Computer software and equipment

       12,009        12,306  

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

       26,201        24,061  
      


  


         63,621        60,283  

Less accumulated depreciation

       (36,840 )      (33,185 )
      


  


       $ 26,781      $ 27,098  
      


  


 

(11)

Goodwill and Other Identifiable Intangible Assets

 

In accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets , the Company performs its annual test of goodwill at the end of each fiscal year to determine if impairment has occurred. In addition, the Company performs an impairment analysis for goodwill whenever indicators of impairment are present. This testing includes the determination of each reporting unit’s fair value using market multiples and discounted cash flows modeling. During fiscal years 2007, 2006 and 2005, no impairment charge related to goodwill was recorded. During fiscal year 2007, the Company acquired additional goodwill of $13.8 million, primarily through the acquisitions of T2 Supply, LLC and additional interest in Netpoint. During fiscal year 2006, the Company acquired additional goodwill of $967,000 from the purchase of additional interests in OUI and Netpoint.

 

55


SCAN SOURCE , INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

June 30, 2007

 

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill and other intangibles assets for the years ended June 30, 2006 and 2007, by operating segment, are as follows:

 

      

North

American

Distribution

Segment


    

International

Distribution

Segment


     Total

       (in thousands)

Balance as of June 30, 2005

     $ 5,746      $ 7,169      $ 12,915

Goodwill acquired during 2006

       513        454        967

Fluctuations in foreign currencies

       —          522        522
      

    

    

Balance as of June 30, 2006

     $ 6,259      $ 8,145      $ 14,404

Goodwill acquired during 2007

       13,822        679        14,501

Fluctuations in foreign currencies

       —          456        456
      

    

    

Balance as of June 30, 2007

     $ 20,081      $ 9,280      $ 29,361
      

    

    

 

Included within other assets are identifiable intangible assets as follows:

 

       June 30, 2007

     June 30, 2006

       Gross
Carrying
Amount


     Accumulated
Amortization


     Net
Book
Value


     Gross
Carrying
Amount


     Accumulated
Amortization


     Net
Book
Value


       (in thousands)
Amortized intangible assets:                                                      

Customer lists

     $ 18,338      $ 1,538      $ 16,800      $ 338      $ 302      $ 36

Debt issue costs

       606        420        186        532        254        278

Trade names

       818        82        736                          —  

Non-compete agreements

       1,785        595        1,190        —          —          —  
      

    

    

    

    

    

Total

     $ 21,547      $ 2,635      $ 18,912      $ 870      $ 556      $ 314
      

    

    

    

    

    

 

56


SCAN SOURCE , INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

June 30, 2007

 

The weighted average amortization period for all intangible assets was approximately thirteen, four and three years for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Amortization expense for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $2.1 million, $200,000 and $364,000, respectively. Estimated future amortization expense is as follows:

 

Year ended

  June 30,  


     Amortization
Expense


2008

     $ 2,049

2009

       1,891

2010

       1,282

2011

       1,282

2012

       1,282

Thereafter

       11,126
      

       $ 18,912
      

 

(12)

Segment Information

 

The Company is a leading distributor of specialty technology products, providing value-added distribution sales to resellers in the specialty technology markets. The Company has two reporting segments, which are based on geographic location. The measure of segment profit is operating income, and the accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 2.

 

North American Distribution

 

North American Distribution offers products for sale in five primary categories: (i) AIDC and POS equipment sold by the Scan Source sales unit, (ii) voice, data and converged communications equipment sold by the Catalyst Telecom sales unit, (iii) voice, data and converged communications products sold by the Para con sales unit, (iv) video conferencing and telephony products sold by the T2 Supply sales unit, (v) electronic security products and wireless infrastructure products through its Scan Source Security Distribution sales unit. These products are sold to more than 13,000 resellers and integrators of technology products that are geographically disbursed over the United States and Canada in a pattern that mirrors population concentration. No single account represented more than 6% of the Company’s consolidated net sales for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 or 2005, respectively.

 

International Distribution

 

The international distribution segment sells to two geographic areas, Latin America (including Mexico) and Europe, and offers AIDC and POS equipment to more than 6,000 resellers and integrators of technology products. This segment began during fiscal 2002 with the Company’s purchase of a majority interest in Netpoint and the start-up of the Company’s European operations. Of this segment’s customers, no single account represented more than 1% of the Company’s consolidated net sales during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

Inter-segment sales consist of sales by the North American distribution segment to the international distribution segment. All inter-segment revenues and profits have been eliminated in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

57


SCAN SOURCE , INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

June 30, 2007

 

Selected financial information for each business segment are presented below:

 

 

       Year ended June 30,

 
       2007

     2006

     2005

 
       (in thousands)  

Sales:

                            

North American distribution

     $ 1,697,832      $ 1,461,048      $ 1,310,789  

International distribution

       317,279        223,809        172,883  

Less intersegment sales

       (28,184 )      (19,257 )      (14,578 )
      


  


  


       $ 1,986,927      $ 1,665,600      $ 1,469,094  
      


  


  


Depreciation and amortization:

                            

North American distribution

     $ 6,243      $ 5,186      $ 4,958  

International distribution

       687        580        547  
      


  


  


       $ 6,930      $ 5,766      $ 5,505  
      


  


  


Operating Income:

                            

North American distribution

     $ 61,972      $ 53,776      $ 56,999  

International distribution

       13,361        9,534        1,757  
      


  


  


       $ 75,333      $ 63,310      $ 58,756  
      


  


  


Assets:

                            

North American distribution

     $ 636,553      $ 508,591      $ 395,381  

International distribution

       101,895        108,906        74,223  
      


  


  


       $ 738,448      $ 617,497      $ 469,604  
      


  


  


Capital expenditures:

                            

North American distribution

     $ 3,929      $ 8,441      $ 3,687  

International distribution

       612        990        406  
      


  


  


       $ 4,541      $ 9,431      $ 4,093  
      


  


  


 

(13)

Acquisitions

 

On July 3, 2006, the Company entered into an agreement with SKC Communications Products, Inc. to purchase the assets of T2 Supply LLC (“T2”) for a cash payment of approximately $50 million. T2 is a distributor of video conferencing and telephony products with 37 employees based in Lenexa, Kansas. T2 provides its reseller customers technical support for the configuration of video conferencing and sound solutions, an extended warranty program, training, marketing, a customer resource website, and bridging services. As a result of the acquisition, the Company expects to enhance its long-term convergence strategy by adding video conferencing products and expertise, and to provide cross-selling opportunities to T2’s customer base of voice and video conferencing resellers.

 

58


SCAN SOURCE , INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

June 30, 2007

 

In June 2007, the Company made an adjustment to the purchase price allocation associated with this acquisition to increase the value of the amortizable intangible assets by $8.6 million to reflect the final fair value assessment, resulting in a reduction of goodwill for that same amount. The final purchase price was recorded with $13.8 million of goodwill and $20.6 million of amortizable intangible assets related primarily to customer lists and non-compete agreements. The valuation of the identifiable intangible assets acquired was based on management’s estimates using a valuation report prepared by a third party. All of the assets acquired relate to the North American distribution segment.

 

This acquisition did not meet the conditions of a material business combination as defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission. As such, it is not subject to the disclosure requirements of SFAS 141.

 

The Company acquired an additional 8% ownership of Netpoint in the year ended June 30, 2007 for approximately $1.1 million. The Company acquired an additional 12% ownership of OUI and 8% ownership of Netpoint in each of the years ended 2006 and 2005 for approximately $1.3 million and $550,000, respectively.

 

The following supplemental noncash investing and financing activities are presented for the July 3, 2006 acquisition of T2 and the April 15, 2005 acquisition of Europdata Connect UK Ltd.:

 

       Year ended June 30,

 
       2007

     2006

     2005

 
       (In thousands)  

Fair value of assets acquired

     $ 15,249      $     —        $ 7,358  

Fair value of liabilities assumed

       (298 )      —          (5,023 )
      


  

    


Net assets acquired

     $ 14,951      $ —        $ 2,335  
      


  

    


 

(14)

Related Party Transactions

 

During fiscal year 2007, 2006 and 2005, the Company had sales of $5.6 million, $5.1 million and $3.7 million, respectively, and interest income of $62,000, $21,000 and $0, respectively, to companies affiliated with the minority shareholder of Netpoint. At June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, accounts receivable from these companies totaled $678,000, $1.1 million and $153,000, respectively.

 

During fiscal year 2007, the Company had sales of $6.8 million and purchases of $1.2 million to companies affiliated with members of management. At June 30, 2007, net accounts receivable balance from these companies totaled $1.2 million.

 

The minority shareholders of OUI originally owed the Company approximately $206,000, in the form of a note, in connection with an adjustment to the purchase price. The note was payable in thirty-six monthly installments and matured on October 31, 2005. Interest on the note was 2.01% per annum. The holders of the note were allowed to prepay the note in whole or part, without premium or penalty. The balance of this note was $26,000 at June 30, 2005 and was settled in July 2005.

 

********

 

59


Market for the Registrant’s Common Stock and Related Shareholder Matters

 

The Company’s common stock is quoted on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “SCSC.” The Company has never paid or declared a cash dividend since inception and the Board of Directors does not intend to institute a cash dividend policy in the foreseeable future. Under the terms of the Company’s revolving credit facility, the payment of cash dividends is prohibited. Effective June 5, 2006, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a two-for-one stock split of the common stock effected in the form of a 100% common stock dividend. The effect of the stock split has been recognized retroactively in all share and per share data. On August 22, 2007, there were approximately 18,500 recorded and known beneficial holders of the Company’s common stock. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sales prices of the Company’s common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

 

       High

     Low

Fiscal Year 2007

                 

First quarter

     $ 32.25      $ 27.59

Second quarter

       32.39        28.18

Third quarter

       30.78        25.22

Fourth quarter

       33.98        26.41

Fiscal Year 2006

                 

First quarter

     $ 26.05      $ 21.16

Second quarter

       30.80        23.88

Third quarter

       30.48        26.65

Fourth quarter

       31.62        26.33

 

60


Stock Price Performance Graph

 

The following stock performance graph compares cumulative total shareholder return on the Company’s common stock over a five year period with the Nasdaq Stock Market (US) Index and with the Standard Industrial Classification (“SIC”) Code Index (SIC Code 5045 – Wholesale – Computers and Peripheral Equipment and Software) for the same period. Total shareholder return represents stock price changes and assumes the reinvestment of dividends. The graph assumes the investment of $100 on July 1, 2002.

 

LOGO

 

Assumes $100 invested on July 1, 2002

Assumes Dividend Reinvested

Fiscal year ending June 30, 2007

 

       2002

     2003

     2004

     2005

     2006

     2007

SCAN SOURCE INC.

     100.00      87.12      193.52      139.85      190.98      208.37

NASDAQ MARKET INDEX

     100.00      111.20      141.42      141.27      150.56      180.25

SIC CODE INDEX

     100.00      86.17      124.62      110.84      118.52      135.98

 

61


LOGO

 

Board of Directors

James G. Foody

Chairman (non-executive)

Michael L. Baur

Chief Executive Officer, ScanSource, Inc.

Steven R. Fischer

President, North Fork Business Capital Corporation

Michael J. Grainger

Former President and Chief Operating Officer, Ingram Micro, Inc.

John P. Reilly

Managing Partner, Keltic Financial Services LLC

Officers

Michael L. Baur

Chief Executive Officer

R. Scott Benbenek

President of Worldwide Operations

Richard P. Cleys

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Andrea D. Meade

Executive Vice President of Operations and Corporate Development

John J. Ellsworth

General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

John K. Black

President – Catalyst Telecom

Elias Botbol

President – ScanSource Latin America

Xavier Cartiaux

Managing Director - ScanSource Europe

John R. Gaillard

President – ScanSource Security Distribution

Jill R. Phillips

President –T2 Supply

Clayton D. Sorensen

President – Paracon

Paul J. Constantine

Vice President – Solutions and Services

Linda B. Davis

Vice President and Treasurer

Gregory B. Dixon

Vice President and Chief Technology Officer

P. Christopher Elrod

Vice President – Information Systems

Gerald Lyons

Vice President and Corporate Controller

Marsha M. Madore

Vice President – Human Resources

Shelby L. McCloud

Vice President – Warehouse Operations

Robert S. McLain, Jr.

Vice President – Marketing

Timothy M. Ramsey

Vice President – Reseller Financial Services

Stock Listing

The Company’s Stock is traded on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol SCSC.

Securities Counsel

Alston & Bird LLP Charlotte, North Carolina

Transfer Agent

American Stock Transfer and Trust Company New York, New York

Independent Accountants

Ernst & Young LLP Greenville, South Carolina

Shareholder Inquiries

ScanSource, Inc., welcomes inquiries from its shareholders and other interested investors. For further information or a copy of SEC form 10K, contact our Investor Relations Department at 800.944.2439, ext. 4375, or by e-mail at investor@scansource.com.

Annual Meeting

The annual meeting of shareholders of the Company will be held at 10:00 a.m. on December 6, 2007, at the Marriott Hotel, 1 Parkway East, Greenville, South Carolina.

Corporate Headquarters

Greenville, South Carolina 864.288.2432

Locations

Tempe, Arizona

Norcross, Georgia

Eagan, Minnesota

Memphis, Tennessee

Richmond, BC, Canada

Mexico City, Mexico

Liege, Belgium

Bad Homburg, Germany

Crawley, United Kingdom

Miami, Florida

Lenexa, Kansas

Buffalo, New York

Bellingham, Washington

Toronto, ON, Canada

Brussels, Belgium

Olivet, France

Eindhoven, Netherlands

Hull, United Kingdom


LOGO

 

ScanSource® INC.

6 LOGUE COURT GREENVILLE, SOUTH CAROLINA 29615

1.800.944.2432

Exhibit 21.1

Scan Source , Inc.

Schedule of Subsidiaries

 

Name of Subsidiary

    

State/Country
of Incorporation

    

Percentage of Voting
Securities Owned

4100 Quest, LLC      South Carolina      100%
Scan Source Properties, LLC      South Carolina      100%
Logue Court Properties, LLC      South Carolina      100%
8650 Commerce Drive, LLC      Mississippi      100%
Partner Services, Inc. f/k/a ChannelMax, Inc.      South Carolina      100%
Scan Source Security Distribution, Inc.      South Carolina      100%
T2 Supply, Inc.      South Carolina      100%
Scan Source Canada, Inc.      British Columbia      100%
Scan Source de Mexico S de RL de CV      Mexico      92%
Outsourcing Unlimited, Inc.      Georgia      100%
Netpoint International, Inc.      Florida      92%
Scan Source France SARL      France      100%
Scan Source Europe Limited      United Kingdom      100%
Scan Source UK Limited      United Kingdom      100%
Scan Source EDC Limited      United Kingdom      100%
Scan Source Europe SPRL      Belgium      100%
Scan Source Germany GmbH      Germany      100%
Scan Source Europe (Italia) Sede Secondaria      Italy      100%
Scan Source Netherlands      Netherlands      100%

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Scan Source , Inc. of our reports dated August 27, 2007, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Scan Source , Inc., and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Scan Source , Inc., included in the 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders of Scan Source , Inc.

We also consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

 

  (1) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-94640) of Scan Source , Inc. dated July 17, 1995;

 

  (2) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-08884) of Scan Source, Inc. dated April 10, 1998;

 

  (3) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-49879) of Scan Source , Inc. dated April 10, 1998;

 

  (4) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-78281) of Scan Source, Inc. dated May 12, 1999;

 

  (5) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-36766) of Scan Source, Inc. dated May 11, 2000;

 

  (6) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-110220) of Scan Source, Inc. dated November 4, 2003;

 

  (7) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-115534) of Scan Source, Inc. dated May 14, 2004;

 

  (8) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-144121) of Scan Source, Inc. dated June 28, 2007

of our reports dated August 27, 2007, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Scan Source, Inc. and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Scan Source, Inc. incorporated herein by reference, and our report dated August 27, 2007, with respect to the financial statement schedule of Scan Source , Inc. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Scan Source , Inc.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Greenville, South Carolina

August 27, 2007

Exhibit 31.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to Section 302 of the

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Michael L. Baur, Chief Executive Officer, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Scan Source , Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principals;

 

  (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors or persons performing equivalent functions:

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

/s/ MICHAEL L. BAUR

Michael L. Baur, Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

August 29, 2007

Exhibit 31.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to Section 302 of the

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Richard P. Cleys, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Scan Source , Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principals;

 

  (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors or persons performing equivalent functions:

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

/s/ RICHARD P. CLEYS

Richard P. Cleys, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

August 29, 2007

Exhibit 32.1

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer of Scan Source , Inc.

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to § 906

of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Scan Source , Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2007 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned officer of the Company certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of §13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”); and

 

2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

August 29, 2007    

/s/ MICHAEL L. BAUR

   

Michael L. Baur, Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

This certification is being furnished solely to comply with the provisions of § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and is not being filed as part of the accompanying Report, including for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or as a separate disclosure document. A signed original of this written certification required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written certification required by Section 906, has been provided to the Company and will be rendered by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

Exhibit 32.2

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer of Scan Source , Inc.

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to § 906

of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Scan Source , Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2007 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned officer of the Company certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of §13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”); and

 

2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

August 29, 2007    

/s/ RICHARD P. CLEYS

   

Richard P. Cleys, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

This certification is being furnished solely to comply with the provisions of § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and is not being filed as part of the accompanying Report, including for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or as a separate disclosure document. A signed original of this written certification required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written certification required by Section 906, has been provided to the Company and will be rendered by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.